• President Donald Trump on Wednesday announced sweeping tariffs on imports of goods from around the globe.
• Two countries, Canada and Mexico, were notably spared from the latest round of tariffs.
• However, the two neighboring nations are still subject to pre-existing 25% tariffs.

President Donald Trump's latest round of tariffs had two surprising omissions: Mexico and Canada.

Many countries, including China, were slapped with large reciprocal tariffs on Wednesday. After Trump's announcement, CNBC reported that Chinese goods could receive a 54% tariff when combining the new tariffs (34%) with ones that have been previously announced. European Union goods will be subject to a new 20% tariff.

According to the White House, this doesn't mean the US's neighbors are off scot-free. Pre-existing 25% tariffs on most Mexican and Canadian goods will remain.

USMCA and Trump's previous tariffs

Under Trump's previous order, a 25% tariff was applied to all Mexican and Canadian goods that are not compliant with the United States-Mexico-Canada Agreement.

The White House has said the tariffs are necessary because the two countries are not doing enough to stop illegal immigration and the smuggling of fentanyl into the United States from the northern and southern borders. Leaders of both countries have disputed this claim.

The USMCA trade deal, which replaced the North American Free Trade Agreement in 2020, maintains NAFTA's zero-tariff treatment for most agricultural products, textiles, apparel, and other goods that meet the trade agreement's rules of origin.

Non-compliant energy and potash from the bordering nations remain subject to a 10% tariff; the latter was viewed as the White House bowing to pressure from the farm industry worried about a key ingredient in fertilizers.

Chris Tang, a UCLA professor and expert in global supply chain management and the impact of regulatory policies, told Business Insider the Trump administration's choice to leave Canada and Mexico off the tariffs list on Wednesday may be a symbol that the president recognizes the neighboring nations' significance to the US economy — but it's also likely a negotiation tactic.

"So, for example, right now, the products that comply with the USMCA are still tariff-free," Tang said. "But that's temporary. Trump has said, 'Well, that may adjust.' And that gives him still some wiggle room to negotiate."

If Trump's prior order were terminated, a spokesperson for the White House told Business Insider all non-USMCA compliant goods would be reduced to a 12% tariff.

Margaret Kidd, an instructional associate professor of supply chain and logistics technology at the University of Houston, told Business Insider, "It's not in our best interest for the United States to alienate our two closest trading partners."

She added that there was about $945 billion in trade between Mexico and the US in 2024, with most of the products exchanged flowing through Texas. The tariffs on the southern country, she said, have an outsized effect on the border states, which rely on the local economy built around international trade.

"It's all intermingled," Kidd said.

Tang said he's hopeful that the omission of Canada and Mexico from Wednesday's tariffs could act as a sort of olive branch with the nation's allies to soothe the trade tensions that have increased since Trump took office.

"Really, our economies are interlinked," Tang said. "So, hopefully, they can really sit down and work it out because these are our allies, our neighbors — this is very important. So I hope there is a possibility that these three countries can work together."

Медиа: image / jpeg

• Vice presidents started traveling by plane via Air Force Two in 1959.
• Vice President JD Vance flies in a C-32, a custom military version of a commercial jetliner.
• It features a communications center, stateroom, and 32 seats for journalists.

For vice presidents of the United States, frequent travel is in the job description. Luckily, they get to travel in style.

While traversing the country and the world, Vice President JD Vance flies in a custom C-32 plane featuring an advanced communications center, conference room, and private stateroom.

The plane measures 155 feet long and can fly 5,500 nautical miles without refueling. When Vance is on board, it's known as "Air Force Two."

Take a look inside the vice president's plane.

Any Air Force plane carrying the US vice president is called "Air Force Two."

Similar to the president aboard "Air Force One," the designation of "Air Force Two" refers to any Air Force plane carrying the vice president, not a specific jet or model.

Over the years, several different planes have carried the Air Force Two title, transporting vice presidents and their staff around the world. The most commonly used jet is a C-32, a customized military version of a commercial Boeing 757-200 plane.

The vice president is generally prohibited from flying on "Air Force One," a plane carrying the president.

The president and vice president don't travel together for security reasons.

It's customary for presidents and vice presidents to salute service members as they board and disembark presidential planes.

Service members are required to salute the president as commander in chief, but not the vice president. Still, it's customary for troops to salute vice presidents, as well.

Richard Nixon was the first vice president to travel internationally via jet on official business, visiting what was then the USSR in 1959.

Nixon, who served as President Dwight D. Eisenhower's vice president, flew on a Boeing VC-137A Stratoliner to visit the USSR in 1959.

Beginning with the Ford administration in 1975, this DC-9 jet flew as Air Force Two until 2005.

The jet was first used by President Gerald Ford's vice president, Nelson Rockefeller.

It featured a VIP cabin with 10 seats and a main cabin with 32 first-class seats.

The plane was retired from service during the Bush administration in 2005 and placed up for auction by the General Services Administration in 2013.

Vice President Al Gore decorated the VIP cabin with family photos.

Gore worked on his acceptance speech for the 2000 Democratic National Convention aboard Air Force Two.

The cabin also featured a clock with different time zone displays.

The clock featured the time in Washington, DC, and whatever destination Air Force Two was bound for.

The updated C-32 plane most commonly used by vice presidents first deployed in 1998.

With a wingspan of nearly 125 feet, each engine features 41,700 pounds of static thrust, according to the Air Force.

As vice president, Joe Biden hung a map of the world in his Air Force Two work area.

Biden traveled over one million miles on Air Force Two during his time as vice president.

Mike Pence's staff decorated Air Force Two for his birthday in 2017.

Staffers celebrated the vice president's birthday with streamers and balloons aboard the jet.

Kamala Harris also celebrated birthdays on the plane.

Harris brought cupcakes and sang "Happy Birthday" to her domestic policy advisor, Kate Childs Graham, in 2021.

Second gentleman Doug Emhoff traveled aboard Air Force Two, as well.

Air Force Two is occasionally used by the first lady and Cabinet members.

Emhoff filled out his March Madness basketball bracket en route to Las Vegas in March 2021.

The back of Air Force Two contains 32 business-class seats for members of the press.

Vice presidents and staff occasionally hold informal briefings with reporters known as "press gaggles" aboard Air Force Two.

The press area features TV screens that can play cable news.

The rear cabin also contains a galley, two bathrooms, and closets.

Vice President JD Vance has taken several international trips on Air Force Two, including to France, Germany, and Greenland.

In February, Vance visited France and Germany with his wife, Usha Vance, and their three children. Vance attended the Artificial Intelligence Action Summit in Paris and the Munich Security Conference.

In March, the vice president and second lady toured Pituffik Space Base, the only US military base in Greenland. Usha Vance was originally scheduled to visit historical sites and attend Greenland's national dogsled race on a solo trip. The visit was scaled back amid tensions between the US, Greenland, and Denmark as President Donald Trump doubled down on his longtime goal of acquiring Greenland, an autonomous Danish territory, in the interest of national security.

Медиа: image / jpeg

• Sometimes, a story needs three installments to be told fully.
• Other times, a movie is such a big hit that the story is stretched out over three films.
• Or, in the case of "The Hangover," the same story is told three times in a row.

It's no secret that intellectual property is one of the most important commodities in Hollywood. The top 10 grossing movies of 2024 internationally were all sequels (except for "Wicked," which is based on the Broadway musical).

One of those films, " Deadpool & Wolverine," was the third installment of a much-beloved trilogy of superhero films. It was a huge hit with critics and fans, making $1.3 billion worldwide.

That's the best-case scenario.

Just as often, a series will be let down by its final installment or audiences find it didn't need to be turned into a trilogy at all. In one case, a series wasn't even supposed to be a trilogy, but the third film performed so poorly that the fourth film never materialized.

Here are the worst, most unnecessary trilogies in movie history.

"Divergent" (2014-2016)

Based on a book series, "Divergent" was supposed to be a four-film story, but "Allegiant" was so poorly received the studio only made three.

After the success of movie series like " Harry Potter," " The Hunger Games," and " Twilight," studios were on the hunt for the next big YA book-to-movie adaptation.

Enter "Divergent" in 2014, a film that takes place in a dystopian world where society is split into five factions, each dedicated to a specific personality trait. People who fit into more than one category are called divergent and are considered dangerous.

If you're confused, we understand — the lore of these movies is borderline incomprehensible. Not even actors like Shailene Woodley, Theo James, Miles Teller, Zoe Kravitz, and Kate Winslet could make this movie interesting.

The first film did well enough, making almost $290 million worldwide, so a second film, "Insurgent," was made in 2015. When it didn't make much more than "Divergent," it became clear the series was in trouble.

"Allegiant" was released in 2016 and made less than its predecessors. It was also poorly received by fans and critics alike.

It was announced that the final installment, "Ascendant," would go straight to streaming, but some cast members reportedly weren't on board with that move, so the story of Tris (Woodley) will forever remain unfinished on screen.

That might be a good thing — fans widely reviled the conclusion of the book series.

"The Hobbit" (2012-2014)

It stings that "The Hobbit" movies are so boring, because " The Lord of the Rings" is one of the best trilogies of all time.

"The Lord of the Rings" is based on a behemoth of a book series by J.R.R. Tolkien. Whole characters and plotlines had to be cut from the books when director Peter Jackson adapted them to the big screen.

On the other hand, the prequel story "The Hobbit" is told in around 290 pages, give or take the edition you have.

So, why did they stretch this positively breezy story to three movies released from 2012 to 2014?

Yes, these three movies did make $1 billion altogether, but they're not well-regarded by all fans and have nowhere near the cultural staying power that the original trilogy does.

Stick with the story of Frodo and the Fellowship — trust us.

"Cars" (2006-2017)

"Cars" is only one of two Pixar movies that received more than one sequel, and we don't understand why.

"Toy Story" is the only other Pixar franchise that has more than two installments. "Toy Story"! One of the most beloved Pixar films of all time!

And then there's "Cars," released in 2006.

"Cars 2" (2011) is perhaps a nadir for Pixar, and then, instead of letting Lightning McQueen and Co. drive off into the sunset, we got "Cars 3" in 2017, the lowest-grossing film of the franchise.

Why couldn't we get "Incredibles 3" instead? In fact, it seems like Disney heard us, because " Incredibles 3" was finally announced in 2024.

"Chronicles of Narnia" (2005-2010)

Did you even know that they made three "Chronicles of Narnia" films?

From 2005 to 2010, three "Narnia" films were released: "The Lion, the Witch and the Wardrobe" in 2005, "Prince Caspian" in 2008, and "The Voyage of the Dawn Treader" in 2010.

A fourth film was planned but never materialized, and now that Greta Gerwig will be directing a reboot for Netflix, as reported by Deadline, we'll probably never think about these movies again.

We're thankful that this series gave us two things: James McAvoy as Mr. Tumnus, and a hilarious meme about Aslan telling someone not to cite the deep magic to him since he was there when it was written.

"Fifty Shades of Grey" (2015-2018)

The "Fifty Shades of Grey" trilogy was more well-known for its soundtracks than its films.

The only person who hated their own franchise more than Jamie Dornan and Dakota Johnson apparently hated being in "Fifty Shades" is "Twilight's" Robert Pattinson, which is ironic since "Fifty Shades of Grey" and its two sequels are based on "Twilight" fan-fiction.

"Love Me Like You Do," "I Don't Wanna Live Forever," and "Earned It," which came from the first two film's soundtracks, were great songs and, ultimately, hits.

But by the time "Fifty Shades Freed" rolled around in 2018, the lead single was by Rita Ora and Liam Payne — it just didn't hit like the earlier bops by Taylor Swift, Zayn, The Weeknd, and Ellie Goulding.

"The Hangover" (2009-2013)

There's not much to say other than: How is it possible that the same group of friends keep blacking out around the world?

Why did we need high-concept sequels to a hilarious yet very simple film?

"The Kissing Booth" (2018-2021)

Jacob Elordi would prefer you forget the "Kissing Booth" trilogy, which was released between 2018 and 2021.

Elordi, star of "Saltburn," "Euphoria," and "Priscilla," made headlines when he called "The Kissing Booth" movies "ridiculous" in a 2023 interview with British GQ.

Much has been written about how problematic (at best) these films are, so all we have to add is that a huge component of these movies is a love of the video game "Dance Dance Revolution," which was initially released in the late 1990s.

Does Gen Z even know what "DDR" is?

"Fantastic Beasts" (2016-2022)

There are supposed to be more "Fantastic Beasts" movies, but it's not looking good — perhaps no franchise is more cursed than "Fantastic Beasts."

JK Rowling has been called out for her transphobic rhetoric, star Johnny Depp was fired from the second film after many controversies, and the third film is based on the mystery of a character played by Ezra Miller, who is also a problematic figure in pop culture right now.

The third film, "Secrets of Dumbledore," also managed to anger fans with a final reveal that disrupts years of canon and is the lowest-grossing Wizarding World movie to date.

We'll potentially never get those fourth and fifth "Fantastic Beasts" movies — instead, Warner Bros. is pivoting toward a rebooted " Harry Potter" series on Max.

"Taken" (2008-2014)

It's hard to suspend your disbelief for one "Taken" movie, let alone three.

"Taken" was a surprise hit upon its release in 2008, making over $226 million against a $25 million budget.

But did we really need a sequel where Liam Neeson's character Bryan has to, yet again, show off his particular set of skills to a new group of kidnappers in 2012's "Taken 2"?

We certainly didn't need 2014's "Taken 3," where Bryan has to deal with the death of his ex-wife and his daughter Kim getting kidnapped again.

"A Christmas Prince" (2017-2019)

When "A Christmas Prince" dropped on Netflix in 2017, people were delighted with how ridiculous it was. None of the journalism in the movie makes sense, no one acts like a human, and it has the predictable happy ending of the Hallmark holiday movies that it's clearly indebted to.

However, the campiness had diminishing returns in 2018's "The Royal Wedding," which deals with financial corruption, and in 2019's "The Royal Baby," which adds international relations and an immense amount of debt.

Huh?

Медиа: image / jpeg

• Global markets plummeted after Trump announced sweeping tariffs on all trading partners.
• Wall Street is already hurting after its worst quarter since 2022 amid tariff whiplash.
• Gold hit new highs as investors looked for safe havens amid the uncertain impact of an escalating trade war.

Global markets tumbled Wednesday after President Donald Trump unveiled his long-anticipated tariffs in an address at the White House Rose Garden, sending shockwaves through stock indexes and hammering shares of companies reliant on global supply chains.

US stock futures, which indicate the direction of the market once regular trading commences on Thursday, reacted instantly. S&P 500 futures dropped 3.5%, while Nasdaq 100 futures tumbled more than 4.3%. Dow Jones Industrial Average futures cratered as much as 1,000 points.

Fueled by anxiety over Trump's often on-again, off-again tariff policy, Wall Street is already licking its wounds after wrapping up the worst quarter since 2022.

The market climbed slightly ahead of Trump's " Liberation Day" tariff announcements, with investors eyeing the potential for a milder approach to trade policy. But they were caught off guard by the scope of a blanket 10% tariff on all trading partners, alongside what Trump labeled as "kind reciprocal" tariffs exceeding 20% on some countries.

Share of companies reliant on global supply chains were hit hard.

In after-hours trading, shares of Apple Walmart, and Nike dropped 7%, while Amazon fell 6%. Nvidia, which relies on overseas manufacturing for some of its advanced chips, was down almost 6%.

Regarding the after-hours market reaction, CNBC host Jon Fortt said he had "never seen anything like it."

"This — I think, fair to say — is worse than the worst-case scenario of the tariffs that many in the market expected the president to impose," said Fortt.

Gold hit a new record of nearly $3,160 an ounce as bullion — one of the few commodities exempted from the tariffs, according to a White House factsheet — rose as much as 0.8% at Thursday's open in Asia. Investors have flocked to the precious metal in 2025 in a flight to safety amid rising macroeconomic uncertainty.

Mexico and Canada were not hit with any fresh tariffs, though previous ones remain in place. Goods from Mexico and Canada that meet the requirements of the USMCA trade agreement will also generally still be exempt from tariffs, with the exception of auto imports, as well as steel and aluminum, which are subject to earlier tariffs implemented in March.

It's unclear how the administration calculated the tariffs other countries impose on the US, or if the tariffs are truly "reciprocal." There is no official record showing the European Union has a 39% tariff on US goods, or that Japan has a 46% duty on products from the US, among the dozens of other figures unveiled Wednesday.

Медиа: image / jpeg

• President Donald Trump has issued a wave of executive orders targeting high-profile law firms.
• Trump has restricted clearances — ultimately limiting the way they do business — for firms that have clashed with his administration.
• While some firms have agreed to Trump's demands, others have sued the administration.

As Donald Trump has taken aim at Big Law law firms in recent weeks, some firms have made deals with the president, while others are refusing to throw in the towel.

The president's wide-reaching orders have prompted reviews of each firm's government contracts, canceling security clearances for some firm employees and, in some cases, blocking them from entering federal buildings — including courthouses.

Trump has accused the Big Law firms — including Paul Weiss, Perkins Coie, and Covington & Burling, among others — of weaponizing the judicial system. His orders have, in turn, made it harder for the firms to continue conducting business as usual. Several firms have alleged in lawsuits that the executive orders intended to chill free speech and deter clients from doing business with them. Others have agreed to work with the administration to avoid punitive executive actions against them.

The president has singled out a string of law firms that he says have wronged him in some capacity, have worked with his political opponents, or have had diversity initiatives that are counter to his anti-DEI efforts.

What's more, Trump instructed Attorney General Pam Bondi to identify firms with "frivolous" cases against the administration so that they could be targeted for further executive action.

Whether they're on the ropes or down for the count, here are the firms Trump is taking on, how they've responded, and where the legal process stands for those who have challenged him in court.

Paul Weiss

On March 14, Trump issued an executive order directed at the prominent New York City-based law firm Paul Weiss, where he railed against the attorney Mark Pomerantz and decried what he said was "unlawful discrimination" from diversity, equity, and inclusion initiatives at the firm.

Pomerantz previously left Paul Weiss to aid the Manhattan District Attorney's office as it probed Trump's finances. When Pomerantz resigned as special district attorney in February 2022, he wrote in a departing letter that he believed Trump was "guilty of numerous felony violations."

In the order, Trump sought to revoke security clearances and bar access to government buildings for attorneys of the firm. Such a sweeping directive could also include federal courthouses, a scenario that would be detrimental to the firm's work.

However, Trump just days later rescinded the executive order and announced an agreement with Paul Weiss chairman Brad Karp. Trump said the firm would provide $40 million in pro bono work for causes that the administration supports and end its DEI policies.

Karp received a heap of criticism, with many questioning why Paul Weiss didn't challenge Trump's order. In an email to the firm's attorneys, he said there was a desire from the outset to challenge the directive. In the same email, though, Karp argued that even if Paul Weiss won in court, it would become "persona non grata" with the Trump White House, which could prompt a wave of clients to switch to other firms and subsequently threaten the viability of the firm.

"It was very likely that our firm would not be able to survive a protracted dispute with the administration," Karp wrote in the email.

Perkins Coie

On March 6, Trump targeted the law firm Perkins Coie, issuing an executive order to suspend the security clearances of the firm's attorneys and criticizing its diversity and inclusion policies.

In the order, Trump called out what he said was the firm's "dishonest and dangerous activity."

The president, in his order, highlighted the firm's representation of former Secretary of State Hillary Clinton — his rival in the 2016 presidential election — during that year's tumultuous campaign.

However, Perkins Coie struck back, filing a lawsuit against the administration for actions that it said "violates core constitutional rights, including the rights to free speech and due process."

"At the heart of the order is an unlawful attack on the freedom of all Americans to select counsel of their choice without fear of retribution or punishment from the government," Perkins Coie managing director Bill Malley said in a statement in March. "We were compelled to take this action to protect our firm and our clients."

The day after Perkins Coie filed its suit, a federal judge agreed to temporarily block part of the president's executive order.

Perkins Coie, in a statement, said the ruling was "an important first step in ensuring this unconstitutional Executive Order is never enforced."

Covington & Burling LLP

Trump on February 25 signed a memorandum to evaluate federal contracts and direct the suspension of security clearances for some employees at Covington & Burling, a DC-based law firm known for its antitrust work.

The president in the memo said he was suspending the clearances of individuals who advised former special counsel Jack Smith.

Smith brought two federal cases against Trump — one for election interference in the 2020 presidential election and the other for retaining classified documents — but both were dropped after the president won reelection to a second term in November 2024.

In the memo, Trump went after individuals whom he said were "involved in the weaponization of government" and named Peter Koski, a lawyer at Covington representing Smith.

A Covington spokesperson in March said it was representing Smith in an "individual" capacity.

"We recently agreed to represent Jack Smith when it became apparent that he would become a subject of a government investigation," the spokesperson said in a statement. "We look forward to defending Mr. Smith's interests and appreciate the trust he has placed in us to do so."

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP

Skadden made a deal with Trump, acting before it was singled out in any executive orders. The firm promised to provide $100 million in pro bono legal services "to causes that the President and Skadden both support," Trump announced on March 28.

Skadden also affirmed its commitment to merit-based hiring and employee retention, Trump said. The firm also agreed that it would refrain from engaging in "illegal DEI discrimination," according to a copy of the agreement that Trump shared on Truth Social.

In a statement, Jeremy London, Skadden's executive partner, said the firm "engaged proactively" with the administration to reach the agreement.

"We firmly believe that this outcome is in the best interests of our clients, our people, and our Firm," London said.

Speaking from the White House, Trump referred to the deal as "essentially a settlement."

Within the firm, some associates and employees expressed frustration about the deal, calling it the beginning of the end for Skadden.

In the weeks leading up to the agreement, Skadden associate Rachel Cohen publicly resigned and circulated an open letter among associates at top firms calling out their employers for what she has described as inaction in the face of the administration's attacks.

After the deal was announced, another employee, Brenna Frey, also resigned publicly in an announcement on LinkedIn.

Elias Law Group

The chair of Elias Law Group took a different approach after it was targeted by the administration.

Trump named the Elias Law Group in his "frivolous" lawsuits memo, formally titled "Preventing Abuses of the Legal System and the Federal Court."

It claimed that the law firm was "deeply involved in the creation of a false 'dossier' by a foreign national designed to provide a fraudulent basis for Federal law enforcement to investigate a Presidential candidate in order to alter the outcome of the Presidential election."

The memo went on to say that the firm "intentionally sought to conceal the role of his client — failed Presidential candidate Hillary Clinton — in the dossier."

Marc Elias, the Democratic election lawyer who founded and chairs the group, released a statement swinging back at Trump, whose actions target "every attorney and law firm who dares to challenge his assault on the rule of law," he said.

"President Trump's goal is clear," Elias said in the statement. "He wants lawyers and law firms to capitulate and cower until there is no one left to oppose his Administration in court."

Adding that American democracy is in a state of "peril," Elias said his law firm would not cower.

"Elias Law Group will not be deterred from fighting for democracy in court," he said. "There will be no negotiation with this White House about the clients we represent or the lawsuits we bring on their behalf."

Jenner & Block

Trump signed an order naming Jenner & Block on March 25 that revoked security clearances from the firm's attorneys and ordered a review of the firm's contracts with the federal government.

Trump's order singled out Andrew Weissmann, a former Jenner attorney who Trump accused of building his career around "weaponized government and abuse of power." Weissmann was a lead prosecutor in Robert Mueller's Special Counsel's Office, which investigated Trump's 2016 presidential campaign and its ties to Russia.

Jenner issued a statement calling the order an "unconstitutional executive order that has already been declared unlawful by a federal court."

"We remain focused on serving and safeguarding our clients' interests with the dedication, integrity, and expertise that has defined our firm for more than one hundred years and will pursue all appropriate remedies," the statement from Jenner said.

Jenner also fought back with a lawsuit. The firm is represented by Cooley LLP, a liberal-leaning firm that has hired lawyers from Democratic administrations.

On March 28, Judge John D. Bates of the US District Court for the District of Columbia issued a temporary restraining order that keeps the Trump administration from taking action against Jenner. On April 1, Bates extended this order until a final judgement has been made. Both the Justice Department and Jenner consented to the extension.

Following the ruling, Jenner said in a statement that the order holds "no legal weight."

"We will continue to do what we have always done, our job as lawyers and fearless advocates for our clients," the firm said.

WilmerHale

The Trump administration has also targeted WilmerHale, which employed Mueller and other lawyers who worked with the Justice Department to investigate ties between Russia and Trump's 2016 campaign.

On March 27, Trump signed an executive order that suspended security clearances for WilmerHale employees and limited their access to federal buildings. The order also revoked WilmerHale's government contracts for engaging in "partisan representations to achieve political ends" and "efforts to discriminate on the basis of race."

In contrast with other firms that have inked deals with the president, WilmerHale filed a lawsuit.

The firm hired Paul Clement, the conservative legal superstar of the firm Clement & Murphy, to fight back against the Trump administration.

"This lawsuit is absolutely critical to vindicating the First Amendment, our adversarial system of justice, and the rule of law," Clement told Business Insider in a statement.

On the afternoon of March 28, Judge Richard J. Leon of the US District Court for the District of Columbia approved a motion for a temporary restraining order to halt executive actions against WilmerHale.

"There is no doubt this retaliatory action chills speech and legal advocacy, or that it qualifies as a constitutional harm," Leon wrote.

A spokesperson for WilmerHale called the executive order unconstitutional and praised the court's "swift action."

Milbank

On April 2, Trump announced on Truth Social that he had struck a preemptive deal with Milbank without targeting the firm for executive action.

The terms of the deal, according to the president's announcement, include the firm's agreement to end any DEI-based hiring practices, and to perform at least $100 million worth of pro bono legal work to advance causes supported by the Trump administration, such as "assisting veterans" and "combatting antisemitism."

In addition, Milbank's pro bono committee will ensure the firm takes on cases representing "the full political spectrum, including Conservative ideals," and commits that it "will not deny representation to clients" based on the personal political views of individual lawyers, per Trump's announcement.

"Milbank LLP approached President Donald J. Trump and his Administration, stating their resolve to help end the Weaponization of the Justice System and the Legal Profession," reads a statement from the White House included in Trump's post. "The President continues to build an unrivaled network of Lawyers, who will put a stop to Partisan Lawfare in America, and restore Liberty and Justice FOR ALL."

Milbank's chairman, Scott Edelman, said in a statement posted by Trump that, after a "constructive dialogue," the firm was "pleased we were so quickly able to find common ground" with the administration.

When reached by Business Insider, a spokesperson for the firm provided a letter sent by Edelman to Milbank's staff in which he said the agreement "is very much in Milbank's interest."

"The Administration's expressed concerns about big law firms, and in some cases its entry of Executive Orders against particular firms, have created uncertainty for law firms like ours," Edelman's letter to staff reads. "With this agreement, we believe we have gone a long way to putting these issues behind us. But we have done so in a way that allows us to continue to focus on the Firm's values and missions, including with respect to pro bono and our hope to foster an inclusive, non-discriminatory community where all of our members have an equal opportunity to succeed."

Edelman added: "Having now reached an agreement with the Administration, we can continue to do what we do best — focus on providing the best possible advice, counseling and service to our clients."

Медиа: image / jpeg

• Tejas Vijh navigated visa challenges to secure a venture capital role in the US.
• Visa sponsorship is rare in venture capital, and many international students stick to Big Tech.
• He feels more secure about his job at a small firm than his peers at Big Tech companies.

This as-told-to essay is based on a conversation with Tejas Vijh, an employee at a venture capital firm based in Indianapolis, Indiana. It has been edited for length and clarity. Business Insider has verified his employment and visa history.

After I completed my bachelor's in computer science in India, a series of internships and connections led me to a role at a very early-stage venture capital firm. I loved the job and the research it involved.

Seven months into working at the firm, I wanted the exposure of living and working abroad. I got into a business analytics master's program at Columbia University and moved to New York City in 2022.

Right off the bat, I figured out that venture was not a typical career path for international students, including MBA and business majors, for one main reason: visa sponsorship issues. I interned at two places in the summer, and both said they wouldn't be able to sponsor my long-term visa, even though they liked my performance.

When I started researching the job market after graduation, I could not find a single person in the industry who was an immigrant, which was really demotivating. But I was convinced that I wanted to work in healthcare or climate tech and decided to keep going.

As a Science-Technology-Engineering-Math graduate, I am allowed a three-year work permit called the Optional Practical Training visa. It's seen as a pathway to securing an H-1B — a visa for highly skilled foreign workers.

500 cold emails

Using software called PitchBook, a venture capital database, I downloaded a list of 2,000 firms. I started emailing them personalized notes. I pitched myself but did not mention my visa situation.

Many firms replied to me even though they weren't hiring, and I met people for coffee and built connections.

I started getting some interviews by my 200th email.

By my 500th email, I had two offers — one from a larger firm that told me they could not sponsor my H-1B but that I could join them for my three years of OPT, and another from my current firm, where our managing partner took time to understand my visa requirements and the support I would need from them. I told him how I'm loyal and I will stay where I go. My firm has three partners, and I'm the only employee.

The advantages of a small company

I did not get my H-1B visa last year, but my visa was selected as part of this year's lottery last week. My firm has also been supportive and has helped me explore alternative routes like the O-1 visa or the EV-1, which are visas for extraordinary talents in the event my H-1B did not come through.

Some of the recent changes around H-1B also give me a lot of hope, since they are focused on making the process fairer. The US immigration authorities have reported fewer entries into the lottery this year compared to 2024. Elon Musk, who is working with President Donald Trump's administration, has also publicly supported the H-1B program.

I'm grateful I decided to join a small company over a Big Tech company, where a lot of my classmates from my master's and family members work. Large companies are traditionally seen as more stable and a safer bet for visa holders, but as layoffs sweep the tech industry, this mindset is changing. I have family members who are always on edge about when they may lose their jobs and be forced to quickly pack up and leave the US because their stay depends on their employment.

I believe my partners will honestly give me a heads-up if we need to cut employees. The firm is also heavily involved in helping me find alternative visas, which is not always a service provided by large firms. It adds to my peace of mind.

Медиа: image / jpeg

• The Senate voted to block Trump's Canada tariffs — right after his "Liberation Day" tariff event.
• It's a largely symbolic vote, and Trump's tariff power won't be restricted.
• Still, it's an embarrassment that Trump tried to avoid.

Just hours after President Donald Trump unveiled a host of new tariffs, the GOP-controlled Senate voted to block a major part of his trade agenda.

The Senate passed a resolution to terminate the national emergency that Trump declared on February 1 that enables him to enact tariffs on Canada. The bill is not expected to be taken up by the House, so Trump's ability to impose tariffs on Canada won't be affected.

Still, it's an unwelcome symbolic rebuke of the president's trade agenda, coming on what he had dubbed "Liberation Day."

It was a 51-48 vote, with every Democratic senator voting for the bill, along with four Republicans:

• Sen. Susan Collins of Maine
• Sen. Mitch McConnell of Kentucky
• Sen. Lisa Murkowski of Alaska
• Sen. Rand Paul of Kentucky

Republican Sen. Roger Marshall of Kansas was not present for the vote.

Paul, a libertarian Republican who's consistently spoken up in support of free trade, even co-sponsored the resolution, which was introduced by Democratic Sen. Tim Kaine of Virginia.

"Tariffs on Canada will threaten us with a recession," Paul told reporters on Wednesday. "I mean, it's a terrible, terrible idea."

Collins, who faces a competitive reelection fight in 2026, cited her state's reliance on trade with Canada in a floor speech earlier on Wednesday.

"The Maine economy is integrated with Canada, our most important trading partner," Collins said. "The tariffs on Canada would be detrimental to many Maine families and our local economies."

While Murkowski isn't up for reelection next year, her state is also reliant on trade with Canada, and she hasn't been shy about criticizing Trump and his administration. McConnell, the former Senate GOP leader, has also been critical of Trump's tariff plans.

Earlier on Wednesday, Trump announced a 10% baseline tariff on imports from all foreign countries, plus higher reciprocal tariffs on a long list of other countries and a 25% tariff on foreign auto imports.

Trump did not announce new tariffs on Mexico or Canada, and the White House said that there will continue to be no tariff on goods that comply with the United States-Mexico-Canada Agreement.

At a press conference on Tuesday, Kaine and other Democratic senators said that tariffs on Canada specifically didn't make sense, given the country's longtime alliance with the United States.

"The President has justified the imposition of these tariffs on, in my view, a made-up emergency," Kaine said. "The fentanyl emergency is from Mexico and China. It's not from Canada."

In an early morning Truth Social post on Wednesday, Trump said that he hoped that the GOP senators who planned to vote for the anti-tariff resolution would "get on the Republican bandwagon, for a change."

"They are playing with the lives of the American people, and right into the hands of the Radical Left Democrats and Drug Cartels," Trump wrote. "The Senate Bill is just a ploy of the Dems to show and expose the weakness of certain Republicans."

That argument may have won over some Republicans who are otherwise suspicious of tariffs, such as Sen. Ron Johnson of Wisconsin.

"I'm not going to support their attempt to damage Trump," Johnson told reporters.

When asked about Trump's argument, Paul was undeterred.

"I would argue that tariffs, particularly that leads to a recession, are devastating politically," Paul said.

Медиа: image / jpeg

• Rumors swirled Wednesday that Elon Musk may leave his role at the White House DOGE Office.
• After Politico's report, BI heard from 16 federal workers about what his departure would mean.
• The Trump administration and Musk both denied his exit on X, and workers say it doesn't make a difference anyway.

Even if Elon Musk is eyeing the exit, federal workers say the anxiety and financial chaos DOGE caused will stick with them long after his tenure ends.

After Politico reported that the world's richest man might be leaving his post as the de facto leader of the White House DOGE Office soon, Business Insider spoke with 16 current and recently fired federal employees who are left wondering what it means for the future of their agencies — while most are crystal clear about their distaste for Musk himself.

"Obviously, my reaction is good riddance," an employee at the Office of Personnel Management said. Employees requested anonymity for fear of retaliation or because they were not authorized to speak, and BI has verified their identities.

Musk has been a vocal advocate of firing federal employees and slashing government budgets. Some federal workers who voted for Trump previously told BI that they support efforts to make the government more efficient but feel "betrayed" by widespread job cuts and upset by Musk's role.

The White House has denied that Musk plans to step back from the cost-cutting effort, directing BI to a post on X by Press Secretary Karoline Leavitt: "Elon will depart from public service as a special government employee when his incredible work at DOGE is complete." No timeline was given. Representatives for DOGE did not respond to a request for comment from BI, and Musk said on X, "Yeah, fake news."

As a special government employee, Musk is only legally allowed to work for the government for at most 130 days a year. Most employees BI spoke to doubted that a quicker departure would make much of a difference.

Five current and former employees told BI that they think Musk will still influence the DOGE office's operations, even if he technically gives up his government role. As one put it, he'll still "pull the puppet strings — whether inside the White House or out of it."

Others said they didn't see much daylight between Musk and his allies, like Office of Management and Budget Director Russell Vought and young DOGE office staffers.

"I'm assuming he's getting out sooner because this has cost him and his businesses far more than he anticipated, for which I am glad. I hope he never fully recovers," a NOAA employee said.

The Politico report comes as Tesla stock has fluctuated amid Musk's growing power in the West Wing. The company's reported first-quarter deliveries were well below analysts' estimates, and shares are down roughly 30% this year. Even as the president has championed Tesla on the White House lawn, owners of the vehicles have been putting them up for sale in droves. Just yesterday, a conservative judge lost a key election in Wisconsin — despite getting more than $12 million from Musk's PAC.

At a town hall on Sunday, Musk said that his role in the Trump administration is "costing me a lot." Meanwhile, some federal employees are skeptical he'd leave his government influence behind.

"Maybe on paper, they'll say someone else is in charge, but in reality, it will still be Musk," an IRS employee said. An employee at NASA predicted that Musk would simply use X to "pressure anyone not doing what he wants."

Eight employees said they hoped the news was true. Yet many of those who welcomed Musk's departure also said that DOGE has already made a significant, enduring mark on the federal government.

After so many firings, an employee at the Institute of Museum and Library Services said Musk's departure "would be a hopeful sign to keep the federal workforce afloat, but so much damage has already been done. We need more people to proactively help us rather than just wait around for him to leave."

Noah Sheidlower and Ayelet Sheffey contributed reporting.

Have a tip? Contact these reporters via email or Signal at atecotzky@businessinsider.com or alicetecotzky.05; allisonkelly@businessinsider.com or alliekelly.10; jkaplan@businessinsider.com or julianakaplan.33. Use a personal email address and a nonwork device; here's our guide to sharing information securely.

Медиа: image / jpeg

President Donald Trump announced sweeping tariffs on dozens of nations during a White House event he dubbed 'Liberation Day.' Here are some key moments.

Медиа: image / jpeg

• Meghan Markle's first As Ever collection sold out within an hour of its launch.
• The Duchess of Sussex's show "With Love, Meghan" was also a hit when it was released in March.
• Despite vocal criticism, Meghan's pivot to lifestyle is off to a good start.

Meghan Markle just dropped her first lifestyle collection — and it's already sold out.

After months of anticipation, the Duchess of Sussex's lifestyle venture As Ever officially launched on Wednesday. The brand's entire collection sold out within an hour of it dropping online.

As Ever's triumphant launch follows the successful debut of the duchess' Netflix series "With Love, Meghan," which was a hit with viewers despite widespread criticism from the media and some fans who called the show boring and out of touch.

Despite that, Meghan is proving her bet on her lifestyle career was worth taking.

Entering the lifestyle space

Both "With Love, Meghan" and As Ever were met with plenty of criticism. Outlets published dozens of negative articles about the series when it was released, lamenting its lack of relatability for the average viewer and criticizing Meghan's hosting tips as unnecessary.

However, that criticism seemed detached from the show's successful reality. "With Love, Meghan" hit Netflix's top 10 list the week it premiered and amassed over 2.6 million views, according to The New York Times. Netflix also already announced that season two of the show will premiere in the fall of 2025.

As Ever is on a similar path. When it was first announced, naysayers questioned Meghan's product line, saying items like flower petal sprinkles were gratuitous or assuming she would overcharge for her products. Others questioned whether Meghan had a clear vision for the brand since she changed its name from American Riviera Orchard to As Ever, despite the swap being largely due to a trademark issue.

Lo and behold, it seems the Duchess of Sussex — and Netflix, her business partner in the brand — did have a clear vision for As Ever. As Ever blends the type of California luxury you might associate with Gwyneth Paltrow's Goop or Martha Stewart with royal elegance, creating a glossy feel that clearly appeals to buyers.

Stacy Jones, the founder and CEO of Hollywood Branded, told Business Insider Meghan and Netflix are creating a brand that seemingly reflects the duchess herself.

"She's not an A-list actress. She's an A-list personality," Jones said.

"She's really pushed herself back into that influencer side of it versus that celebrity side of it where her brand requires content to be created around her, either by her or by someone else," she added. "That's what Netflix is doing."

A sold-out collection

As Ever's first collection featured items that cost $12 to $15 — aside from a $28 limited-edition honey — and they sold out within an hour of its launch. The honey was gone in just five minutes.

Thanks to standard shipping, it will be a few days before people get to try the products they ordered. And although it's unclear how much merchandise was available to begin with, the launch itself was a win for Meghan.

Jones said the gap between the vocal criticism of Meghan's lifestyle ventures and their real-life success isn't surprising.

"People like to be able to complain and be really, really loud about that," she said. "The haters are gonna hate, but she has a fan base."

Meghan has meticulously built up her base over the past decade. Many of them started out as fans of her blog, The Tig, which she ran from 2014 to 2017. They loved her recipes and hosting tips before she ever knew Prince Harry.

"She had a consumer base who are probably still fans of hers," Jones said. "There's not been a big step away from where she was before, back in the days of actresshood and 'Suits,' but she's bringing in a new level of branding."

Jones also said that Meghan's fan base has proved fiercely loyal, sticking with her through her royal controversies. That makes them a huge asset for the duchess, which she seems aware of. As she shared on Instagram, Meghan reconnected with her "OG Tig girls" ahead of As Ever's launch.

Meghan is finding a sweet spot in the lifestyle world because it blends her passions and the glamour of royal life. She's finding a way to share that with the world, and the proof is in the pudding (or rather, the jam).

Медиа: image / jpeg

The offers and details on this page may have updated or changed since the time of publication. See our article on Business Insider for current information.

Paid non-client promotion: Affiliate links for the products on this page are from partners that compensate us (see our advertiser disclosure with our list of partners for more details). However, our opinions are our own. See how we rate investing products to write unbiased product reviews.

• You can open a custodial Roth IRA for a child as long as that child has earned income.
• Anyone can contribute to the account as long as the contributions don't exceed the child's earned income.
• A custodian controls the custodial Roth IRA until the child reaches majority age.

It's never too early to start saving for your child's future. Kids have decades ahead of them to save for retirement, which puts them in the prime position to take full advantage of long-term investment strategies and the power of compounding with some of the best Roth IRA accounts.

IRAs are one of the best custodial accounts to set up for your kid, given the tax advantages of these accounts. In particular, custodial Roth IRAs are among the strongest tax-advantaged savings vehicles for growing long-term wealth.

Learn how to open a custodial Roth IRA and the tax advantages your kid can benefit from.

What is a custodial Roth IRA and how does it work?

Definition and overview of custodial Roth IRAs

A custodial Roth IRA is a tax-advantaged retirement account for children who have earned income. Like a regular Roth IRA account, contributions are made with after-tax dollars and can grow and be withdrawn tax-free later on, typically in retirement. The difference, however, is that a custodial Roth IRA is set up by a parent or other adult on behalf of a minor, and the child then gets control of the account when they reach the age of majority (varies by state, generally 18-21).

Not only are the tax benefits strong, but investing funds from a young age boosts the growth potential of your child's nest egg and promotes financial freedom later in life.

Saving and investing are key components of long-term wealth, but it typically takes time. Unfortunately, "most Americans lack the discipline to save an adequate amount as a percentage of their income," says Sam Davis, CFP, managing member and financial advisor at TBH Advisors. "So, inspiring savings early in a child's life can really help."

That being said, a custodial Roth IRA has limitations. In order to realize the full benefit of tax-free withdrawals and avoid penalties, the account owner usually has to wait until age 59 1/2 to withdraw earnings, aside from a few exceptions. Still, retirement tends to be the main focus.

If you want to help your child save for other expenses outside of retirement, there may be more appropriate accounts, depending on the goals, such as a UTMA/UGMA or a 529 plan.

How it differs from a regular Roth IRA

Roth IRAs are among the best IRA accounts for individuals to grow their retirement savings. A custodial Roth IRA is no different in this regard, as it includes the same tax benefits, investment opportunities, and rules as regular Roth IRA accounts.

Regular IRA contribution limits apply, but keep in mind that with a custodial account, the rule on not contributing more than that year's taxable income applies to the child's annual earned income. So, if your daughter earns $3,000 by babysitting this calendar year, you can only contribute up to $3,000 to her custodial Roth IRA. The maximum contribution to a Roth IRA is $7,000 in 2025.

Otherwise, the main difference with a custodial Roth IRA is that an adult — typically a parent or guardian — invests and manages the account's contents until the child reaches the age of majority (18 to 25, depending on the state). However, all contributions are considered to be fully owned by the child right away, as they are technically the account owner, even though they don't get control until adulthood.

Benefits of a custodial Roth IRA

Tax advantages of a custodial Roth IRA

Custodial Roth IRAs provide several benefits, including tax advantages. Since Roths are funded with after-tax dollars (already taxed money), any earned interest, dividends, and capital gains grow tax-free and can later be withdrawn tax-free, typically after age 59 1/2 , assuming the account has been open at least five years. Custodial Roth IRA withdrawal rules are the same as regular Roth IRA withdrawal rules, meaning the child can end up having a large pool of money to withdraw from later in life, without owing any taxes on those funds.

"It's a great way to help educate their kids on the savings process while investing tax-efficiently," says Davis.

Tax-free withdrawals are especially beneficial for people who believe they will be in a higher tax bracket during retirement than during their working years. Considering children are likely to incur minimal to no income taxes anyway, putting in after-tax money now tends to make sense, as they would often be in a higher tax bracket later in life.

Financial flexibility of Roth accounts

Many people struggle to regularly save for long-term goals like retirement while balancing loan repayments and affording basic life expenses. However, an already-established custodial Roth IRA can give your kid a leg up. Once they reach the age of majority, they get control over the account and might be relieved of some of the financial pressure younger workers often feel toward the beginning of their careers.

In particular, your child may be in a better financial situation to pay off their loans or create additional savings buckets for other financial goals, like a future wedding or buying a home.

Roth IRAs can also double as emergency funds. In a pinch, the original contributions (excluding the growth) can be withdrawn tax and penalty-free at any time. If they were to withdraw earnings from the IRA before they reach the age of 59 1/2 and don't have a qualifying exception, they'd have to pay a 10% penalty. Still, even that might be worth it in an emergency.

Long-term growth potential

Setting up a custodial Roth IRA for your kids now can help them secure a comfortable retirement later. The longer the money is in a Roth IRA, the more the funds can grow. A single $7,000 investment made today could be worth more than $300,000 in 50 years, assuming an 8% annual return.

Typically, younger investors are the best candidates for riskier investment opportunities. Riskier investments may yield higher returns with an increased chance of a substantial loss, but because your children likely have plenty of time to recover from market downturns, you might be able to invest more aggressively on their behalf so that decades from now they potentially have a large nest egg.

Custodial Roth IRA eligibility and requirements

Who can contribute to a custodial Roth IRA?

Like with a regular Roth IRA, children must have taxable compensation in order for an adult to contribute to the account. The contribution could directly come from the child's earned income, or a parent or guardian might make their own gift that matches the child's earned income or goes up to the annual limit.

That said, anyone can technically contribute to your child's Roth IRA, as long as the child has earned income. For example, the parent or guardian acting as the account's custodian can contribute, as can grandparents, friends of the family, and other relatives.

Earned income can come from entrepreneurial activities like babysitting, mowing lawns, dog-walking, wages from a job, tips, or prize money. Allowances do not count as earned income.

Custodial Roth IRA income requirements

For 2025, you aren't eligible to contribute to your own Roth IRA if you make $165,000 or more annually ($246,000 if you're married). However, with a custodial Roth IRA account, the income in question is the child's, not the person making the contribution. So, a parent who earns too much to put money into their own Roth IRA might still be able to contribute to their child's Roth IRA if the child has earned income below this limit.

That said, later in life, your child may eventually make too much money to continue funding the account after they gain control of the Roth IRA in adulthood. That's not necessarily a bad position to be in, as the account can continue to grow tax-free even without additional contributions, but it's something to be aware of.

Custodial Roth IRA contribution limits

In 2025, you can only contribute as much as the child's annual income, up to a maximum of $7,000. Many children won't earn enough to reach that limit, but helping them put away as much as possible can make a big difference in their long-term finances.

"One idea that we've seen families implement that seems to be a good motivator is to implement matching funds," says Davis. "Only invest for a child what they are willing to invest themselves." So, for example, if your kid is willing to sock away $3,000, you can kick in another $3,000, assuming they've earned at least $6,000 that year.

Because there are limits based on how much your child earns for the year, it's important to have records of those earnings. You can prove your child's income for a Roth IRA with a W2 or a Form 1099 from their employer or gig work provider. However, certain work like babysitting or mowing lawns generally doesn't provide these forms, so it's important to keep a record of the type of work the kid has done, when it took place, who it was for, and how much the kid was paid. This documentation might be something you help your child with but work on together so they understand the process better, and it's important for proper tax filing anyway.

How to set up a custodial Roth IRA

If you're ready to open a custodial Roth IRA for a child, the good news is that the process is typically straightforward. You can quickly create an account with one of the best online brokerages that offers Roth IRAs for minors.

To do so, you must provide some basic information such as the child's Social Security number, because the account is opened in the child's name. Then you'll fund the account, such as via a check or online transfer, and you'll select investments for the account. Some brokerages that offer IRAs for minors include:

• Charles Schwab
• E*TRADE
• Fidelity
• TD Ameritrade
• Vanguard

Depending on the brokerage, the kid version may have a lower minimum deposit requirement.

Despite the many benefits, however, Davis cautions against using custodial Roth IRAs as an estate planning tool, i.e., to pass on wealth. "For some families, it makes more sense to use trusts, family limited partnerships, and other advanced planning techniques when considering generational wealth matters."

Custodial Roth IRA investment options

An IRA isn't an investment in itself. Rather, IRAs are the accounts that hold your chosen investments. Part of the responsibility of opening and managing a custodial Roth IRA is investing the money in different asset classes and funds. Again, this is your job as a custodian until the child is old enough to take over.

With your custodial Roth IRA, you can invest in assets such as:

• Stocks
• Bonds
• ETFs
• Mutual funds
• Money market funds
• Alternative investments and commodities (depending on factors like the brokerage)

Why you should open a Roth IRA vs. traditional IRA for kids

You can also help set your kids up for the future with a custodial traditional IRA. But the Roth version makes more sense for young people for three main reasons:

1. The child will not likely earn enough to pay substantial income taxes. So, getting to deduct the contribution when you make it — one of the big advantages of the traditional IRA vs. a Roth — doesn't mean as much. With Roth IRAs, withdrawals are 100% tax-free after age 59 1/2 , when your child is likely to be in a higher tax bracket than they are now. So, most of the tax benefits tend to favor custodial Roth IRAs over traditional ones.
2. Overall, Roth IRAs are more flexible. You can withdraw Roth IRA contributions (but not investment earnings) at any time, tax-free and penalty-free. That means the child could conceivably use some of the IRA money for big expenses in young adulthood, such as college costs, even if that's not the preferred route. There are also exceptions that let you use earnings, too, such as being able to withdraw up to $10,000 in earnings for a first-time home purchase if the account has been open for at least five years.
3. Unlike traditional IRAs, Roth IRAs have no required minimum distributions (RMDs) when you reach a certain age. That means the account can continue to grow for an entire lifetime and possibly be used to pass more money on to heirs, making it arguably a better wealth-transfer vehicle.

Custodial IRAs vs. UTMA/UGMAs

Custodial investment accounts that fall under the Uniform Gifts to Minors Act (UGMA) or Uniform Transfers to Minors Act (UTMA), depending on state law, are brokerage accounts for parents and others to gift money and invest on behalf of a child or minor. But unlike the funds in a custodial IRA — which are designated as retirement savings — money in a UTMA/UGMA can be used for virtually anything, including college tuition, rent, travel, and other expenses. As long as it's for the child's benefit, parents are free to use the funds, or they could leave the funds until the child takes control once they reach adulthood (18-25, depending on the state). UTMAs and UGMAs also have no income or contribution limits, aside from some potential tax implications.

A custodial IRA is the better option if you want to save for your kid's retirement. In addition to serving that purpose more directly, custodial IRAs provide better tax advantages. But you'll be limited to contributing the amount of a kid's earned income (up to $7,000 maximum in 2025), so you might end up using both.

Start investing

Custodial Roth IRA FAQs

When can funds be withdrawn from a custodial Roth IRA?

Funds can technically be withdrawn from a custodial Roth IRA at any time. However, only original contributions can be withdrawn penalty-free and tax-free for investors younger than 59 1/2 , although there are some exceptions to waive penalties. Typically, though, both contributions and earnings can be withdrawn from a custodial Roth IRA once the account owner turns 59 1/2 and the account has been open for at least five years.

What happens to the custodial Roth IRA when the child reaches adulthood?

The child listed on the custodial Roth IRA account is given full control upon reaching adulthood, with the exact age varying by state. Parents or guardians who originally opened the account no longer have a say in how the funds are invested or managed.

Is a custodial Roth IRA worth it?

A custodial Roth IRA is worth it for many people, especially if a parent wants to help give their child a leg up on retirement. Even a few thousand dollars invested during someone's childhood can end up resulting in hundreds of thousands of dollars in tax-free retirement income.

What are the best custodial Roth IRA providers?

The best custodial Roth IRA providers are often those that have low or no investment minimums, low fees, and a wide range of investment options. Many of the same financial services companies that offer brokerage accounts and other retirement accounts also offer custodial Roth IRAs, so a parent might end up choosing a custodial Roth IRA company that they use for other financial products, but you should still compare your options to find the best Roth IRA for kids.

Can a parent contribute to a custodial Roth IRA?

Yes, a parent can contribute to a custodial Roth IRA if the child has earned income that year. The parent can contribute as much as the child earned, up to a $7,000 annual limit in 2025 across all contributions. For example, a child might contribute $3,500 and the parent might match that with a $3,500 contribution to fund the maximum in the account that year, assuming the child earned at least $7,000.

Медиа: image / jpeg

When you buy through our links, Business Insider may earn an affiliate commission. Learn more

The best slippers for women aren't just for lounging. We spend a lot of time on our feet a lot at home, too, so they still the need proper support. And since women are at higher risk for stress fractures, choosing the right pair of slippers is an investment in your health.

"Walking and standing barefoot for long periods can cause pain over time for most people, especially on hard floors," says Dr. Jackie Sutera, DPM. That's why we prefer house shoes with cushioned footbeds, ample arch support, and rubber treads to prevent us from dragging our feet.

Our team has collectively tested dozens of slippers, from functional orthotics to cushiony clogs. We eliminated any pair that was too fussy to slip on easily, too flimsy to offer support, or too poorly crafted to last longer than one season.

Here we've highlighted 11 pairs of slippers within the $40-$160 range, which are priced according to the quality of their materials. We found Merino wool or shearling-lined leather worth the splurge in the long run, but our favorite pair of Hoka slides is set to be the go-to for the warm weather ahead.

Top 5 Slippers:

Best overall: UGG Tasman Slippers

You may associate UGG with its ubiquitous shearling boots, but its slippers deserve some proper attention, too. Its Tasman slippers have become such a staplefor the brand that it comes in special iterations like the Tazzlita and Platform "Tazz."

"For now, I've been enjoying them around the house with no socks, but I'm sure they'll become a part of my casual fall shoe rotation because of the warm and cozy shearling lining," writes style editor Amir Ismael. "In terms of aesthetics, the braided border around the shoe makes the UGG Tasmans a bit more stylish."

The Tasman Slipper comes in whole sizes 4-12 and is priced at $110 even. UGGs tend to run small, so if you're not keen on a snug fit, be sure to size up.

The slipper is constructed from the same soft suede as the brand's signature boot. It's also lined with the brand's signature plush sheepskin, plus upcycled wool to elevate its cozy factor. Its outsole is either SugarSole™, the brand's patented sugarcane foam material, or its proprietary compound, Treadlite by UGG. The pair can be worn interchangeably indoors and outdoors, with pajamas or jeans, and will look stylish either way.

The only caveat with the Tasman Slipper is that it's often sold out in certain sizes. If your favorite style is out of stock, we've also tested UGG's Coquette slipper and liked them just as well.

Learn more about how to choose the right UGG shoe size in our full UGG slippers review.

Best trendy: Bombas Sunday Mule Slippers

"The Sunday Mule Slippers are like the laid-back cousin to the Sunday pair," says executive editor Sally Kaplan. She's talking about the Bombas Sunday slippers, which we also tested — they cost $20 more, but are essentially equal in value to the Sunday Mules.

"While the Sunday design has raised backs for a more secure fit, like a clog, the Sunday Mule slippers have a simple open back. My feet slide right in, and I really like that they're a bit more breathable thanks to the open back (no one likes having sweaty feet!).

The memory foam insole is pillowy soft, and the rubber outsole is just sturdy enough that you can check your mail outside, though I wouldn't go running errands in these puppies. Unlike many other slippers of this shape that I've tested, these ones don't clack or flop around — they stay secure, even on the stairs. (If you've ever worn a pair of hotel slippers that were far too big for your feet, you know what I mean.)"

Read more in our full Bombas slipper review.

Best sustainable: Rothy's The Casual Clog

You may not imagine recycled plastic water bottles as the place to start for a pair of comfortable slippers for women, and neither did the Business Insider team — until we tried what we now consider some of the best flats. The eco-conscious, super flexible knit is Rothy's signature across their entire collection of shoes and totes, and requires no break-in time.

"The insole has excellent arch support so they're especially good for times when you're on your feet a lot at home, like cooking dinner or doing chores," says Sally Kaplan, executive editor of Insider Reviews.

The Casual Clogs are the most expensive pair of slippers we tested. They're made with Responsible Wool Standard-certified Merino wool (which to us, justifies the $159 price tag), and they also come in a more expensive cozy boucle or buckled versions. All iterations have cushioned footbeds and wide toe boxes. They run about a half-size small, so size up if you're someone who likes to wear thick socks with their slippers.

Read more in our full Rothy's flats review.

Best moccasin-style: L.L.Bean Wicked Good Moccasins

"I got these slippers a few Christmases ago, and they're just the best for keeping my feet nice and toasty in the winter. They're shearling-lined, so they're perfectly cozy to wear with or without socks, and they've held their shape nicely after plenty of indoor wear. The laces often come undone, but that's about the only flaw I can come up with for them," writes former Insider Reviews executive editor Ellen Hoffman. This moccasin-style is favorite among the wider L.L. Bean Wicked Good Slippers collection, which all clock in under $110 and have lasted several members of our team for years.

The thermoplastic rubber outsoles adds more traction to the shoes, so you can wear these in the yard, too. Their shearling lining is sourced from genuine lamb wool for optimal warmth, and laid over an EVA memory foam insole that contours to your feet over time. If you're between sizes, you should order up a size since they only come in whole sizes. In any case, they'll likely fit a bit snug at first, but the high-pile lining softens and creates a more glove-like fit.

Read more in our full L.L. Bean Wicked Good Slippers review.

Best slides: HOKA Ora 3 Recovery Slide

Hoka has impressed us with its technical designs geared for high performance and enduring comfort. But what happens when your feet need to recover from standing, walking, or running in sneakers all day? Bare feet aren't going to cut it — especially if you have plantar fasciitis, as freelance reporter Alexandra Frost does.

"You need to ensure your feet never hit the ground without support, so slippers or house shoes are one of the top necessities," she writes. "These Recovery Slides are not as stiff as other footbeds but also aren't bendable."

The rigid structure comes from Hoka's signature Meta-Rocker design, which curves to alleviate stress on common pain points. "I also love that you can throw a pair of socks on with these slides in the winter, and that being made of foam, you can wear them in the shower, too," Alexandra adds.

They start at around $50, which is more expensive than your typical pair of Amazon slides. We consider the price on this podiatrist-approved pair justified because they come with more design features than a simple rubber slip-on, and they're made with more eco-friendly materials.

Read more about the brand's comfort technology in our guide to the best Hokas.

Best dressy: LaMO Blanche

If there's such a thing as "formal slippers," these are it. Not only do they come in tons of colors — both neutral and eye-catching — but they even have a heel and a loafer-like silhouette. You can find them in both medium and narrow widths.

Tons of commenters on the website say that the Blanche slippers are their new under-desk shoes that make a great respite from heels. For example, if you're a lawyer who needs to wear pumps to court, then it would be great to have these for when you're just walking around the office. Or if it's snowing outside and you have to wear waterproof boots, then changing into these at the office would be a huge relief. Because of their elevated look, they're a perfect way to look professional around colleagues while still being comfy.

"Because they're so elegant, these have become my new go-to slippers. In a sea of chunky, shearling-forward moccasins, these are a chic dream. They're comfortable, easy to slip on, and I love the little heel. Plus, nothing makes you feel more old Hollywood glam than walking around in these paired with silk pajamas," says style editor Samantha Crozier.

Leather slippers for $75 may sound like a miscalculation, but that's because they're crafted sheepskin leather, which is less expensive than calfskin. Even though calfskin is more durable, sheepskin is the better choice for slippers because it's naturally softer and more flexible.

Warmest slippers: L.L.Bean Wicked Good Slippers

Feet play a significant role in regulating a person's body temperature, and the best slippers for women help maintain a comfortable climate. Throughout the colder months of the year, or in drafty living spaces, you can wear the L.L. Bean Wicked Good Slippers to help your whole body stay warm.

"While any shearling slipper should be warm, I especially like the Wicked Good Slippers because of the above-the-ankle cut. You can wear them with or without socks, but I prefer them without socks," writes style editor Amir Ismael in our men's slippers guide.

The combination of genuine Australian lambswool lining and sheepskin suede construction offers exceptional warmth to the wearer of these women's slippers. They boast a leather sole and are marketed as an indoor shoe, though the slipper would likely make for a fine shoe to run errands in dry conditions. And while the pair is on the pricier side (just shy of $100), we consider them a valuable investment for people with poor circulation.

Best for custom sizing: Birkenstock Zermatt Shearling

It can be just as challenging to find women's slippers for narrow feet as wide feet, but luckily this pair from Birkenstock offers a solution. The slip-on comes in wide and narrow size options, which you can make to fit even more snugly or loosely with its removable shearling liner. Without the liner, the insides have cork-latex footbeds overlaid with Zermatt wool felt.

These footbeds take some breaking in, but once they've molded to your feet, you've got a glove-like fit. We like that they're contoured with high arch support, plus a raised grip around the toe box for a more secure step. You should size up if you're between sizes, since Birks can run small. For more sizing tips, see our full Birkenstock Arizona review.

Best arch support: Vionic Relax II Slippers

The Relax II is Vionic's latest iteration of their original podiatrist-designed slipper. It cradles your soles in an orthotic footbed that props up your arches, along with shock-absorbing cushioning.

"I tend to drag my feet when wearing slides, but the Relax II slippers correct that habit with deep heel cups and rigid support under the arches," writes style editor Gabrielle Chase. "It took some getting used to, but the steep contour eventually feels more natural than slippers with a flat footbed. The outsoles are stabilizing and sturdy but still allow for some flexibility. I do wish the lining was softer, so I wear mine with socks instead of wearing them barefoot. However, they do an excellent job of supporting sore high arches."

Best shearling slides: Fireside Shearling Scuff by Dearfoams

"These slip-on scuffs from Dearfoams are nearly identical to the famous UGG Classic Slipper ($99)," writes style editor Samantha Crozier. "Both are lined with shearling, have a suede upper, and feature the signature sheepskin collar. But this pair from Dearfoams is less than half of that price. Plus, the Dearfoams pair goes above and beyond with a memory foam sole, something that the UGG pair doesn't have. I have both and can confirm that the Dearfoams pair is slightly more cushioned."

"The sturdy outsole is also durable enough for occasional outdoor use, so you don't have to swap out your footwear if you're stepping into the backyard to take out the trash or let your dog out," she continues. "But it's also made with an unfussy slip-on silhouette, so you can kick them right off before you jump into bed."

Best for outdoor wear: UGG Ansley Water Resistant Slipper

"From first wear, the inside of the Ansley was superbly plush," writes freelance reporter Remi Rosmarin. "Just slipping your feet inside feels luxurious, something I think you'll feel with any pair of UGGs in the beginning. They're great for lounging around in your house. However, I found these to run a bit small. I ordered them in my usual size, and they felt a bit tight, though I know they will stretch out a little because they're made of sheepskin. If you have wider feet or really don't like the feel of a more fitted slipper, I'd suggest going up a size. I like the classic driver style of the Ansley because it covers your feet enough to go outside and pick up the paper on a chilly day."

Read more in our full UGG slippers review.

How we tested for the best slippers for women

When researching the best slippers for women, we chose styles from footwear brands we've grown to trust over years of product testing. Our team decided that the most important criteria for a good slipper revolve around comfort and convenience.

Easy to put on and take off. Our favorite slippers had no need for pull tabs because they take no effort to step in and out of. After all, switching into comfort mode should be convenient.

A short break-in period. We wore our slippers for at least an entire day around the house, and on several occasions stepped outside in them for a brief errand. This let us feel for how stiff the vamp is before they start contouring to our foot's shape.

Anti-slip traction. We did a scuff test by dragging our test subjects across hardwood floors to see if their tread can grip smooth surfaces. The pairs with best traction subtly trained us to take fuller strides, and consequently, less prone to accidental slips.

Warmth. We looked for slippers with cozy lining, since good circulation starts with temperature-regulated feet. Shearling slippers, such as UGGs, are lined with a natural wool fiber that can breathe while it insulates. Though synthetic fabrics like microfleece are plenty soft and less expensive, they weren't quite as warm as genuine shearling.

Low cost-per-wear. We think that the $50-150 range is the best value point if you're someone who wears slippers everyday (like we do). Even if you wear them just a few times a week over the course of two to three years, your cost-per-wear is likely to be around $1 or less.

What to look for in the best women's slippers

According to Dr. Jackie Sutera, wearing slippers is a kind of "active recovery" for your feet. This means your slippers should engage the areas of your feet that work the hardest.

Contoured footbed. For the most comfortable fit, Sutera recommends a contoured footbed with raised arch support, a slight heel, and deep heel cups. She advises against thin and flat styles that offer little to no support, saying "These types are not foot-friendly and can cause foot pain with prolonged use."

Cushioning. Your slippers should have a layer of foam to absorb the shock from stepping on hard floors. But just because they're plush, doesn't mean they should be easy to bend. Especially if you have plantar fasciitis pain, the footbed should be sturdy while still cupping your heels.

Lightweight. You can exhaust your feet by wearing slippers that are heavier than 12 ounces. Styles with more cushioning will be heavier, but try to look for footbeds made with recycled EVA (ethylene-vinyl acetate), a lightweight material used often in running shoes.

Медиа: image / jpeg

Newsmax, a conservative media company, became a meme stock after its IPO skyrocketed by 2,190%, bringing its market valuation to over $20 billion. Why did this happen?

Медиа: image / jpeg

• Trump announced a range of new tariffs on April 2, his so-called "Liberation Day."
• He signed an executive order to impose reciprocal tariffs and a 25% tariff on car imports.
• Some economists warned that uncertainty around the tariffs could strain consumers and businesses.

President Donald Trump's highly-anticipated new round of tariffs is here, and it could mean increased prices on a range of goods Americans rely on.

On Wednesday, Trump signed an executive order announcing reciprocal tariffs on all countries that have placed tariffs on US goods. These tariffs fall on Trump's so-called "Liberation Day," which the president has been touting for weeks as the day when his expansive trade plan would drop.

"April 2, 2025, will forever be remembered as the day American industry was reborn, the day America's destiny was reclaimed, and the day that we began to make America wealthy again," Trump said during Wednesday remarks.

The motivation for the reciprocal tariffs: "They do it to us, and we do it to them," Trump said. "Very simple. Can't get any simpler than that." He added that all of the tariffs would have a baseline 10% tariff rate.

Trump said during his remarks that he would charge countries "approximately half" of what those countries have been charging the US. Trump said that would amount to a 32% tariff on goods from China, 20% tariff for the European Union, 32% tariff for Taiwan, and 26% tariff for India.

Trump also announced a 25% tariff on all car imports into the US. He did not mention any new tariffs on Canada or Mexico during his remarks.

In the weeks leading up to April 2, Trump signaled a range of tariffs he was planning to implement. They included a 25% tariff on goods from Canada and Mexico, a 25% tariff on all car and car part imports into the US, tariffs on agricultural goods, and reciprocal tariffs on all countries that have placed tariffs on US goods. A 25% tariff on steel and aluminum imports is already in effect.

The reciprocal tariffs are the broadest category, and Trump previously indicated that there would be "flexibility" in terms of the scope of the tariffs he would end up imposing on those countries.

These tariffs are likely to increase prices on impacted goods, and while some companies might choose to absorb some of the costs, consumers are set to shoulder most of the burden.

Ahead of Trump's tariff announcement, the White House wrote in a press release on Wednesday morning that tariffs will "level the playing field for American workers and businesses." However, markets and consumers have already been feeling financial strains due to the ongoing uncertainty with Trump's trade plans.

"When the president doesn't have a clear strategy or direction, it is extremely difficult for businesses in particular and consumers as well, to plan for the future, and that's why you're seeing so much uncertainty in the consumer market right now and so much uncertainty in the business community," Alex Jacquez, an advisor on the National Economic Council under former President Joe Biden, told reporters on a Tuesday press call.

The US is likely to see retaliatory tariffs from impacted countries following Trump's announcement. Canada's Justin Trudeau previously said he would place tariffs on American goods until Trump's tariffs were withdrawn.

The United Auto Workers union previously lauded the president's plan to place a 25% tariff on all cars and car parts imported into the US, saying it would bring more jobs back into the US auto industry.

"These tariffs are a major step in the right direction for autoworkers and blue-collar communities across the country," UAW President Shawn Fain said in a statement.

Медиа: image / jpeg

When you buy through our links, Business Insider may earn an affiliate commission. Learn more

The best 85-inch TVs offer an extra-large viewing experience that smaller screens just can't match. Though displays this big used to be rare, many brands now sell 83- and 85-inch versions of their most popular models. This size is especially great for sports, which makes an 85-inch TV a perfect fit for March Madness viewing parties.

To help you find the right display for your needs, our experts have curated a carefully vetted list of the best 85-inch TVs you can buy. The TCL QM7 QLED is our top pick since it balances price and performance better than most TVs this size. It offers a colorful image and solid contrast. But if budget isn't a concern and you want the absolute best picture quality at this size, we recommend stepping up to the LG G4, which uses an OLED panel to deliver even higher contrast with deeper black levels and wider viewing angles.

We also have picks geared toward budget-conscious buyers and viewers who need an extra-bright screen, so all needs are accounted for. While we used to recommend 85-inch 8K TVs, given the current price and performance differences between top 4K and 8K models, we no longer think 8K sets are worth the extra money for most people.

Note: LCD-based TVs (LED, QLED) are often manufactured with an 85- or 86-inch screen size, but OLED displays are sold in a slightly smaller 83-inch size. For that reason, we've included 83-inch OLED TVs in this guide.

Our top picks for the best 85-inch and 83-inch TVs

Best overall: TCL QM7 4K QLED TV - See at Amazon

Best on a budget: TCL Q65 QLED 4K TV - See at Amazon

Best midrange OLED: Samsung S90D 4K OLED TV - See at Amazon

Best high-end model: LG G4 4K OLED TV - See at Amazon

Best for brightness: Hisense U9N 4K QLED TV - See at Amazon

Best overall

When it comes to overall value for your dollar, TCL's QM7 QLED is the best 85-inch TV for most people. The 85-inch QM7 is often available for under $1,500, an excellent price for such a big display with these specifications.

The QM7 gets bright while maintaining solid contrast and black levels. To accomplish this, the display uses a Mini LED backlight with local dimming. We measured a peak of around 1,700 nits, which is enough to enjoy the full impact of most high-dynamic-range (HDR) content.

Intense highlights (like explosions) pop from the screen. Black levels are also deep with minimal blooming (halos around bright objects). However, we did notice some light bleed and backlight patchiness here and there, which is something that pricier OLED TVs don't suffer from.

When reviewing the QM7, we also encountered some slight issues with stuttering motion in some streaming apps and a few isolated glitches with settings, but nothing that we consider a dealbreaker. General navigation with the TV's Google TV interface is snappy and reliable.

However, buyers should note that the QM7's viewing angles are narrow. This means that colors and contrast distort if you sit toward the side of the screen. Likewise, TCL's processing isn't as advanced as other brands', so lower-quality sources like cable TV and HD streaming don't look as clean and sharp as we've seen on pricier TVs.

If you want a better-looking 85-inch QLED with superior off-axis viewing and processing, we recommend pricier options like the Hisense U9N. Otherwise, you'll need to pay even more for an OLED like the Samsung S90D or LG G4.

Read our TCL QM7 4K TV review.

Check out our guides to all the best smart TVs and best TVs for sports.

Best on a budget

The best 85-inch TVs don't come cheap. Even basic models rarely dip below $800, and those sets make key sacrifices to get that cheap. However, the TCL Q65 QLED is a bit of an outlier. For a typical sale price of under $1,000, this 85-inch display manages to offer wide color support and a fast 120Hz refresh rate, which are rare to find in a set so big and affordable.

Other options that cost a bit less, like the Hisense A7 and the step-down TCL S-Series, use regular LED panels with more restricted color capabilities. But the Q65 is capable of a wider range of colors and more accurate HDR images.

The 85-inch Q65 also has a refresh rate of 120Hz with VRR and can even support up to 144Hz when paired with a PC. The smaller versions of this display lack that feature, and this is another perk that's nearly unheard of for this price at this size. The TV's high refresh rate enables smoother gameplay when hooked up to a compatible console, like the PS5 and Xbox Series X.

Of course, the Q65 still has limitations compared to pricier TVs. The panel's viewing angles are narrow, so picture quality takes a big hit if you sit to the side of the screen. This is common for most TVs in this class, so if viewing angles are a priority over color gamut and refresh rate, we recommend going with an alternative budget model like the 86-inch LG UQ75.

While brighter than some cheaper sets, the Q65 is notably dimmer than our other recommendations on this list. It maxes out at around 400 nits, which is under the 600-nit range we typically recommend as a starting place for budget HDR performance. It's also missing local dimming, so it can't adjust light output across different zones on the screen. This leads to elevated black levels and lower contrast compared to step-up models, like the TCL QM7.

For most screen sizes, our go-to budget pick is the Hisense U6N, which has local dimming. But the 85-inch version of that TV is typically more expensive than we'd like, and it's limited to a 60Hz refresh rate. As it stands, the Q65 is the best 85-inch TV in its class, but that could change if the U6N's price comes down consistently.

Best midrange OLED

Samsung's 83-inch S90D OLED isn't cheap, but its picture quality is a step above less expensive TVs like the QM7 and Q65.

The S90D's OLED panel enables pixel-level contrast control with better black levels and wider viewing angles than any QLED. This leads to a notable jump in overall image performance, especially if you like to watch TV in a dim home theater.

We still think our top pick, the TCL QM7 QLED, is a better overall value at this size, but if you're willing to spend more, this midrange OLED has key benefits. In a dark room, the S90D's infinite contrast ratio beats any QLED we've reviewed, offering one of the best movie-watching experiences you can get from an 83-inch TV.

Though not as bright as some of our other picks, the S90D still gets bright enough for a typical room. However, unlike smaller versions of the S90D, the 83-inch model does not use quantum dots. This means bright colors won't look quite as vivid as they do on the 77-, 65-, and 55-inch sizes.

On the plus side, the 83-inch S90D does support a 144Hz refresh rate for smooth PC gaming. The S90D also has the bonus of supporting the Xbox Game Pass app directly through its smart TV interface. With this app, Game Pass members can stream Xbox games without a console.

When it comes to HDR format support, the S90D is compatible with HDR10 and HDR10+ but not Dolby Vision. Dolby Vision and HDR10+ offer similar performance, but Dolby Vision is more widespread on streaming services. Check out our HDR TV guide for more details on each format. Ultimately, in this performance class, we think Dolby Vision is a cool perk but not a must-have feature.

Visit our guide to all the best TVs.

Best high-end model

LG's 83-inch G4 OLED is the ultimate high-end TV in this size. It's one of the most advanced OLEDs available at 83 inches, besting the overall picture quality of all our other picks. Of course, it also has the highest price tag of any TV you'll find in this guide.

First things first, buyers should note that the 83-inch G4 is designed with wall mounting in mind. So much so that it doesn't include a traditional TV stand. Instead, you get a bracket that lets you mount it flush to your wall with virtually no gap. It looks beautiful hung up this way, but you can buy a stand separately if wall mounting isn't an option for your room.

Outside its elegant style, the G4 is a picture-quality powerhouse. LG's OLED Evo panel offers all the benefits that OLEDs are known for, including an infinite contrast ratio, perfect black levels that disappear into a dark room, and wide viewing angles so you get a great image no matter where you sit.

In addition, the 83-inch G4 incorporates MLA (Micro Lens Array) technology to boost its brightness. During our tests, we measured a peak of around 1,550 nits on the 65-inch G4, which should carry over to the 83-inch option.

This makes the 83-inch G4 one of the brightest OLEDs available in such a large screen size. It delivers gorgeous HDR highlights while maintaining great performance even in rooms with a lot of light.

LG's webOS smart TV interface rounds out the package with solid navigation speed, access to every major streaming app, and nice perks like hands-free voice control and a remote that supports motion controls. You can navigate menus by waving the remote at the screen to move a virtual cursor.

Our top pick, the TCL QM7 QLED, still delivers a better price-to-performance ratio, and our midrange OLED pick, the Samsung S90D, offers similar contrast capabilities for less money. But, if budget isn't a concern and you want some of the most impressive image quality you can get at this size, the LG G4 is the best 83-inch TV there is.

That said, buyers willing to spend even more should keep in mind that LG now sells a 2025 version of this TV. Called the G5, the new model is expected to get even brighter, but the 83-inch size costs about $1,500 more than what the G4 usually sells for. We'll be testing the G5 soon, so check back for details on how it stacks up.

Read our LG G4 4K TV review.

Best for brightness

The Hisense U9N is the best 85-inch TV for buyers who want exceptionally high brightness performance. Like the more affordable TCL QM7, the U9N is a QLED set with Mini LEDs. But this pricier model has a more advanced backlight, which helps it achieve a big bump in luminance and black-level control.

In our tests, the U9N hit an incredible peak brightness of 4,100 nits in a 2% window and 3,200 nits in a 10% window. Those are some of the highest measurements we've seen on a consumer TV, and it's a big step up from any other TV we recommend in this guide. Such high luminance produces dazzling specular highlights (like explosions) in HDR content, and it gives you ample room to adjust picture settings to overcome glare in a room with lots of windows. This makes the U9N an ideal high-end TV for daytime viewing.

Thanks to its Mini LED local dimming, the U9N also has impressive control of its light output. Black levels are deep, and blooming only crops up in isolated scenes. You'll still get better contrast control on an OLED TV, but the U9N gets close. Upscaling is also great with good picture processing, even when dealing with lower-quality YouTube streams. When it comes to overall image quality, the U9N nearly matches Sony's more expensive Bravia 9, which is the current gold standard for high-end QLED models.

Viewing angles are also solid for a QLED. Colors and contrast still distort from an angled view, but off-axis viewing is much better than it is on cheaper models like TCL's QM7 and Q65. Gaming performance is good, too, with support for up to a 144Hz refresh rate to enable smooth motion with compatible gear. A variable refresh rate (VRR) is also supported to minimize screen tearing, but we encountered some noticeable flicker in certain PS5 games with VRR enabled, which is something that we haven't experienced when gaming on OLED TVs.

We also encountered a few glitches with the TV's settings. The U9N is supposed to remember which picture mode you want it to switch to when watching certain types of content, but it sometimes defaults to the wrong preset. In addition, the TV's HDMI 3 input caused an issue when using a Panasonic 4K Blu-ray player, resulting in the signal getting lost. This didn't happen on any of the set's other ports.

However, we don't consider those hiccups dealbreakers. We lived with the U9N for several weeks and were blown away by its overall performance. Sony's similar Bravia 9 is also a great option for people who want a high-brightness QLED, but the 85-inch Bravia 9 usually costs about $1,000 more than the U9N. Considering how similar they perform, the U9N is the better value.

How we test 85-inch TVs

To choose the best 85-inch TVs, our team of experts relies on a combination of hands-on testing and research informed by more than a decade of experience covering the home entertainment product market.

When reviewing TVs, we typically evaluate each model's 65-inch option since that's considered the industry's flagship size. However, a specific model's overall performance often remains comparable across sizes 55 inches and up. For example, an 83-inch LG G4 OLED and a 65-inch G4 OLED have the same specs. The only notable difference is the size of each panel.

However, there are instances when certain TV models have more dramatic differences across their sizes. For instance, the Samsung S90D OLED uses quantum dots on its 55-, 65-, and 77-inch models but does not use quantum dots on its 83-inch model. This means the 83-inch model can't match the color performance of its smaller counterparts. We take all of these differences into account when recommending TVs and detail these instances when they pop up.

To evaluate displays, we look at key picture quality elements like color performance, clarity/sharpness, contrast control, HDR brightness, refresh rate, smart TV interface speed, off-angle viewing, and overall value. We use an X-Rite iDisplay Plus colorimeter and test patterns on the Spears & Munsil HDR Benchmark 4K Blu-ray disc to check brightness and other objective image attributes.

We also rely on various movies and TV shows to look at real-world performance in bright and dark rooms. We've selected specific scenes to compare quality across TVs with black levels, shadow detail, HDR capabilities, and upscaling in mind. Sources include 4K, 1080p, and standard definition (SD) material from Blu-rays, streaming services, and cable TV.

For more info on our review process, check out our page detailing how we test tech products.

85-inch TV FAQs

Is 85 inches a good TV size?

The best 85-inch TVs can provide a level of immersion that smaller displays can't achieve. They're especially good for larger rooms since you can sit farther away and still get a cinematic experience. Though there are fewer 85-inch models to choose from compared to smaller screen sizes, several of our picks for the best 4K TVs are sold in 83 to 85-inches.

However, many rooms simply can't accommodate a TV this big, and 85-inch sets are typically pricey. If you need a smaller display, check out our guides focused on other sizes:

• Best 75-inch TVs
• Best 65-inch TVs
• Best 55-inch TVs
• Best 50-inch TVs

And if you want an even larger display, check out our guide to the best 100-inch TVs.

When will 2025 85-inch TVs be available to purchase?

Many brands revealed new TV models during CES in January 2025. LG has already launched preorders for its C5 and G5 OLED TVs, and TCL is selling its new QM6K and QM7K QLED models. However, most 2025 displays are not yet available to buy. Based on typical release windows, we expect more 2025 85-inch TV models to roll out to retailers later in the spring. We'll review new 2025 TVs for consideration in our guide as soon as they're available.

Shoppers should keep in mind, however, that most 2024 TV models are expected to remain in stock for much of the year and will likely be a lot cheaper than their 2025 replacements. As a result, 2024 TV models will remain an excellent value.

For more information on upcoming 85-inch displays, read our roundup of the top TVs from CES 2025 and our breakdown of 2025 TV trends.

How much should you spend on an 85-inch TV?

Generally, you should expect to pay at least $900 to snag one of the best 85-inch TVs, though top high-end models cost $5,000 or more.

We've seen entry-level 85-inch LED TVs on sale for as low as $750, but budget QLED models typically start at around $900, and midrange options with local dimming and higher brightness capabilities sell for around $1,200 to $1,800. High-end 85-inch QLED 4K TVs with the best performance usually cost around $2,000 to $3,000, and 8K models can be between $4,000 and $7,000.

If you want one of the best OLED TVs in this class, 83-inch options start at around $2,500, while high-end OLEDs this big can cost as much as $6,500. Check out our full QLED vs. OLED guide for details on how the panel technologies compare in performance.

Unfortunately, 85-inch TVs below $700 are virtually nonexistent unless there happens to be a particularly great deal during a big sales event.

If you're shopping for a cheaper set and are willing to step down in size, check out our guides to the best TVs under $500 and best budget TVs to see our top recommendations.

Is 4K resolution enough for an 85-inch TV?

In general, 4K resolution is plenty to deliver a sharp and detailed image on an 85-inch TV. That said, the higher pixel density of an 8K display can slightly improve picture clarity if you sit very close to your TV.

Improvements in pixel smoothness on an 85-inch 8K set should become most visible if you sit less than five feet from your display. However, for typical viewers, this subtle benefit is not worth the extra money that an 8K TV costs.

But if you're dead set on buying an 85-inch 8K TV, Samsung's QN900D QLED is our top pick. The QN900D impressed us with its bright, high-contrast image. But we still think cheaper 85-inch 4K QLEDs, like the Hisense U9N, deliver better picture performance overall.

Do 85-inch TVs offer good sound quality?

Though there are exceptions, even the best 85-inch TVs tend to offer middling audio performance. Built-in TV speakers typically use small drivers placed in areas that muffle sound. They can get the job done for casual viewing, but we recommend shoppers invest in a dedicated speaker system or soundbar to get the best audio performance. We especially like models that support Dolby Atmos since this format can provide an immersive surround sound experience.

Check out our various soundbar and speaker guides to see our top recommendations for different needs:

• Best soundbars
• Best soundbars with subwoofers
• Best budget soundbars
• Best Dolby Atmos soundbars
• Best Bose soundbars
• Best Sonos soundbars
• Best surround sound systems

Do you need an 85-inch TV with HDMI 2.1?

Many midrange and high-end 85-inch TVs include at least one video port that supports the HDMI 2.1 specification. HDMI 2.1 enables a 4K/120Hz signal (some brands support up to 144Hz), along with support for auto low latency mode (ALLM) and variable refresh rate (VRR). These features are designed for gaming enthusiasts and allow for smoother motion with less lag when paired with a compatible gaming console or PC.

To enable HDMI 2.1 features, all of your home entertainment products need to support HDMI 2.1. So, if you have a console hooked up to a soundbar plugged into your display, all three components need to be HDMI 2.1 compliant. Likewise, you need to connect them all with an ultra-high-speed HDMI cable rated for 48Gbps. Visit our guide to the best HDMI cables for our top recommendations.

All of our best 85-inch TV picks include HDMI 2.1 support.

Медиа: image / jpeg

Tesla posted first-quarter deliveries of nearly 336,700, which is well below analysts' expectations. So, is it time to worry? Business Insider's Ana Altchek breaks down the report.

Медиа: image / jpeg

When you buy through our links, Business Insider may earn an affiliate commission. Learn more

Whether you're on the hunt for the best hamster cage or an orthopedic dog bed, Petsmart is a good place to look. The pet retailer makes getting everything you need for your pets a breeze. It's also affordable, especially if you use a good Petsmart coupon at checkout.

While there are usually some good deals on Petsmart's site, the best way to save is to use a coupon. Promo codes can be tricky to spot, but they usually lead to better deals, like a free gift with your purchase.

In addition to pet supplies, Petsmart's pharmacy service allows you to have prescription medications refilled. Their physical stores also offer grooming, Vet, training, and boarding services for when you're traveling, making it even more convenient.

While you're browsing through the pet retailer's other ongoing sales, check out the best Petsmart coupons we've tested below to get the best deal.

Today's best Petsmart coupons

Previous Petsmart coupons

Are there any other Petsmart sales running at the moment?

Petsmart posts all of their current deals and markdowns on the "Sale" page of their website, including the option to shop deals by pet. Petsmart is running the following ongoing promotions, including deals on products we've featured in our pet guides.

Deals on Petsmart products we've recommended

• Follow our WhatsApp channel for more deals and buying guides

How to use Petsmart coupons

To use a Petsmart coupon, add eligible items to your cart. Once you're on the "My Cart" page, scroll down to the bottom. From here, you can add a coupon by pasting the code into the text box under "Add a promo code" and clicking "Apply." Then, continue to checkout to enter your shipping and billing information.

Can you stack Petsmart coupons?

Petsmart does not allow coupon codes to be stacked together. Only one code may be applied per purchase.

Petsmart coupon frequently asked questions

Does Petsmart offer discounts for students, teachers, and the military?

As of the time of writing, Petsmart does not offer special discounts for students or teachers, so your best bet is to take advantage of their other coupons and deals.

Petsmart does not offer a military discount for its online store. However, military members can save 10% on any overnight stay for their pet at a PetsHotel. Plus, military members can save 10% at Petsmart's grooming salons on Tuesdays only. Customers will have to prove their military status to get the discount.

If you are a student or teacher, check out our roundups of the best student discounts and the best teacher discounts for more opportunities to save.

What is Petsmart's return policy?

Petsmart allows you to return most items in-store or by mail for up to 60 days after your original purchase. After 60 days, items cannot be returned by mail and may be subject to fees. Products must be returned in their original packaging. Learn more about Petsmart's return and exchange policy on their website.

Does Petsmart offer free shipping?

Petsmart offers free shipping on orders over $49 to members of their Treats rewards program. Learn more and sign up for free on their website.

Does Petsmart offer vet services?

Petsmart offers vet clinics in select stores. They also partner with other vet care providers, including a pet hospital and vaccination-only clinic, to provide different care options based on your pet's needs. Learn more about Petsmart's vet services on their website.

Should I join Petsmart's Treats rewards program?

In addition to free shipping on orders over $49, Treats rewards members enjoy other perks, like members-only in-store pricing, personalized offers, and special gifts for your pet. You'll also earn points on all your purchases, which will help you save money on future orders.

The program is free to join, and many of Petsmart's deals and coupons only apply to members, so it may be worth looking into if you're a frequent customer. Learn more about benefits and how to join on Petsmart's website.

What are the benefits of choosing Petsmart's autoship option?

In addition to not having to remember to reorder pet essentials, shoppers who use autoship can also enjoy extra savings. If you choose autoship, you'll save 35% on your first order and 5% on every future autoship order. There's no extra fee for choosing autoship, so it may be worth it if you frequently order the same pet food, treats, or medication. Learn more on Petsmart's website.

Score more deals on pet essentials with our roundups of the best Chewy promo codes and the best Petco coupons.

Медиа: image / jpeg

When you buy through our links, Business Insider may earn an affiliate commission. Learn more

Even if you take good care of your teeth by brushing with a good whitening toothpaste and flossing regularly, daily wear and tear might still leave your smile looking less bright. At-home teeth whitening kits can help and be a great, affordable alternative to professional whitening treatments at the dentist's office. That said, they're not all effective, and some can cause teeth sensitivity, even after just one use. Luckily, one of our favorite options, the Crest 3D Whitestrips Professional Effects Kit, is on sale now at Amazon.

• Follow our WhatsApp channel on mobile for more deals and buying guides

Our editors on the Reviews Team have tested plenty of at-home teeth whitening kits, and Crest's easy-to-use strips and dentist-recommended effective formula made it our favorite teeth whitening kit overall. While the strips are effective at whitening teeth over the course of several uses, their gel formula contains a lower amount of hydrogen peroxide than many other teeth whiteners, making it less likely to cause tooth sensitivity. The strips comfortably adhere to teeth using Crest's "Advanced Seal Technology," so you can even drink water and go about your day while you wear them.

Each kit comes with 20 sets of strips that you wear for 30 minutes a day. As a bonus, the kit also includes two sets of Express Whitening Strips, which you can wear for one hour at a time to see visible results immediately, so they're perfect for when you have an event or are being photographed and want to have some extra dazzle in your smile. The strips are super easy to use; simply peel off the backing, stick them to your teeth, and wait. Just be sure to keep the strips off of your gums to avoid causing irritation.

With over 72,000 five-star ratings, it's clear this whitening kit is also popular among Amazon shoppers. "I've tried a few different whitening methods over the years, from pricey professional treatments to messy gels, and honestly, Crest whitening strips are my absolute favorite. They're just so convenient," said one reviewer. "I saw a noticeable difference after just a few days, and after the full course, my teeth were significantly whiter. I'm talking about a legit, noticeable brightness that gets compliments. And the best part? No sensitivity!"

Some shoppers even said the Crest strips gave them professional-level results. "I compared my results with a friend who got professional whitening. What he got was equivalent to about three to four sessions with these strips, so they're definitely worth the money," said another reviewer. "I've gotten compliments from friends and my dentist after using these. I've used gel and UV self-applications in the past, and these are way better."

With the current discount on Amazon, the Crest Whitestrips Kit is 31% off the original price. Add it to your cart now for just $30 while the deal lasts.

More trending personal care deals on Amazon

• Oral-B iO Deep Clean Electric Toothbrush, $99.99 $69.99
• CeraVe Ultra-Light Moisturizing Lotion SPF 30, $19.99 $14.24
• Lume Whole Body Aluminum Free Deodorant, $29.99 $23.98
• Bio-Oil Skincare Oil, $23.49 $18.19
• Seven Minerals Organic Aloe Vera Gel, $24.95 $16.95

Still shopping? Browse through more of Amazon's health and household deals.

Медиа: image / jpeg

When you buy through our links, Business Insider may earn an affiliate commission. Learn more

When you're equipped with one of the best vacuums for pet hair, it's easier to overlook the constant clean-up that stems from our beloved cats and dogs. The best pet vacuums can stand up to excessive shedding, tracked in dirt, scattered litter, and food bits while handling other everyday messes. Aligning with characteristics we like in the best vacuums, pet vacuums will have powerful suction, advanced filtration, brushrolls that resist tangling with hair, and even accessories specifically for removing embedded hair.

The Business Insider Reviews team tested over 30 of the best vacuums for pet hair to evaluate how they clean an assortment of cat and dog hair, cat litter, flour, coffee grounds, and Cheerios on carpeting, hardwood floors, and furniture. The best vacuum for dealing with pet hair is the Shark Stratos Cordless Vacuum, an overall solid performer with a dual-brushroll construction that easily suctions up debris large and small with up to 60 minutes of runtime. For those on a budget, the Bissell CleanView Swivel Rewind Pet Upright Bagless Vacuum is a powerful and reliable upright with easy swivel steering and special pet tools for cleaning upholstery.

Read more about how Insider Reviews tests and research home products here.

Our top picks for the best vacuums for pet hair

Best overall: Shark Stratos Cordless Vacuum - See at Amazon

Best budget: Bissell CleanView Swivel Rewind Pet Vacuum Cleaner - See at Amazon

Most powerful: Dyson Ball Animal 3 Upright Vacuum Cleaner- See at Dyson

Best for large spaces: Dyson Outsize Cordless Vacuum - See at Amazon

Best canister: Miele Classic C1 Cat & Dog Vacuum - See at Amazon

Best robot vacuum: iRobot Roomba j9+ - See at Amazon

Best handheld: Black+Decker Dustbuster AdvancedClean Cordless Handheld Vacuum (model CHV1410L) - See at Amazon

Best overall

It's no surprise that our best vacuum overall, and our favorite cordless, too, is also our top pick for tackling pet hair. The Shark Stratos cordless vacuum offers tremendous suction power with three cleaning modes, easy maneuverability, and won't leave hair wrapped around the brush roll — thanks to Shark's anti-hair wrap technology. In fact, we're pretty confident in every Shark vacuum we've tested and they're ability to handle pet hair.

In our standardized tests on hardwood and carpet, the Shark Stratos easily picked up kibble, ground coffee, lentils, dog hair, and everyday household dirt. The Stratos incorporates a dual brushroll design: a soft front brushroll captures fine particles and stops larger debris from spitting out, and a back brushroll with rigid bristles that gets deep into carpeting and pulls up dirt. For larger particles, it quickly and efficiently suctions them right up, while very fine substances like flour did require a few extra passes.

The Shark Stratos has three cleaning modes: eco, boost, and CleanSense IQ. The latter uses an infrared sensor to automatically increase or decrease power depending on the amount of debris it's picking up and distinguish between floor types. It also features LED headlights to gently light up the cleaning path ahead of you and a digital display with a battery life indicator.

Thanks to its bendable stick and swivel head design, the Shark Stratos is very easy to maneuver and easily slides underneath low spots like the bed or sofa.

The Stratos incorporates Shark's odor-neutralizing technology, which adds a scent to mask odors and leave floors smelling fresher. Two testers of Shark products with the feature did not particularly love this extra or expressed a plan to purchase the replacements once the cartridges lost their scent.

For accessories, the Stratos comes with a Duster Crevice Tool and Anti-Allergen Brush for removing dust from sensitive surfaces, but it surprisingly does not come with the pet-multi tool, which is available separately for cleaning upholstery.

Read our Shark Stratos Cordless Vacuum review for more details and our full guide to the best cordless vacuums for more recommendations.

Best budget

The CleanView Swivel Rewind was one of three of the best vacuums for pet hair that picked up all the pet hair on all of the surfaces in our tests. Also, the hair didn't get tangled in the brush.

Perhaps unsurprisingly, the four vacuums I tested that cost less than the Bissell CleanView Swivel Rewind Pet Vacuum Cleaner (model 2254) performed poorly. I can't recommend any of them. For around $150, the Bissell has powerful suction and good performance at a value price.

While its ability to pick up other debris was just average on carpeting and furniture, it did exceptionally well on hardwood. It picked up all of the cat litter and Cheerios on every surface. It struggled with the coffee grounds on carpeting and only did a so-so job of collecting flour in all of the tests.

I appreciated how simple the Bissell CleanView Swivel Rewind was to use. The swivel head makes it easy to maneuver with one hand. The cord never got in my way thanks to the easy retraction feature (the "Rewind" in the name), and since it's upright, I didn't have to support the weight of the vac. I just guided it as it made quick work of messes. And the hose detached effortlessly to reach elevated areas.

However, I had difficulty emptying the dust bin without getting my hands dirty or inadvertently sending gunk flying outside the trash can. Your best bet is to release the trap-door mechanism with the bottom inside your trash receptacle.

Read our full guide to the best cheap vacuum cleaners.

Most powerful

For cleaning up after constantly shedding fur or kitty litter tracked around the house, a blast of powerful suction is what you need to keep your home dust and dander-free. The Dyson Ball Animal 3 is particularly effective on thick carpeting, with stiff bristles that dig deep into the fibers to pull out hair and dirt and resist hair wrap around the brush roll. It also performed well on hard floors, picking up both large pieces of debris like cereal and fine particles of flour.

At 17 pounds, this upright vacuum isn't necessarily lightweight for carrying up and down stairs, but its unique ball design at the base swivels to help facilitate maneuverability. It has three suction settings that you can adjust via a slider on the floorhead. If you have trouble pushing the vacuum, adjusting the suction settings will typically get you on your way again. The spacious 0.45-gallon dust bin can handle large amounts of pet hair and empties via a button on the handle. The Dyson's washable post-motor filter traps allergens as small as 0.3 microns and should be cleaned once a month.

The basic version of this vacuum comes with two tools: a combo crevice and dusting brush and a stair tool. Models like Extra and Complete offer a more comprehensive accessories package with pet-specific options like a no-tangle motorized upholstery tool, carbon fiber dusting brush, and even a pet grooming brush. These accessories connect with the hose, which stretches to 15 feet. However, our reviewer found it stiff, requiring extra effort to keep it extended while the vacuum was running.

Read our guide to the best upright vacuums.

Best for large spaces

The Dyson Outsize vacuum is well-suited for cleaning large areas: it is the only cordless vacuum on the market with a half-gallon dust bin, meaning you can cover more ground and pick up copious amounts of fluffy pet hair without pausing to empty it. The Outsize boasts up to 60-minute battery life for uninterrupted cleaning and a larger 11.5-inch-wide cleaner head to pick up more debris in a single pass.

This Dyson vacuum was the best vacuum for pet hair on every surface in our tests without getting tangled. This is in part due to the Digital Motorbar cleaner head (found on many of the best Dyson vacuums) that has plastic detangling vanes to keep hair from wrapping. It also did great on hardwood and carpeting, picking up all debris except a trace of coffee grounds on carpets and nominal amounts of flour on both surfaces. The Outsize is easy to maneuver thanks to a spherical wheel on the cleaner head. I could move it from side to side by gently rotating my wrist. The non-Dyson vacuums I tested required more effort to turn.

The Outsize was less impressive but still good in handheld mode on furniture, leaving behind about 5% of the cat litter and flour with the mini-motorized tool. At about 8 pounds, it's heavy in the handheld configuration, and I didn't like that you had to keep the power button depressed to run the vacuum. This limited the positions I could hold, and it could start to feel heavy during above-floor cleaning tasks.

The Dyson has a trapdoor mechanism for emptying the dust bin, so you can avoid coming in contact with debris. However, you have to remove the attachments before emptying the bin, and you may miss your trash receptacle if you don't position the dust bin just right.

Recently, I've noticed volatile availability of the Dyson Outsize, but I continue to recommend it because there's really nothing comparable in capacity from competitors who want a cordless that can clean for extended periods of time without having to pause to empty the bin.

Best canister

Canister vacuums provide a powerful yet quiet and mess-free way to clean up after your pet. The benefits of a canister vacuum were exemplified in our testing of the Miele Classic C1 Cat & Dog Vacuum. This one has a bagged dustbin to limit contact with allergens.

The Classic C1 was the best overall at picking up debris. In addition to picking up all of the pet hair on all of the surfaces we tested — while remaining free of pet hair tangles — the vacuum picked up almost all of the other materials on carpeting, hardwood, and furniture. The only substance it seemed to have any difficulty with was flour, but it still picked up at least 90% of the flour on each surface.

My main gripes with the Miele Classic C1 Cat & Dog Canister Vacuum have to do with how user-unfriendly it can be. At over 20 pounds, it's the heaviest vacuum we tested. Fortunately, you don't have to support the weight. The motor and debris collect in the wheeled canister, which is connected by a hose to the handle and vacuum head.

However, I didn't like the feel of dragging the canister behind me as I cleaned. While the hard plastic handle felt durable, it wasn't comfortable in my hand. Also, the bulky power brushhead didn't lend itself to easy maneuverability.

I have mixed feelings about the disposable dust bag. The Classic C1 was the only vacuum we tested that used bags. On the one hand, I don't like the idea of producing more garbage, and replacement bags are an added expense ( $22 for four replacement bags and two filters). (Miele also makes a bagless version of its pet vacuum, the Miele Blizzard CX1 Cat & Dog.)

On the other hand, the 4.5-liter bag holds an impressive amount of debris, and it did a great job of keeping particles contained, which makes it a smart solution for allergy sufferers. How often you need to change the bag depends on a variety of factors, but I didn't come close to filling it despite sucking up more than two pounds of debris in my tests.

Best robot vacuum

While a robot vacuum won't likely eliminate all your vacuum responsibilities, it helps maintain your space and can help sweep up daily dust and accumulated pet hair.

For households with pets, features like obstacle avoidance and no-go zones become must-haves for avoiding dog toys, food bowls, and even accidents. That's why we like the iRobot j9+ vacuum, which also has an auto-empty dust bin to automate your cleaning further and an industry-leading P.O.O.P promise where iRobot will replace your robot in the unlikely event it comes into contact with poop. We tested the feature with faux droppings, and it steered clear.

The cleaning performance was right on par with what we expected from the best robot and didn't require any babysitting as it journeyed across a landscape of hard floors, carpets, and doorways, giving the best performance on hard floors and low-pile rugs. The j9+ was also able to navigate around, choosing to clean the perceived dirtiest rooms first and avoid an obstacle course of toys without getting stuck or suctioning up something it shouldn't. The iRobot excels in households with pets thanks to its top-tier obstacle detection like strewn toys and accidents, but I still have found strands of hair and carpet fibers will clog along the inside the removable dual brush rolls and wrap along the silicone design.

When the onboard dust bin is full, the j9+ returns to its docking station to unload into the auto-empty dock, which can hold up to 60 days of dirt, though that figure depends on how often you run your vacuum and how dirty your floors are.

The Roomba j9+ uses optical sensors and an onboard camera to create a floorplan of your space and efficiently clean it. In the iRobot app, you can edit your floor plan, create no-go zones, set schedules, and tinker with settings. My favorite feature is the ability to review potential obstacles with the onboard camera and help the robot identify what is and isn't an obstacle. Everything from a photo of a phone cord to my pup trying to attack have shown up in the review.

Read our iRobot Roomba j9+ Robot Vacuum review for more details, and our recommendations of all the best robot vacuums for more options.

Best handheld

The only vacuum to clean up all pet hair on every surface — hardwood, carpet, and the car — in our tests for best handheld vacuums was the user-friendly Black+Decker Dustbuster AdvancedClean Cordless Handheld Vacuum (model CHV1410L).

Well-balanced and weighing just 2.6 pounds, I didn't experience arm fatigue when cleaning with the Dustbuster AdvancedClean. You can quickly flip the brush in place as it's attached to the head, a feature I liked because I tend to lose attachments when they aren't connected.

The charging station is also simple and intuitive: Just place the Dustbuster on it. The charging indicator light turns off once the vacuum is charged, and the vacuum will then run for 14 minutes.

Emptying the big dust bin without getting dirty is simple. You remove the forward section and shake the debris out or remove the entire dust bin and pull out the filter. Regardless of how you empty it, the vacuum takes some finessing to snap back together.

The Dustbuster AdvancedClean vacuum is about as loud as a hairdryer, making it louder than most.

What to look for in a vacuum for pet hair

Anti-hair tangle technology: Whether dealing with clumps of fur or long strands of hair, the last thing you want is for the vacuum to clog or stop working because hair got wrapped around the brushroll. Not to forget how gross it can be to have to cut hair out of the brushroll. Brands like Dyson and Shark have pioneered technology to combat hair wrap and direct it straight to the dust bin, where it belongs.

Attachments: Most vacuums will come with a crevice tool and dusting brush, but when it comes to vacuums for pet hair, a pet tool or upholstery tool, which typically have a bristled or motorized design, are incredibly useful for cleaning sofas, pet beds, or other surfaces that need a close clean.

Weight: Like any vacuum, the best vacuum for pet hair needs to be comfortable to hold for extended cleaning sessions and easy enough to push around your floors. If weight is a concern, be sure to consider size and opt for something lighter and smaller.

Noise: Some animals may be sensitive to the noise emitted from a vacuum. If you have a skittish animal in your household, a vacuum that operates on the quiet side will minimize disruptions.

Dust bin: Though light in weight, pet hair can definitely take up its fair share of space in the dust bin. We like bins around 0.2 gallons, though our top pick, the Stratos, is just slightly smaller. They also need to be easy to open and direct into the trashcan and don't require too much reaching up into the bin to cull out collected hair and dust.

Filter: All vacuums will feature a filtration system, but the golden standard is HEPA, which stands for "High-Efficiency Particulate Air" and, as defined by the US Environmental Protection Agency, will trap and remove at least 99.97% of dust, pollen, mold, bacteria, and any airborne particles with a size of 0.3 microns. Know that models marketed as HEPA-style or HEPA-like, or anti-allergen are not True HEPA, and may not have been put through the same standards as those labeled as HEPA. Most filters are washable, though some designs may require replacements.

Warranty: Vacuums typically have a warranty of one to five years, which gives peace of mind should anything go wrong within the first few months or years of ownership.

How we tested vacuums for pet hair

We put all of the best vacuums for pet hair in this guide through several tests. The most important factors to consider when buying a vacuum are how well it picks up pet hair on a variety of surfaces and how easy it is to use, empty, and maintain.

Here's a breakdown of how much of each material (in grams) the top picks cleaned up on each surface in our tests:

Here are the main attributes we look at and how we test them:

Floor cleaning: I poured different substances on a 5-square-foot patch of carpeting, followed by hardwood flooring, one at a time. I used 100 grams of flour, coffee grounds, and cat litter; 50 grams of Cheerios; and a 1-gram mix of cat and dog fur of varying lengths. Then, I vacuumed up as much of each substance as possible in 30 seconds. Finally, I compared the weight of the dust bin after vacuuming to its starting weight to determine how much of each material the vacuum collected.

Furniture cleaning: I poured 50 grams each of cat litter and flour plus 1 gram of pet hair mix on a chair with fabric upholstery. I used the manufacturer-recommended cleaning configuration for furniture. Again, to determine how much debris the vacuum collected in 30 seconds, I compared the weights of the dust bin before and after sucking up each material.

Battery (if applicable): I fully charged the vacuum and timed how long it could run on top power until the battery died. Lastly, I timed how long it took to charge the vacuum fully.

Ease of use: This is a somewhat subjective experience measurement. As I used each vacuum, I observed what made it difficult or easy to use. For example, the Dyson Outsize requires you to keep your finger on the trigger to keep the vacuum running and is heavy in the handheld configuration, making it harder to use. The cord got in the way with some of the corded vacuums I tested. The Miele lost points because of its suboptimal maneuverability.

Disposal: Aside from the Miele, which has a disposable vacuum bag, I emptied the dust bins of the vacuums at least a dozen times each. As I did this, I noted how messy the process was and if I came into contact with the debris. Preference was given to vacuums that were easy to empty and didn't send dust flying outside the trash bin.

Pet vacuum FAQs

What is the difference between a pet vacuum and a regular vacuum?

Many vacuums that aren't specifically marketed for pet hair work just fine, but the main features that qualify as the best pet vacuums are strong suction, excellent filtration, and specialized cleaner heads and attachments.

Are robot vacuums good for pet hair?

Robot vacs are a great way to pick up loose pet hair before it becomes embedded in carpets. Run them daily or every other day for the best results. However, they don't work on stairs or elevated surfaces.

What kind of filter should I look for in a pet vacuum?

A well-sealed filtration system will ensure the debris doesn't end up back in the air you breathe. If you're concerned about allergens in your air, choose a vacuum with a true HEPA filter. These filters (commonly found in air purifiers) capture 99.7% of 0.3-micron particles.

What are the best attachments for pet hair?

Brushrolls on the main head of most vacuum cleaners loosen pet hair enough for the vac to suck it up. But for furniture, cat trees, and dog beds, look for attachments with mini-motorized brushrolls or bristles that will loosen the fur. Also consider one of the best pet hair removers for quickly pulling up embedded hair from furniture, carpet, and even clothing.

How do you clean a pet vacuum?

Newer vacuums are easy to clean. Consult your user manual for the most accurate information, but most models can benefit from regular filter cleaning, checking the brushroll for blockages, and removing any debris that's built up.

Медиа: image / jpeg

• Elon Musk waded into a Wisconsin Supreme Court race — and lost.
• Now, Democrats want Musk to keep hitting the stump.
• Musk has quickly become a key foil for Democrats. The Wisconsin election vindicated that approach.

After handily winning a Wisconsin Supreme Court race on Tuesday, Democrats are sending a message to Elon Musk: Keep campaigning for the GOP.

Ben Wikler, the chair of the Wisconsin Democratic Party, told reporters on a Wednesday press call that Musk should become President Donald Trump's "special envoy for midterm elections."

"At the same time, Elon Musk should be removed as quickly as possible from any position of power over the federal government," Wikler added, referring to the billionaire businessman's role as the de facto leader of DOGE.

Musk had poured millions of dollars into the race, arguing that the future of Western civilization was at stake. It was the first statewide election since Trump's 2024 victory and was seen as a barometer for the national mood. He even hit the campaign trail in person, holding a town hall event in Green Bay on Sunday night.

"Elon Musk's money might buy some ads, but it repels voters," Wikler said. Polling has broadly shown that Musk is less popular than Trump.

Ken Martin, the chairman of the Democratic National Committee, also mentioned Musk on the call.

"The more Elon Musk wants to get out there, I say go for it Elon," Martin said. "There are plenty of other states we would love you to campaign in."

The Wisconsin race — along with closer-than-expected special election results in two deep-red House districts in Florida — has emboldened Democrats when it comes to the House of Representatives, where Republicans currently hold an extremely narrow lead. In 2024, Musk spent more than $19 million supporting various Democratic candidates.

Katarina Flicker, a spokeswoman for House Majority PAC, said in a statement that the Democratic-aligned group "encourages one of the most unpopular men in America to campaign with Republicans across the country."

"His efforts will be crucial to Democrats taking back the House in 2026," Flicker said of Musk.

A spokesman for Musk's super PAC did not immediately respond to a request for comment.

Медиа: image / jpeg

When you buy through our links, Business Insider may earn an affiliate commission. Learn more

Two things can be true at once: You can follow a formal office dress code and feel like you're kicking back in your favorite sweatpants. One item among the best women's workwear we've all searched for is the holy grail of work pants.

Below, we describe in detail our favorite stretchy work pants for women. We tested their comfort by wearing them for long hours at our desks and checking for skin indentations (especially around the waist and calves). The final pairs we chose are made especially for those of us who work best seated in bizarre cross-legged positions.

Top 5 pairs of stretchy work pants we tested:

Best overall: Athleta Endless High Rise Pant

When it comes to the best stretchy work pants for women, Athleta's best-selling Endless High Rise Pant stands above the rest. I've worn these to work and to work out, and they remain superiorly comfortable and look incredibly put-together for either occasion thanks to their moisture-wicking, breathable, wrinkle-resistant, quick-drying fabric made from recycled polyester.

The pull-on bottoms with a faux fly and two front zip pockets are available in seven colors, and they come in 25.5-inch, 27.5-inch, and 30.5-inch inseams. The brand also has a cargo version of the pants, which adds a touch of casual flair in the form of two additional cargo pockets and snap cuffs at the ankles that let you transform the hemline between a straight leg or jogger-style silhouette.

Best black work pants: Spanx PerfectFit Ponte Slim Straight Pant

Spanx recently rebranded their Perfect Black Work Pant collection as the "PerfectFit" line. Executive editor Sally Kaplan swears by hers as reliable, stretchy slacks. In our experience, these are pants you can pull on and forget about because they go with everything. They're more of an investment piece, but definitely worth the cost even if you wear them just once a week.

"The Perfect Black Pant borrows from the trademarks Spanx is renowned for, such as a smoothing, elongating effect. But unlike its shapewear, you won't feel constricted. The Ponte material has four-way stretch and a pull-on band that's easy to get on. In other words, it's a really well-made iteration of the black work pant," she writes.

Read more in our full Spanx Perfect Black Work Pants review.

Best flare: Lululemon Smooth Fit Pull-On High-Rise Pant

These moisture-wicking bottoms with two zip pockets from Lululemon have lots of stretch, and they're just as comfortable as the brand's ultra popular leggings. Still, with a high waist and subtly flared hem, they're polished enough to don in a business setting. Wear them with a silky button-down shirt tucked in, or throw over an oversized blazer in a contrasting hue.

Best petite: Quince Ultra-Stretch Ponte Straight Leg Pant

We've tested over a dozen of the affordable, high-quality basics from Quince, and can attest that these sleek Ponte pants are a must-have for anyone looking to update their petite workwear wardrobe. They have just the right amount of elasticity to fit comfortably even when sitting for long periods, and they're available in inseams that suit a short frame. Another bonus: this pair is wrinkle-resistant, so don't worry about wearing them right out of your suitcase. The straight-leg style comes in nine colors, including classic black and an eye-catching burgundy.

Read about more pieces we've tried and loved in our full Quince review.

Best tall: Gap High Rise BiStretch Flare Pants

Though these flare pants feel just like your favorite yoga pants, this Gap pair looks a lot more elevated and work-appropriate thanks to a sophisticated pintuck pleat down the front of each leg. The ultra high-rise waist sits above your hips, for a super comfortable feel that looks great with a top tucked in or draped with an oversized blazer. The pants, which have a zipper and a snap closure, are available in black or navy with inseams that fall past the ankles and drape handsomely over shoes.

Best slim straight: Athleta Stellar Trouser

Though these nylon-lycra bottoms offer a bit Athleta's signature smoothing compression, they're still plenty elastic and plenty comfortable, with a fit and feel similar to our favorite leggings for work. They're fitted (but not constricting) throughout, and they sit comfortably below the natural waist. They're both abrasion- and wrinkle-resistant — plus they're rated UPF 50+ — which makes them an excellent choice for packing.

Best wide-leg: Abercrombie & Fitch Sloane Tailored Pant

What I love most about these wide-leg bottoms is how many colors and fits they come in. Abercrombie & Fitch offers a whopping 23 shades to choose from, ranging from classics like black and tan to statement jewel tones like a bright red or emerald green. Beyond that, these pants tout a partially stretchy waistband to maximize comfort, and also come in a curvy fit that offers an additional 2 inches through the hip and thigh. I've found this pair versatile enough to dress up with comfortable heels and a white button-down shirt, or dressed down with crisp sneakers and a T-shirt.

Best plus size: Universal Standard Tribeca Stretch Wool Trousers

Universal Standard is one of our favorite brands to find plus size clothing for women because it considers how differently bodies are shaped in order to design fits that flatter them. It uses its own letter sizing system that equates a medium to a size 18 (the average size of a woman in the US), and its unique Fit Liberty program lets you exchange many items for a different size up to a year from your purchase date, no matter how used the clothing is.

These straight-leg bottoms are among the best stretchy work pants for women because they're crafted from a comfortable, stretchy wool fabric. Furthermore, they offer a front fly, top-entry pockets, and an elastic back waist for even more ease of movement.

Best high-rise: Everlane The Easy Pant

When it comes to the best stretchy work pants, an elastic pull-on waist might be the number-one comfort feature to look for. Everlane's offers just this in their Easy Pant, complete with a flowy straight leg silhouette made with lightweight cotton twill. The breathable silhouette and fabric make these four-pocket bottoms with a 28.5-inch inseam ideal for the warmer months. They come in four neutral goes-with-anything hues.

Best tapered: Aday Turn It Up Pants

Like many of the best stretchy work pants, these cigarette pants from Aday offer a snug and pleasant fit thanks to an elastic waistband, which is partially exposed. They're crafted from a high-stretch fabric that's breathable, quick-drying, and thermoregulating. The Italian-made vegan bottoms hit at ankle length, with a tapered silhouette similar to joggers, and they pair equally well with a pair of sneakers as they do with heels.

Former Business Insider commerce reporter Kelsey Mulvey tested the Turn It Up Pants when they first dropped and claims they're worth the splurge. "I've been wearing the Turn it Up Pants for the past two months and they're arguably one of the most versatile pieces I have in my closet. They're not too loose or too fitted and are incredibly comfortable. Best of all, I can wear them with anything from a crisp white button-down, to an oversized sweater, to a casual T-shirt," says Mulvey.

Best lightweight: Luxeire High Rise Flare Trouser

If your office has a business casual dress code, you'll appreciate these polished trousers that sneakily feel like yoga pants. The secret is in the lightweight technical fabric with two-way stretch and a hidden high-rise elastic waistband. Elegant front pintuck detailing further distracts from the pants' undeniable comfort. I wore the flare bottoms while sitting for hours and never felt any pulling or digging. Plus, I love that they have a UPF 50+ rating.

Best luxury: M.M.LaFleur The Foster Pant

M.M.LaFleur's cigarette pants offer yoga pant-level stretch, a comfy high rise, and their durable fabric makes them one of our favorite machine-washable work pants to boot. Most notably, the Foster pants come with an innovative feature we can't believe more brands aren't imitating: an adjustable hemline.

"These pants don't wrinkle easily because they stretch to fit your curves perfectly. Plus, the concealed button hem makes it absurdly easy to shorten the pants to the perfect length for my 5-foot-2 frame. I wish every pair of pants had that ingenious hem!" — Malarie Gokey, Director of Learning and Development

Read more in our full M.M.LaFleur Foster women's work pants review.

Медиа: image / jpeg

When you buy through our links, Business Insider may earn an affiliate commission. Learn more

With spring break coming up and the weather looking a little bit warmer, I've been on a mission to try the best bikini hair removal products on the market. While body hair removal is ultimately a personal choice, I prefer my body to be smooth and stubble-free — especially in the bikini area if I'm heading to a beach vacation.

As someone who used a standard razor to shave her bikini line for years, I can honestly say that the Schick Intuition Sensitive Care Razor is a dream by comparison and one of the best razors for women I've tried. After testing more than a dozen different bikini hair removal products on the market, another one of my favorites is the DeoDoc Intimate Shaving Kit, primarily because I wanted to say goodbye to skin irritation, and it's the perfect choice for those with sensitive skin. And if a cream is more up your alley, my current favorite is the Veet Sensitive Gel Cream Hair Remover.

Below, you'll find the best bikini hair removal products in every category based on the results of my firsthand testing and experiences. If you're looking for additional hair removal treatments, check out our guide to the best facial hair removal products.

Our top 5 picks for the best bikini hair removal products

How we tested bikini hair removal products

When testing for the best bikini hair removal products, I made sure each product met a set of criteria:

1. I looked for formulas that were gentle on all skin types because even if you don't have super sensitive skin, this is a tender area, and no one wants to risk burning or irritation.

2. I looked for formulas that use as many natural ingredients as possible.

3. I made sure the product was easy to apply and clean up.

4. I noted how convenient it was overall.

Best cream: Veet Sensitive Gel Cream Hair Remover

The Veet Sensitive Gel Cream is a depilatory cream, which is a formula designed to break down the proteins in hair until they are weak enough to be wiped away. You apply it in an even layer over the bikini area and leave it on your skin for five to 10 minutes max. Then, you remove the hair by gently collecting strands with the included spatula and rinsing the area thoroughly with warm water.

In my experience, the effectiveness of hair removal cream is hit or miss. It depends on how much hair is being removed, and how long the hair is. I found that letting the formula set for eight minutes was the sweet spot for medium-length hair. You'll want to do more for longer hair and less for stubble.

Best epilator: Braun Epilator Silk-Epil 3

Epilators look more intimidating than they are, but if you're still wary, give the Braun Epilator Silk-Epil 3 a try. The device is designed with a 20-tweezer system that, when grazed in an upward motion against the skin, plucks hairs by the roots, resulting in smoother, softer skin for longer (up to four weeks without stubble). It features SmartLight technology that allows you to see each hair more clearly and two-speed settings.

While I haven't personally tried this particular bikini hair removal product yet, over 9,900 reviewers on Amazon agree the handheld mechanical device is beginner-friendly and gentle on the skin. This is partially due to its massage rollers, a feature that gently stimulates and massages skin for maximum comfort during what could otherwise be a slightly uncomfortable process. The device can also be used in the shower, where warm water can help minimize user discomfort.

According to my research, the Braun Epilator Silk-Epil 3 costs just under $40 on Amazon, which is a lower price than others on the market. Because of its unique features and customer feedback, I think it's safe to say this is a good deal.

Best trimmer: Philips Beauty BikiniGenie Cordless Trimmer

This small device from Philips made a big impact on me. The BikiniGenie costs a little over $20, which is a solid deal considering your purchase comes with a device, four accessories, and a travel pouch. The accessories include two click-on trimming combs you can swap out for different lengths of hair, a mini shaving head for an all-bare finish, and a miniature brush for cleaning your device.

This device's versatility makes it one of the best bikini hair removal products. By offering users a choice of trimming combs and a shaving head, you're really in control of how long or short you want your bikini hair to be. It can also be used on wet or dry skin, so you can still groom when you don't have time to hop in the shower.

Best for sensitive skin: DeoDoc Intimate Shaving Kit

Though a pricier shaving option, DeoDoc's Intimate Shaving Kit offers the quality you pay for. The three-piece bundle includes pre-shaving oil, shaving foam, and after-shave balm. These bikini hair removal products are also sold separately, but I highly recommend that sensitive skin types treat themselves to the complete kit.

Each bottle in the kit is numbered in order of the three steps. The first is Pre-Shave Oil, a slightly thick serum that softens the skin and hair follicles, preparing them for shaving. The second step is to apply DeoDoc Shaving Foam, a fluffy shaving cream you use later. Last but not least is the After Shave Balm. Trust me when I say you do not want to skip this ultra-hydrating step.

The final result is silky smooth skin that's soft to the touch and deeply moisturized.

Best razor: Schick Intuition Sensitive Care Razor

I'm not being dramatic when I say it was love at first swipe the first time I used the Schick Intuition Sensitive Care Razor. This device serves as a razor and shaving cream, all in one of the best bikini hair removal products.

Schick's four-blade razor is surrounded by a conditioning solid infused with vitamin E and 100% natural aloe. When wet, the solid creates a gentle lather that nourishes and moisturizes skin while the blade shaves off unwanted hair. It sounds like magic because it kind of is.

The pivoting head on this device follows the contours of your body to help minimize irritation — which is especially key along the bikini line. The Schick Intuition Sensitive Care Razor is meant to provide a gentle yet highly effective shave, and, in my experience, it does.

For around $9, this all-in-one hair removal device offers a lot of bang for your buck — and is one of the best bikini hair removal products you can buy. Check out our piece on the best women's razors to see our other picks.

Best wax: Nad's Original Hair Removal Gel Kit

Nad's Original Hair Removal Gel is formulated with natural ingredients like date extract, honey, lemon juice, cocoa seed butter, and shea butter. The ingredients list alone was enough to sell me on this product, but what I loved most was that, unlike other formulas of bikini hair removal gels I'd tried, this one doesn't need to be heated up in the microwave. Nad's hair removal gel warms by way of your own body heat. It also washes off with water, so you can always rinse and repeat if you make a mistake.

The complete kit costs just under $13 and includes six ounces of the Original Hair Removal Gel, four pre-wax cleansing wipes, 10 reusable cotton strips, six wooden applicators, and a tube of Nad's Moisture+ Soothing Balm. It's a high-quality drugstore product that miraculously didn't irritate my skin.

Best electric razor: Panasonic Close Curves Electric Shaver

Unlike manual razors, electric razor options essentially do the work for you, and Panasonic's tool promises a quicker, closer shave than any disposable option can. Its design features four ultra-sharp floating blades and dual ultra-thin outer foils. The hand-held machine is also cordless, with one full charge equating to 35 minutes of use.

Because it's rechargeable and cordless, this bikini hair removal tool makes for an awesome travel companion. What's more, it can be used on wet or dry skin so that touch-ups can be made quickly, anywhere, at any time. Simply pop up the adjustable built-in trimmer and bikini comb to maintain the desired length around those sensitive areas.

Best for pros: Tress Wellness Waxing Kit

For the more advanced bikini hair removal advocates who've tried every over-the-counter product at their local drugstore, consider the Tress Wellness Waxing Kit, a complete at-home set that looks and operates like spa equipment.

Tress Wellness prides itself on being very thorough, something the brand claims competitors are not. Each purchase includes five 3.5-ounce bags of hard waxing beans, a package of 20 waxing sticks, 10 eyebrow waxing sticks, one pre- and post-spray, and five protective rings—everything you need to perform a highly meticulous hair removal treatment.

The wax is made with natural ingredients (rosin) and is free of plastics. Reviewers note that the formula is gentle on sensitive skin. The effects are also long-lasting. One reviewer noted they could go "2-3 weeks" between sessions, while another confirmed they could also go three weeks before their next wax.

The machine itself can heat up anywhere between 86° Fahrenheit and 257° Fahrenheit and has a digital display that indicates its temperature and when the wax is ready to use. What's more, because the wax has such a low melting point, it doesn't feel scalding on the skin.

Best disposable razor: BIC Soleil Escape

In my experience, disposable razors are either surprisingly effective or complete garbage – with no in-between. BIC's Soleil Escape, however, exceeded my expectations.

If you're looking for an affordable bikini hair removal tool that won't break the bank or scratch your skin, BIC's new disposable four-blade razor is the answer. Each razor comes with a moisture strip infused with 100% natural almond oil to ensure a smoother, much more comfortable shave.

Of course, this doesn't mean you should be any less careful when gliding over such a sensitive area with something as sharp as a blade. You should still exercise caution, warns one reviewer, who admitted they "did cut my leg a bit deep when shaving (my technique was a bit off when switching positions)." However, they did add that the razor's sharpness is a plus and that their sensitive skin did not experience razor burn from the product.

Another fun detail about these disposable razors is that their handles are scented with eucalyptus and lavender to bring a pseudo-spa-like experience to your shave. Some Amazon reviewers noted they enjoyed the scent, while some felt it was "weird" but "didn't detract from the razor," so it didn't really matter either way.

Best vegan: WooWoo Tame It! Vegan In-Shower Hair Removal

In case you're unfamiliar with the British label, Woo Woo is an underrated brand for the best bikini removal products I'd like to bring to light. Its products range from intimate care to intimate hair removal, including the award-winning Tame It! In-Shower Hair Removal Cream. The formula is certifiably vegan and contains Aloe Vera and Jojoba Oil to ensure even the most sensitive skin types won't experience irritation.

The cream comes conveniently packaged in a shampoo-esque bottle, so you already know it will fit on your shower shelf. That said, you dispense the product by squeezing the bottle the same way you would a tube of toothpaste, only instead of a brush, you'll put the cream on the included spatula applicator.

To apply, spread an even amount of cream over dry skin and wait 60 seconds before hopping in the shower. You want to keep the cream from going directly under the stream of water for two minutes before testing a small area. If hair comes off easily, you're free to finish the job. If not, let the cream sit for up to three more minutes and then remove it, making sure to rinse the area with warm water thoroughly.

The best practices for bikini hair removal

A few best practices can make bikini hair removal at home more seamless. We asked board-certified dermatologist Dr. Stacy Chimento of Riverchase Dermatology to share some things to remember.

1. Prep the area for hair removal

Chimento tells Insider that the first step to removing bikini hair is to prep the area for the trauma by either taking a warm shower or soaking in the tub for at least five minutes to soften the skin and pubic hair. She also recommends using an exfoliant made without harsh ingredients, microbeads, or acids to gently remove any dead skin cells.

2. Patch test your product

If you're using a depilatory cream product to remove hair around the bikini area, Chimento strongly suggests patch-testing the cream on the back of your hand before applying it to the pubic area.

3. Be very careful when using at-home kits

Chimento warns that at-home wax kits can be dangerous as it's easy to burn or accidentally rip off the skin. If you choose to use this kind of bikini hair removal product, make sure you "apply the wax in the direction of hair growth, pull the skin taut, and remove the wax against the direction of the growth," Chimento says, adding "it might be more comfortable to sit down with one leg up to reach the entire bikini area."

4. Read the ingredients list

This tip goes for any product you're putting on your body, be it creams, waxes, oils, etc. — but it's especially vital when dealing with products you'll be applying to such a sensitive area. "Some depilatory creams use harmful chemicals like sodium or calcium hydroxide (alkalis), sulfates, and thioglycolates, which are all very toxic," but hydrators like shea butter and cocoa butter are added as a buffer against these irritating elements, Chimento tells us.

As for at-home waxing kits, opt for safe, gentle formulas to avoid irritating, burning, and potentially scarring your skin, Chimento says. In addition, read the ingredients list carefully, do your own research, and avoid products with ingredients you know you have an allergy or sensitivity to.

5. Use products specifically designed for bikini hair removal

Pubic hair and leg hair are not one and the same. Public hair is thicker and more coarse, Chimento says. Therefore, you shouldn't use leg hair removal cream or waxing kits on the bikini area.

6. Look for ingredients that nourish the skin

Aloe vera and vitamin E nourish the skin and create a buffer against irritating agents, so you want to look for products with these types of skin-loving ingredients in creams. "For wax kits, look for one that is water-soluble in case you can't get every piece of wax off," Chimento says; that way, you can wash off the excess in hard-to-reach areas.

7. Remove hair in the shower whenever possible

It probably doesn't come as too much of a shocker, but the best place to remove bikini hair, Chimento says, is in the shower with lukewarm water. "Warm water will open up the pores enough but will not irritate the skin as hot water could. After, make sure all products have been removed and rinse with water. Apply a gentle moisturizer or baby oil to the skin to prevent ingrown hairs. Avoid scented products as they may irritate the skin."

Медиа: image / jpeg

• Sarah Wynn-Williams' lawyer says Meta has blocked her from speaking to Congress on China dealings.
• The block follows an arbitration ruling enforcing a non-disparagement clause in her severance.
• But Sen. Josh Hawley said on X that Wynn-Williams will appear before his subcommittee next week.

Former Facebook executive Sarah Wynn-Williams' lawyer says Meta has blocked her from communicating with members of Congress who are investigating the company's dealings with the Chinese Communist Party.

But Sen. Josh Hawley announced on social media Wednesday that Wynn-Williams will testify, under oath and in public, before a subcommittee next week. Hawley could not be reached for further comment, and Wynn-Williams did not immediately respond to requests after his post on X.

The question of whether Wynn-Williams will appear comes after a bipartisan Senate investigation cited her memoir, "Careless People," as the catalyst for a probe into Meta's dealings in China.

Before Hawley's post, Ravi Naik, the legal counsel for Wynn-Williams, told Business Insider that his client is barred from speaking to lawmakers as a fallout of an emergency arbitration ruling Meta obtained last month. The ruling enforces a non-disparagement clause in Wynn-Williams' severance agreement and bars her from promoting the book.

"Congress has made it clear they expect to be able to communicate with Ms. Wynn-Williams, and my client wishes to do so," Naik said in a statement. "Meta has, however, silenced Ms. Wynn-Williams through an arbitration process, which means that she is prohibited from communicating with Congress. Ms. Wynn-Williams believes that people deserve to know the truth."

According to the arbitration ruling, Wynn-Williams' severance agreement with Meta doesn't bar her from speaking to lawmakers. But when she sought to remove Meta's gag order, the arbitrator made it explicit that she wasn't allowed to.

"If Respondent were permitted to communicate with legislators…such actions would only create an exception that would eat the rule," the arbitrator said in an excerpt of the statement provided to BI by Wynn-Williams' spokesperson. "In such a circumstance, nothing would limit or prevent those legislators (or their aides) from parroting to the public any disparaging statements that Respondent is otherwise barred from disclosing to anyone other than a governmental investigatory body. Those legislators could also use their respective platforms as public officials to explicitly assist Respondent [to] promote her book, which she is barred from doing."

"This ruling," Wynn-Williams' spokesperson said "implies that the gag order on Ms. Wynn-Williams takes precedence over elected officials' right to know information pertaining to national security."

A Meta spokesperson told BI that the company was "not intending to stand in the way of her exercising her rights."

They added that the company did not operate its services in China. "It is no secret we were once interested in doing so as part of Facebook's effort to connect the world," they said. "This was widely reported beginning a decade ago. We ultimately opted not to go through with the ideas we'd explored, which Mark Zuckerberg announced in 2019."

The Senate's Permanent Subcommittee on Investigations, chaired by Republican Sen. Ron Johnson and joined by Democratic Sen. Richard Blumenthal and Republican Hawley, opened the probe into Meta's dealings with China on April 1.

The committee's letter sent to Meta CEO Mark Zuckerberg on Tuesday outlines a sweeping request for records dating back to 2014. Lawmakers are seeking all Meta communications with Chinese government officials, including the Cyberspace Administration of China, and records on Meta's subsidiaries and partners in the country, among other details.

They also want information about whether Llama, Meta's AI model, was used by the People's Liberation Army or Chinese tech firms. The request also includes all documents related to "Project Aldrin," which Wynn-Williams' book claims, was Meta's three-year plan to break into China, as well as any internal deliberations about censoring content at the request of national governments.

Meta has dismissed Wynn-Williams' allegations as false and characterized her as a disgruntled former employee. A spokesperson previously told BI that her claims were "a mix of out-of-date and previously reported claims about the company and false accusations about our executives."

Wynn-Williams, who worked at Facebook from 2011 to 2017, has filed a whistleblower complaint with the SEC. Neither the arbitrator's ruling nor Meta's arguments in arbitration dispute the factual content of her memoir, her spokesperson says.

Have a tip? Contact this reporter via email at pranavdixit@protonmail.com or Signal at +1-408-905-9124. Use a personal email address and a nonwork device; here's our guide to sharing information securely.

Медиа: image / jpeg

When you buy through our links, Business Insider may earn an affiliate commission. Learn more

The best chocolates bring joy, convey love, heal heartache, and forge connections. Whether you're seeking the most unusual flavor combinations or you relish a creamy, single-origin bar, the world of chocolate has something for everyone.

To find the best chocolates, I sampled 36 top brands for appearance, flavor, and texture. Our favorite brand for gifting is Vosges Haut-Chocolat, thanks to its artful packaging and unique flavor combinations. We also love Compartes for the brand's joyful flavor innovations, like incorporating glazed donut pieces into a chocolate bar.

My career revolves around chocolate: from training at the Culinary Institute of America and the Chocolate Academy, in Chicago to working at EHChocolatier, a Massachusetts-based artisanal chocolate producer. I'm confident that these are the best chocolates money can buy, delivered right to your door (or the lucky recipient's). Trust me, I'm a chocolatier.

Learn more about how Insider Reviews tests and researches products.

Top 5 picks for the best box of chocolates, bars, and truffles

Best for gifts: Vosges Haut-Chocolat

Best candy bars: Compartes

Best budget: Chocolove

Best truffles: Bon Bon Bon

Best caramels: Fran's Chocolates

Best for gifts: Vosges Haut-Chocolat

At Vosges Haut-Chocolat, I have found the best chocolate to give as a gift. Each box of the best chocolates has an undeniable wow factor before the recipient has even lifted the lid. All Vosges chocolates are stunning. This chocolatier's use of shapes, layered components, textures, and variety within one box is universally pleasing. To learn even more about the brand, our editors sampled a variety of sweet treats in our Vosges Chocolate review.

I recommend the hand-formed Milk Chocolate Truffles in an ornate purple box or the too-easy-to-enjoy Comfort Food Tower. If it's a truly special occasion or just for someone with a sweet tooth and trouble sleeping, the Dream Gift Set comes with 16 truffles flavored with chamomile, tulsi, and lavender, plus more chocolates, bath salts, a sleep mask, and loose-leaf tea.

While many Vosges chocolates feature uncommon ingredients in unexpected combinations, they are actually very approachable to eat. Each Vosges Haut-Chocolat morsel is truly exciting to bite into, like unwrapping yet another surprise: the gift that keeps giving.

Check out our full Vosges Chocolate review for more details.

Worth a try:

Best candy bars: Compartes

Compartes seamlessly draws upon familiar flavors and tailors them to fun, stylish candy bars. Take, for example, The Donuts & Coffee bar, which is adorned with bits of real glazed buttermilk donuts, crispy coffee donut crumble, and finely ground coffee. That's just one of the nearly 70 flavors to choose from, and all come in beautiful packaging that makes for great gifting.

One of my favorites of the best chocolate bars was the Cookies & Cream bar, which draws on a crowd-favorite flavor but uses an elegant blend of dark and white chocolate to control sweetness. I also loved the Strawberry Shortcake bar, which whimsically mixes jammy, tart, bite-sized strawberries and crumbles of buttery shortcake into a strawberry-flavored, rosy-hued white chocolate. There's even a plethora of vegan options.

Worth a try:

Best budget: Chocolove

Chocolove, a Boulder-based company, prides itself on providing "affordable luxury." At budget-friendly prices, Chocolove somehow offers high-quality flavor and texture, sustainability, and even ethical sourcing. It uses non-GMO ingredients, including cacao beans traceable down to the farmer, to ensure premium chocolate bars at a fair price.

I felt like the elegant Cherries & Almonds in Dark Chocolate bar was a decadent dessert worthy of its own plate and white tablecloth. The Passion Fruit in Ruby Chocolate bar showcases the bright berry notes and pink hue of ruby chocolate's naturally red cacao bean, complemented by a tart passion fruit puree filling. With Belgian-trained Master Chocolatier Patrick Peeters at the helm, Chocolove continues to provide exquisite chocolate bars of the highest caliber — at the lowest prices.

Worth a try:

Best vegan: Maeve Chocolate

Maeve Chocolate, formerly known as Seattle Chocolate, has an entire line of Vegan Truffle Bars and they are divinely rich despite their lack of dairy. Vegan chocolate bars are a dime-a-dozen nowadays, seeing as how dark chocolate is innately dairy-free and, therefore, vegan. But I have found that achieving a rich, creamy chocolate minus the dairy is a whole other feat.

Maeve Chocolate often combines contrasting textures within one bar and adds a sophisticated touch to nostalgic flavors. I loved the Pike Place Espresso Chocolate Truffle Bar, speckled with finely ground decaf espresso beans. And, the Mexican Hot Chocolate Truffle Bar features fresh ground cinnamon with a pinch of fiery cayenne pepper, all balanced with a touch of sweet Madagascar vanilla.

To make matters sweeter, 10% of Maeve's net profits fund projects to improve the lives of cocoa farmers — from digging wells for fresh water to funding savings and loan programs, planting seedlings to protect the future of cocoa, and more.

Worth a try:

Best truffles: Bon Bon Bon

Ganache — you've seen the word countless times on menus describing chocolate desserts. Ganache is the decadent combination of cream and chocolate used to frost cakes, glaze donuts, and fill truffles. Our favorite producer of truffles and ganaches, Bon Bon Bon, is unconventional in its truffles' shape, use of flavors and textures, and packaging.

A good truffle should have a uniform, thin shell enrobing the ganache filling. Secondly, it should have a shiny exterior (unless coated in cocoa powder, etc), free of blemishes or white "bloom" (a sign that the chocolate was not treated properly during production or storage). Lastly, inside the truffle should be a silky smooth ganache. Bon Bon Bon, a hip and cheeky producer out of Detroit, hits the mark on all of these and then some. Each truffle is a two-bite masterpiece, delivered in a thin rectangular chocolate shell.

Rather than fully enrobing its ganaches, Bon Bon Bon chooses to leave its bonbons topless. Not only is this visually unconventional, but each bonbon is also adorned with playful garnishes. For example, the Bour-Bon-Bon-Bon has a layer of rich bourbon ganache topped with whiskey caramel in a dark chocolate shell, appropriately garnished with a glacee orange and dark chocolate "ice cube."

Worth a try:

Most kid-friendly: Ghirardelli

When choosing the best chocolate for kids, I sought out a quality product with approachable flavors that didn't break the bank. Ghirardelli's individually wrapped chocolate squares are great for kids and connoisseurs alike.

While Ghirardelli Intense Dark chocolates are available, most of the chocolates used to create these classic squares are approachable and palatable to kids. The options are endless, so you are sure to find something for even the pickiest of eaters.

A milk chocolate assortment is the perfect sweet treat for the fussier of the bunch. White, milk, and dark chocolate morsels filled with gooey caramel and rich chocolate ganache offer a stepping-stone into more sophisticated flavors, while squares bejeweled with crispy rice, tart berries, or crunchy nuts are ideal for the more texturally adventurous of the group.

Worth a try:

Best for nut lovers: See's Candies

The sweet and savory flavors developed from roasting cacao beans make chocolate the ideal "plus one" to any toasted nut. See's Candies has perfected the craft. A coating of good chocolate draws out the natural sweetness of almonds, pistachios, and pecans; coaxes the fatty richness of cashews, macadamia nuts, and hazelnuts; and embraces the slight bitterness of walnuts and pine nuts.

See's Candies, founded in 1921, has a vintage, old-timey feel with black and white checkered packaging and classic confections included in its arrangements, such as Dark Scotchmallows. It has an entire collection of "Nuts & Chews" for those devoted to nut-bejeweled chocolates. Toffee-ettes are small nuggets of Danish butter toffee and roasted almonds coated in milk chocolate and rolled in more crunchy almonds.

See's also offers less conventional options for the more daring nut enthusiasts that you can put together in your own custom arrangement. Consider the CA Crunch, a flakey brittle center with peanuts and peanut butter enrobed in white chocolate and covered with chopped English walnuts. Try the Milk Mayfair, a soft pink-hued center of walnuts, cherries, and vanilla, coated with creamy milk chocolate.

Worth a try:

Best bean-to-bar: Dandelion Chocolate Factory

San Francisco-based Dandelion Chocolate Factory approaches making the best chocolate like a winemaker. It crafts single-origin chocolate bars made from cacao beans of one variety from one location. Regional terroirs influence the flavors of cacao beans, and Dandelion Chocolate's bars highlight the different beans' distinctive characteristics. Plus, with the Year of Chocolate subscription, you can get a full terroir tour.

Not only do Dandelion Chocolate's bars showcase the nuances of single-origin beans, but they richly represent the art of roasting by offering bars made from cacao of the same harvest but with different roasting profiles.

Every chocolate from Dandelion Chocolate feels deluxe, wrapped in gold-accented paper with tasting notes. As for the chocolates themselves, Dandelion Chocolate's bars are superb. When seeking chocolate to savor on its own, I look for a rich and complex taste with a pleasant bitterness and melt-in-your-mouth smoothness, lacking any waxy residue. Even at 70% cacao and beyond, Dandelion Chocolate's bars are balanced and approachable.

Worth a try:

Best caramels: Fran's Chocolates

Caramels come in all shapes and sizes, firmnesses, colors, degrees of bitterness and butteriness, and with all types of garnishes. Naming the best chocolate with caramel was no easy task, but I found that Fran's Chocolates caramels offer the "pull," deliberate chew, and strategic salting that a great caramel should possess.

Like the perfect bagel or pizza crust, a caramel needs to have just the right amount of chew — not too hard, not too soft. Secondly, salt is great in moderation. It highlights the burnt sugar notes and cuts through the rich, buttery flavor of the confection. However, salt applied with a heavy hand makes for an unpleasant surprise; it stomps out nuanced flavors and tramples on the chocolate coating.

Fran Bigelow, founder of Fran's Chocolates, was inspired by a trip to Paris and has since been dedicated to sharing the joie de vivre philosophy through exceptional confections. This Seattle-based candy producer features Fair Trade-certified chocolate to complement, not overshadow, the caramel's delicate yet luxurious buttery flavor.

Worth a try:

Best subscription: Chocolate of the Month Club

Monthly subscriptions are available for just about anything: flower bouquets, recipe kits, smoked meats, date-night in a box, and yes, you guessed it, chocolate. Subscriptions are a fun, interactive way to learn more about a specific product through exposure and experience. When searching for the best chocolate subscription, we considered each brand's selection, how the items are made, the brand's chocolate sustainability and trade models, and opportunities to learn more about chocolate in the process of enjoying our deliveries.

The Gourmet Chocolate of the Month Club provided through monthlyclubs.com works with professionals at the esteemed Zingerman's Delicatessen in Ann Arbor, Michigan to offer a curated assortment of chocolates, including both bonbons and bars. Zingerman's prides itself on a thorough product selection that sources chocolates from international, small-batch chocolatiers.

It's noteworthy and respectable that these chocolates are sourced from eco-friendly, fair-trade producers you can feel good about supporting. Past boxes have even included some of our top picks mentioned above. Best of all, each delivery comes with an educational newsletter containing tasting notes, background reading material, and product information, so you'll get more out of your subscription than just really really delicious chocolate.

Buy from monthlyclubs.com

Best hot chocolate: Christopher Elbow Chocolates

I grew up relishing powdery, saccharine cocoa mix with tiny dehydrated marshmallows. Now, I crave unctuous, bittersweet sipping chocolate (sometimes with a splash of amaretto). Originating in Mayan culture, bitter drinking chocolate made its way to Europe and underwent countless adaptations before becoming the sweet, milky beverage we sip today. High-end hot chocolates celebrate the bitter notes of cacao, providing a grown-up sip with a touch of childhood nostalgia.

Even before adding your choice of schnapps or liqueurs, a haute hot chocolate should be intense and richly flavored. The cocoa's innate acidity and bitterness should be prominent but palatable. Some chocolatiers add sugar or flavorings such as vanilla beans, peppermint, or espresso powder to their mixes. With single-origin chocolate bars in vogue, many producers are now offering single-origin sipping chocolates as well.

Christopher Elbow, best known for its brightly colored chocolate bonbons, typically offers four hot chocolate options of various flavors and cacao origins, in sleek reclosable tins. (You may find more limited availability as the weather gets warmer.) We tested the Cocoa Noir Dark Drinking Chocolate, the chocolatier's luscious interpretation of a rich European-style drinking chocolate. Containing just dark chocolate and vanilla bean, this super intense, silky drink has a velvety texture. Its balanced bittersweet chocolate flavor lingers just long enough to leave you craving another sip. With something so decadent, I was satisfied after a small mugful. No marshmallows needed.

Worth a try:

Best decorated: Petrova Chocolates

Hand-painted bonbons from Petrova Chocolates are truly eye-candy. Each brilliant chocolate is meticulously lacquered with vivid colored cocoa butter to represent the filling within. But the beauty of these chocolates is not just surface-deep; each has two to three layers of jewel-toned, jammy, creamy, bold, and balanced fillings that work harmoniously with the delicate chocolate shell. A cross-section of any of these bonbons reveals a stunning composition inspired by founder Betty Petrova's childhood memories and fine-dining experiences. If you eat with your eyes first, Petrova Chocolates offers the ultimate bedazzling feast.

Some of my favorite bonbons from the collection include Hot Honey Lemon, denoted with bright yellow with orange brushstrokes. Inside is chili-infused wildflower honey above a tangy lemon ganache. Strawberry Peanut Butter was another favorite: A creamy ivory shell swirled with bold purple and metallic violet encasing a layer of juicy strawberry pate de fruit, peanut butter ganache, and crunchy peanut butter praline. Perhaps the most playful was Popping Almond; a bonbon composed of crunchy almond praline, cookie crumble, and effervescent Pop Rocks, all encased in a midnight-black shell streaked with a meteor shower of shimmering turquoise and pearl.

Worth a try:

Most adventurous flavors: Cacao & Cardamom

Pairing chile peppers with chocolate is not novel, but finding a chocolate that brings heat as well as depth of flavor and quality chocolate is a rare find. Heat seekers and adventure lovers will love Cacao & Cardamom. Based in Houston, Texas, founder Annie Rupani, uses chocolate as a medium to represent her South-Asian heritage and extensive travels to countries Italy, Greece, Lebanon, Egypt, China, Jordan, Pakistan, and Malaysia. She not only turns to chile peppers for intrigue, but spices, leaves, flowers, and berries as well. The stunning colors and shapes of Cacao & Cardamom bonbons rival those in our "most beautiful" category, with a sense of adventure.

We tried a range of flavors to find the best chocolate from Cacao & Cardamom. The Coco Curry is a journey of flavors with velvety yet light caramel infused with coconut and herbaceous curry leaves. The Cardamom Rose bonbon leads with the warm, herbal spicy notes of green cardamom, and finishes with the soft floral touch of rose water. Finally, the Five Spice Praline delivers a robust blend of fennel, Szechuan peppercorns, star anise, clove, and cinnamon atop a base of crisp, toasty hazelnut chocolate praline. Cacao & Cardamom offers bold and exotic flavors that inspire the most seasoned of foodies to seek new adventures around the world.

Worth a try:

More of the best chocolates

Raaka Chocolate: This single-origin bar producer chooses to showcase the fruitier, brighter flavors of raw cacao beans. However, the boldly flavored bars such as Green Tea Crunch and Maple and Nibs can make it hard to appreciate the innate qualities of the chocolates featured. Raaka also offers a subscription, " First Nibs," with exclusive access to micro-batch bars. This can be a fun way to try new offerings from Raaka.

Lindt Excellence Bars: We considered this widely available, well-established brand of chocolate bars for the best budget chocolate. We appreciate the variety and classic packaging; however, the chocolate itself has an artificial flavor we don't love.

L.A. Burdick: We seriously considered this producer's eleven sipping chocolates for the "best hot chocolate" title. Burdick's offers something for everyone, including a white drinking cocoa. Each package comes with an adorable little whisk, but the paper bag packaging was messy and a bit cumbersome. Otherwise, these cocoas are worthy of a try.

andSons: These beautiful bonbons are flawlessly executed. The use of many differing decorating techniques reveals that skilled chocolatiers are at hand; some bonbons are molded and airbrushed, while others are enrobed and topped, textured, or swirled. andSons offers elegant and dynamic flavors.

How we test chocolate

While I'm currently employed as a chocolatier, I've lived previous lives in both scientific research and recipe development. My education in the hard sciences, the savory culinary arts, and my work as a chocolatier have all been in preparation for the daunting task of selecting the best chocolates. I cut no corners and left no truffle unturned.

I started by reading about top brands in the chocolate industry, then taste-tested countless confections, evaluating their flavors, textures, and presentation. In all, I sampled more than 75 products from 36 brands for this guide. Here is how I tested:

Consideration	Notes
Flavor	Growing conditions of cacao impact the flavor, rancid chocolate will have soapy or cheesy flavor
Freshness	Best to consume chocolates within 3 days of purchase Store chocolate in an airtight container
Texture	Correctly tempered chocolate should be firm and "snap" when bitten into and melt smoothly
Presentation	Packaging must protect the chocolates and be beautiful as a gift

Медиа: image / jpeg

• Patrick Schwarzenegger plays Saxon Ratliff in season three of HBO's hit show "The White Lotus."
• Producer David Bernad said the showrunners didn't want to cast him because of his famous last name.
• "He was just so good," Bernad told The Hollywood Reporter.

Despite the Hollywood insider status it implies, Patrick Schwarzenegger's instantly recognizable name almost prevented him from landing his most high-profile gig to date.

"Patrick Schwarzenegger's last name worked against him, by the way. We didn't want to cast him because of that," "The White Lotus" producer David Bernad told The Hollywood Reporter.

"He was just so good," Bernad added.

Schwarzenegger, 31, is the eldest son of Arnold Schwarzenegger, the former governor of California and star of "The Terminator" franchise.

Schwarzenegger has long followed in his father's footsteps as an actor, landing roles in movies like "Midnight Sun" with Bella Thorne (2018) and shows like the HBO true-crime series "The Staircase" (2022). He's currently starring in the third season of "The White Lotus," one of HBO's buzziest hits to date, as Saxon Ratliff — who's ironically a nepo baby in his own right.

Saxon, who works at the same hedge fund as his father, Timothy Ratliff (Jason Isaacs), arrives at the luxury Thailand hotel for a family getaway. He's introduced as a spoiled and obnoxious frat bro who's obsessed with success, status, and protein smoothies — and Schwarzenegger portrays him so convincingly that his real mom, Maria Shriver, recently felt the need to clear her son's name.

"Patrick is not like Saxon," Shriver told "Today" host Savannah Guthrie. "I just want to clear that up because people say, 'Is Patrick like Saxon?' I'm like, 'Do you think I would've raised a Saxon?'"

For his part, Schwarzenegger praised "The White Lotus" creator Mike White for letting him ad-lib on set and explore Saxon's mannerisms in real time.

"There were a lot of moments where Mike would just let me play," he told THR. "Like when Saxon looks up and down at the ladyboy waitress or when he got out of the pool and kind of readjusted himself when he's looking at Chelsea. Mike came over after that and was like, 'Did you just grab yourself?' I was like, 'Is that fine? Do you think that's weird?' He was like, 'Dude, that was fucking brilliant.'"

Schwarzenegger also described Saxon as a "weird and creepy kind of guy" during an interview with Today.com in March.

He even discussed watching the season three premiere with his parents, despite the fact that he goes completely nude onscreen while his character is hanging out with his younger brother. (Schwarzenegger said he encouraged the nudity because he felt it was "very real for Saxon" to forgo pajamas as a "power play.")

"My dad thought it was hilarious," Schwarzenegger said. "My mom didn't even really understand what was happening."

Back in February, Schwarzenegger admitted he sometimes wishes he had a different last name to ward off accusations of nepotism.

"I know there are people who'll say I only got this role because of who my dad is," Schwarzenegger told The Times. "They're not seeing that I've had 10 years of acting classes, put on school plays every week, worked on my characters for hours on end or the hundreds of rejected auditions I've been on."

"Of course, it's frustrating and you can get boxed in and you think at that moment, I wish I didn't have my last name," he continued. "But that's a small moment. I would never trade my life with anyone."

Медиа: image / jpeg

When you buy through our links, Business Insider may earn an affiliate commission. Learn more

In recent years, 75-inch TVs have gone mainstream. Though it used to be rare to find displays so big, 75-inch options are now available from every major brand, and they've come down a lot in price. The best 75-inch TVs deliver an immersive viewing experience, and they're perfect for big sports events like the March Madness tournament.

Our experts have been reviewing home entertainment products for over a decade, and based on hands-on testing, we've selected the best 75-inch TVs available. The Samsung S90D OLED is our top pick for most people. The S90D provides unmatched color and contrast performance in its class. However, the S90D is on the pricey side. For budget-conscious shoppers, we recommend the Roku Plus Series QLED, which delivers solid image quality and reliable smart TV features for under $800.

Below, you can find all six of our recommendations for the best 75-inch TVs. Our carefully vetted picks include models geared toward midrange and premium performance. Though we've recommended 75-inch 8K models in the past, given current price and performance differences between 8K and 4K displays, we think 75-inch 4K TVs offer the best value.

Note: LCD-based TVs (LED, QLED, Neo QLED) are often manufactured with a 75-inch screen size, but OLED displays are instead sold with a slightly larger 77-inch size. For that reason, we've included 77-inch OLED TVs in this guide.

Our top picks for the best 75-inch and 77-inch TVs

Best overall: Samsung S90D 4K OLED TV - See at Amazon

Best premium OLED: Sony A95L 4K OLED TV - See at Amazon

Best on a budget: Roku Plus Series 4K QLED TV - See at Amazon

Best midrange set: TCL QM7 4K QLED TV - See at Walmart

Best high-end QLED: Sony Bravia 9 4K QLED TV - See at Amazon

Best anti-glare model: Samsung S95D 4K OLED TV - See at Amazon

Best overall

When it comes to balancing picture quality and price, Samsung's S90D OLED is the best 77-inch TV you can buy.

The S90D uses a QD-OLED screen to enable pixel-level contrast control and a wide range of colors. This gives the TV deep black levels that avoid the washed-out and uneven look that some QLED and LED sets have in dark scenes. The TV also uses quantum dot technology (where the "QD" comes from in QD-OLED), and this feature helps it produce brighter colors than competing LG OLED models.

During our tests, we measured a peak brightness of 1,240 nits, which is excellent for a midrange OLED and 200 nits more than Samsung's previous S90C TV model. That level of brightness is more than enough to deliver fantastic high-dynamic-range (HDR) performance. HDR movies and shows look stunning, with sharp images and rich colors that come close to rivaling many pricier TVs.

You can also sit toward the side of the screen without any major loss in image quality. QLED and LED sets struggle with viewing angles, so this is a key perk of an OLED like the S90D. Gamers will appreciate the TV's high 120Hz refresh rate (144Hz with a PC), which enables smooth gameplay when paired with a PS5 or Xbox Series X. Samsung TVs also have built-in access to the Xbox app. This app enables Game Pass subscribers to play games without a console via cloud streaming.

The TV's Tizen operating system is solid, with all the streaming apps you could want, but its navigation speed isn't as consistent as the best streaming devices we've reviewed. Though smooth most of the time, lag occurs here and there. We also ran into an issue with frequent notifications popping up for various updates despite disabling notifications in the menu. However, we expect this to be easily addressed in a software update.

Like all of Samsung's TVs, the S90D lacks Dolby Vision support. Dolby Vision is an HDR format that can offer a more accurate picture when playing Dolby Vision videos from apps like Disney Plus. It's a nice perk, but its benefits are subtle, so we don't consider it a must-have. Visit our HDR TV guide for more information about the pros and cons of different HDR formats.

All things considered, very few 75- and 77-inch TVs can match the S90D's performance in this price range. It's not the most affordable option we recommend, but if you have the budget, it's well worth the money. A 2025 version of this TV, called the S90F, is set for release in the coming months, but it's expected to cost a lot more than the S90D. For now, the 2024 version remains the best value.

Check out our guides to all the best TVs, best smart TVs, and best Samsung TVs.

Best premium OLED

Sony's A95L OLED is the ultimate display for enthusiasts who want a high-end 77-inch TV. It is, bar none, the most impressive TV we've tested, but it's also one of the most expensive.

Like our top pick, the Samsung S90D, the Sony A95L uses a QD-OLED panel with an infinite contrast ratio and high color volume. But while the S90D tops at around 1,240 nits of peak brightness, we measured a max of 1,500 nits on the A95L on a 5% test pattern. That's 500 nits more than Sony's previous model in this series, the A95K, and one of the brightest measurements we've recorded on an OLED TV. The only 77-inch OLEDs that can get brighter are the Samsung S95D, LG G4, and LG G5.

The A95L's high brightness complements its pixel-level contrast to deliver stunning HDR images. Some HDR videos are graded for a peak luminance above 1,000 nits, so the A95L's ability to go over that number allows it to display bright highlights more accurately. And unlike Samsung TVs, the A95L supports Dolby Vision. This feature can provide slightly better HDR quality in certain instances. In this performance class, we consider Dolby Vision more of a cool bonus rather than a must-have feature, but it's still nice to have.

Sony's picture processing also helps give the TV unrivaled image accuracy and even lower quality sources from cable, indoor TV antennas, and YouTube upscale nicely. And like most OLED TVs, the picture quality doesn't degrade when you sit to the side of the screen. The set's Google TV interface is reliable, with a well-organized layout and tons of apps. Given its premium price, it's also no surprise that the A95L has some nice design flourishes, like a backlit remote, an adjustable stand that supports three orientations (high, low, and narrow), and a webcam for video calls and gesture controls.

Gamers get full 120Hz support when paired with a PS5 or Xbox Series X console, but only two of the TV's HDMI ports have the required bandwidth for this feature. There's also no 144Hz mode for PC gaming, something that other brands offer on many of their top TVs. Still, it's difficult to find much fault with the A95L, given how incredible its image quality is.

Most people are better off saving money with any of our other best 75-inch TV picks, but this is the high-end display to buy if you don't have budget restrictions.

Best on a budget

If you want a 75-inch TV on a budget, you'll have to opt for a QLED rather than an OLED, and the Roku Plus Series is the best value of the bunch. The Plus Series is one of the most affordable 75-inch QLED TVs available with local dimming. Local dimming is an important feature for a QLED to have, since it allows the TV to produce more precise HDR highlights and deeper black levels. There are cheaper 75-inch TVs on the market, but they deliver a big drop in contrast performance and a narrower range of colors.

During our review, the Plus Series produced solid black levels, and we didn't encounter too many instances of blooming (where halos appear around bright objects). However, the TV's local dimming isn't as refined as pricier models, like the TCL QM7 or Sony Bravia 9. As a result, we noticed some delayed dimming and fluctuations from time to time. That said, these issues are to be expected in this price range.

Thanks to its QLED panel, the Plus Series offers a wide range of colors and decent HDR brightness, with a peak of about 600 nits. For the best HDR performance, we recommend finding a set that can hit 1,000 nits or higher, but 600 is good for this price. The Plus Series is compatible with every HDR format, including Dolby Vision, which Samsung TVs don't support.

We also love the Plus Series' intuitive Roku interface, which offers easy access to popular streaming services. The Roku OS (operating system) has a simple and straightforward homepage that's free from clutter. The included remote is also handy, with a built-in rechargeable battery, hands-free voice control, and a tiny speaker that can play a chime if you ever misplace it.

On the downside, the TV's viewing angles are subpar, which means colors and contrast fade if you sit to the side of the display. This is a common drawback for many QLED TVs, so we recommend opting for a pricier OLED model if that's a dealbreaker. The display is also limited to 60Hz, so it can't support 120Hz gameplay on a PS5, Xbox Series X, or PC. But again, that's an expected tradeoff for a budget-friendly set this big.

In many of our other TV guides, we recommend the Hisense U6N as our top budget pick instead. The U6N uses Mini LEDs, which should enable better contrast control than the Plus Series. However, the 75-inch version of the U6N uses a different panel type than other sizes, which could result in worse black-level performance. As it stands, we give the Roku Plus Series a slight edge over the 75-inch version of the U6N.

Read our Roku Plus Series 4K TV review.

Check out our guide to all the best Roku TVs and best budget TVs.

Best midrange set

When it comes to midrange displays, the TCL QM7 is one of the best 75-inch TVs you can get. Like the cheaper Roku Plus series, this is a QLED with local dimming. But the QM7 uses Mini LEDs instead of regular-sized ones, which helps it deliver better contrast and higher brightness. And rather than a 60Hz screen, it supports up to a 144Hz refresh rate for smoother gaming performance.

During our review, the QM7 delivered colorful HDR playback and impressive brightness for its class. We measured a peak of 1,700 nits, which is more than enough to enjoy the full effect of most HDR content. The TV also produces solid black levels, but they can't match the perfectly uniform quality of an OLED, and they're not quite as deep as those on pricier QLEDs like the Sony Bravia 9.

Like most QLED TVs, viewing angles are narrow, so we don't recommend this set if you often sit to the side of your display. The QM7's picture processing is also a step down from flagship sets sold by brands like LG, Samsung, and Sony. This is most noticeable when watching lower-quality sources, like YouTube streams and cable TV, which don't look as sharp as they do on some other displays.

On the plus side, the QM7 is one of the most affordable 75-inch TVs with a 120Hz refresh rate (up to 144Hz with a PC), so it can support high frame rate modes on a PS5 or Xbox Series X. The QM7's Google TV interface was also smooth and responsive during our testing, but we did encounter a few small glitches with certain settings.

Given its price and size, the 75-inch QM7 is a fantastic value for anyone who wants a top mid-tier 4K TV. It's also an especially good fit for people who like to watch sports during the day since its high brightness helps it overcome reflections in rooms with lots of windows.

Buyers should note that TCL just launched a new 2025 version of this TV, the QM7K, that can get even brighter and promises better backlight performance. But the new model costs a lot more. We'll be testing the QM7K in the coming weeks, so check back soon for details on how it stacks up.

Read our TCL QM7 4K TV review.

Check out our guide to the best sports TVs.

Best high-end QLED

The Sony Bravia 9 is an absolute powerhouse of a TV, with premium image quality that beats every other QLED we've reviewed. It gets incredibly bright while maintaining deep black levels that are so good they nearly rival an OLED.

Like most high-end QLEDs, the Bravia 9 uses a Mini LED backlight with local dimming. This tech enables the TV to dim and brighten specific portions of its screen to create vibrant highlights and inky black levels. That said, the effectiveness of this feature largely depends on a TV's specific dimming algorithm, which tells its zones how to operate. The Bravia 9's algorithm is one of the most impressive we've ever seen.

Many TVs with local dimming are prone to issues like blooming (halos around bright objects), vignetting (darkening around the edges of bright objects), and light bleed, which can elevate black levels in certain areas. During our testing, the Bravia 9 was virtually free from any of these problems. Even with the lights off while playing especially tricky sequences, the Bravia 9 delivered precise highlights and uniform black levels that disappeared into a dark room.

The TV is also notable for its high peak brightness. We measured a max of over 2,600 nits, which puts the Bravia 9 among the brightest TVs on the market. Though it's still rare for HDR movies and TV shows to call for such high brightness, filmmakers are starting to produce more titles with high-luminance displays in mind. In that sense, the Bravia 9 is good for future-proofing.

On the downside, the TV's high brightness contributes to one of the few flaws we encountered with its local dimming. While watching especially bright HDR content, like "The Rings of Power" on Amazon Prime, we saw slightly delayed pops in brightness when cutting between certain shots. So rather than seamlessly transition between a dimmer image and a brighter one, the TV takes a second to pump up its luminance. We've seen this kind of behavior on other QLEDs and even some OLEDs in the past, but it's a bit more pronounced on the Bravia 9.

Ultimately, no TV is perfect, but the Bravia 9 is as about as close to reference quality as any QLED we've tested. Viewing angles aren't as wide as an OLED, but the Bravia 9 is a better fit for viewers who want an extra-bright high-end display.

Read our Sony Bravia TV breakdown.

Best anti-glare model

In addition to being an excellent high-end OLED TV, the Samsung S95D has a unique feature that's ideal for solving one specific frustration: screen reflections. Though not a problem in every room, certain spaces with lots of lights and windows can be a headache for viewers since most displays have glossy screens that show lots of glare.

However, the S95D has a matte screen that nearly eliminates this issue. There are some drawbacks, but if you struggle with reflections in your room, the S95D could be a game changer. The only notable TVs with similar matte finishes are Samsung's Frame TV, Hisense's CanvasTV, and TCL's NXTFrame TV, but those models can't match the overall image quality of the S95D. In our testing, the S95D's matte screen worked exactly as advertised, and we didn't encounter any of the typical mirror-like reflections we see on other TVs.

On the downside, the S95D's matte screen does have a negative side effect: it leads to elevated black levels in bright rooms. The S95D's black levels look perfect with the lights off, but in a bright environment, blacks can take on a slightly gray and hazy look. This is especially true when watching dimmer scenes in movies and TV shows. Glossy screens, like those used on every other TV in this guide, are much better at preserving black levels in a bright environment, but the tradeoff is that they suffer from more reflections. Ultimately, whether you prefer the S95D's matte screen over a glossy screen comes down to your needs as a viewer.

Outside its unique screen, the S95D is also the brightest OLED we've tested. We measured a peak of 1,700 nits. High brightness levels like that are only needed for certain use cases, but it's still impressive. Though we think Sony's A95L offers slightly better image performance overall, the S95D is easily one of the top high-end TVs you can buy. It's also got a 144Hz refresh rate for smooth PC gaming, and a premium design that uses a separate box for inputs rather than having them built into the back of the TV.

Simply put, if you want a premium display with anti-glare performance as a priority, this is the best 77-inch TV to get.

Read our Samsung S95D 4K TV review.

Check out our S95D vs. S95C comparison.

How we test 75-inch TVs

We picked the best 75-inch TVs through hands-on testing with various display models. We've been covering the home entertainment product industry for over 10 years and used that expertise to inform our testing parameters and requirements.

When reviewing TVs, we focus on 65-inch options since that's the industry's flagship standard. However, overall performance for a specific TV model typically stays the same across sizes 55 inches and up. For example, a 77-inch Sony A95L OLED and a 65-inch A95L OLED have the same specifications. The only major difference is the panel's size. As such, our test results for 65-inch TVs typically apply to their 75- and 77-inch counterparts.

However, some QLED displays with local dimming, like the TCL QM7, have more zones in larger screen sizes than smaller ones. This can cause slight differences in contrast performance when comparing a 75-inch model to a 65-inch one, but not enough to change our overall takeaway. In rare cases, some TV models have more dramatic differences across sizes. We consider those differences when recommending displays and note those instances when applicable.

When we test TVs, we evaluate picture clarity, color quality, contrast performance, peak HDR brightness, gaming features, navigation speed, off-axis viewing, and general value. To measure brightness, we use an X-Rite iDisplay Plus colorimeter in combination with test patterns on the Spears & Munsil UHD HDR Benchmark 4K Blu-ray disc.

Test patterns are great for objective measurements, but watching real-world content is the only way to fully evaluate how a TV looks. We sample plenty of shows and movies to see how a display performs in both dark and bright environments. Part of our evaluation involves watching the same assortment of scenes on each TV we review to compare performance. Sequences are chosen to show off HDR highlights, shadow detail, black levels, upscaling, and motion. We also mix up the quality of our material to see how a TV handles 4K, 1080p, and standard definition (SD) programs from Blu-ray discs, streaming services, and cable TV.

For more information about our testing process, check out our page detailing how we review tech products.

75-inch TV FAQs

Is 75 inches a good TV size?

A 75-inch screen is an excellent option for anyone who wants a display to fill a big space or offer an especially immersive experience in a smaller room. Many of our picks for the best 4K TVs and best OLED TVs are sold in the 75- and 77-inch screen class, so you have plenty of options.

If you need a new entertainment console or mount built to accommodate a 75-inch TV, visit our guides to the best TV stands and best TV wall mounts, where we have several picks that can fit large displays.

But if you don't have the space for a 75-inch TV, check out our guides to the best 65-inch TVs, best 55-inch TVs, and best 50-inch TVs to see our top recommendations for smaller sizes.

If you want something even bigger, check out our guides to the best 85-inch TVs and best 100-inch TVs.

When will 2025 75-inch TVs be available to buy?

Many brands revealed the first details of their latest 75-inch TV models at CES in January 2025. LG has already launched preorders for its C5 and G5 OLED TVs, and TCL has released its QM6K and QM7K. However, pricing and specific launch dates are still pending for most 2025 models. We expect more displays to hit stores later in the spring. Once they're available, we'll review 2025 models for consideration in our guide to the best 75-inch TVs.

However, it's key to remember that 2024 TV models will likely remain in stock for a good portion of the year, and we expect them to cost less than their successors. With that in mind, many 2024 models will continue to offer excellent value.

For more details on upcoming models, visit our breakdown of new TVs revealed at CES 2025 and our analysis of 2025 TV trends.

How much should you spend on a 75-inch TV?

Depending on the performance class you choose, the best 75-inch TVs can cost as little as $600 or as much as $5,000.

Budget-friendly 75-inch QLED TVs, like the Roku Plus Series, are sometimes on sale for as low as $650. Midrange QLED options with higher brightness typically sell for $800 to $1,400, while high-end models cost around $2,500.

If you want an OLED TV (made in 77 inches rather than 75), you'll need to pay a bit more. The cheapest 77-inch OLED TVs start at around $1,800, while premium options can cost over $4,000.

The best 75-inch and 77-inch TVs periodically go on sale, but the biggest discounts appear during shopping events like Black Friday and Prime Day and around major sporting events like the Super Bowl and March Madness.

For cheaper TV recommendations in smaller sizes, check out our guide to the best TVs under $500.

Should you buy a soundbar for your 75-inch TV?

Even the best 75-inch TVs often have mediocre built-in audio performance. Companies typically build their displays with small speaker drivers to keep costs down and screens slim, and this can lead to a lack of bass and overall clarity. To get more dynamic and crisp sound quality, we recommend purchasing a separate soundbar or surround sound system, especially one with Dolby Atmos support.

Check out our soundbar and speaker guides to see our top recommendations:

• Best soundbars
• Best Dolby Atmos soundbars
• Best budget soundbars
• Best soundbars with subwoofers
• Best Sonos soundbars
• Best Bose soundbars
• Best surround sound systems

How far should you sit from a 75-inch 4K TV?

A large screen size of 75 inches enables you to sit farther away from your display while still getting an immersive experience. To start seeing the benefits of 4K resolution with an optimal field of view, the recommended distance is about one to 1.5 times the size of your TV.

So, for a 75-inch 4K TV, you should aim to sit between 6.25 and 9.38 feet from your screen.

However, for your eyes to be able to make out the full benefits of a 4K resolution image, you'd need to sit just 4.9 feet away from a 75-inch screen. Of course, most people don't sit that close to their displays, and you can still enjoy a 75-inch 4K TV from a greater distance.

Should you buy a 75-inch 8K TV?

Some brands, like Samsung, sell 75-inch 8K TV models. However, in most cases, 8K TVs aren't worth the extra money they cost. Outside of a few YouTube videos, there's no 8K content available to watch. Though 8K TVs benefit from upscaling and higher pixel density, which can provide a slightly shaper image if you sit very close to your screen, this benefit is subtle.

As it stands, most people are better off buying a 75-inch 4K set with high-end features than they are spending a similar amount or more on an 8K model.

That said, if you're dead set on making the jump to 8K, we suggest taking a look at the Samsung QN900D. This QLED TV delivered impressive contrast and brightness in our testing. But again, if you're willing to sacrifice resolution, we think a high-end 4K TV, like the 75-inch Bravia 9, actually offers a better image for less money.

Best overall

The Samsung S89C is a Best Buy-exclusive version of the brand's S90C, which is our top pick for the best TV you can buy. The S89C has the exact same display as the S90C, but it uses a different kind of stand with left and right feet rather than a pedestal to rest on. And unlike the S90C, the S89C is only available in a 77-inch model.

So, what gives the 77-inch S89C the top spot in this guide versus the 77-inch S90C? It comes down to price. The S89C is sold for as much as $500 less than its S90C counterpart. Though the S90C's stand is nicer, we don't think it's worth the extra money. When it comes to TVs in the 75- to 77-inch range, the S89C delivers unbeatable value.

The S89C uses a QD-OLED panel, which allows it to deliver pixel-level contrast control and high color volume. Black levels are deep and disappear into a dark room, while colors are rich and bright. We measured a peak brightness of about 1,000 nits on the S90C, and since both TVs use the same panel, that's what you can expect on the S89C.

This gives HDR10 and HDR10+ content brilliant highlights and allows the display to produce more vivid HDR images than an OLED TV without quantum dots, like LG's models. On the downside, the S89C doesn't support Dolby Vision, a popular HDR format used on many streaming services. Dolby Vision can give a TV more detailed guidance on how to display HDR images accurately, but improvements with Dolby Vision versus HDR10 are often extremely subtle, so we don't think this omission is a dealbreaker.

Samsung's smart TV interface is solid, with access to many services, but navigation can sometimes be a little sluggish. On the plus side, the interface includes a Gaming Hub with access to the Xbox Game Pass app. This allows Game Pass members to stream Xbox games without a console. The S89C also supports a fast 144Hz refresh rate when paired with a PC to deliver smooth gameplay.

If you really dislike the S89C's left and right feet, we recommend the 77-inch S90C as the next best alternative. But outside that design difference, they're the same TV, and the S89C's price-to-performance ratio is simply unrivaled at this size.

Read our Samsung S90C 4K TV review (S89C with a pedestal stand).

Best budget model

Hisense's U6K is the best 75-inch TV you can buy on a budget. For a sale price that often dips below $700, there isn't anything comparable in its class. All of the 75-inch TVs that are available for less money will deliver noticeably lower contrast and a narrower range of colors.

To achieve its high contrast performance, the U6K uses a Mini LED backlight with local dimming, a combination we haven't seen in other TVs in this price range. This allows the screen to dim across small areas, so dark elements of an image can remain dark, while only bright areas get bright. When we reviewed the U6K, we did notice that black levels weren't as deep and uniform as you'd find on pricier displays, but the TV delivered impressive picture quality for the money.

Colors are also vivid thanks to the display's use of quantum dots, and the U6K can achieve a peak brightness of 600 nits. For the best HDR performance, we recommend finding a set that can get closer to 1,000 nits or higher, but 600 is still bright enough to see the benefits that high dynamic range videos can provide. The U6K supports every major HDR format, including Dolby Vision, which Samsung TVs lack.

But while the TV looks great when viewed from a centered position, colors and contrast fade if you sit off to the side of the display. This is a common drawback for many budget and midrange TVs that use LED and QLED panels, so we recommend opting for an OLED model if that's a dealbreaker. The U6K's smart TV navigation speed also leaves a bit to be desired, and its 60Hz panel can't support 120Hz gameplay on a PS5 or Xbox Series X. But again, these are expected tradeoffs for a budget-friendly set like this.

Ultimately, the U6K is geared toward buyers who want an affordable 75-inch TV that doesn't sacrifice genuine HDR capabilities, and in that sense, it's a winner.

Read our Hisense U6K 4K TV review.

Best midrange display

The U7K is Hisense's midrange 4K QLED TV. Like the cheaper U6K, it uses a Mini LED backlight with local dimming and quantum dots, but the U7K delivers an even brighter image and deeper black levels. It also makes the jump from a 60Hz panel to a 120Hz screen, which gives this model better gaming performance.

During our review process, the U7K impressed us with its vibrant HDR images, and it offered noticeably better black-level performance than the U6K and other cheaper QLEDs. We also didn't encounter any major blooming (when halos appear around bright objects) in dark scenes, but shadow detail wasn't as good as what we've seen on more expensive TVs.

Like other similar QLEDs, viewing angles are lacking, so you'll want to sit centered to the screen to get the best performance. And though the U7K's Google TV interface has lots of apps, it's not the snappiest version of this OS that we've used. Eagle-eyed viewers might also spot minor uniformity issues and occasional brightness fluctuations from scene to scene, but these flaws are minor compared to the TV's many strengths.

It's not perfect, but the U7K is the best 75-inch TV for people who want upper-midrange performance without breaking the bank. It has a list price of about $1,200, but it's often sold for $900, which is a fantastic value.

Read our Hisense U7K 4K TV review.

Best for brightness

Shoppers who want a bright 75-inch TV to deliver great daytime viewing and intense HDR performance should have the TCL QM8 on the top of their list. This TV can hit over 2,000 nits, which puts it among the absolute brightest displays on the market.

Like the Hisense U7K, this TCL display uses a Mini LED backlight with local dimming, quantum dots, and a fast 144Hz refresh for PC games. But this model has more dimming zones, which enables it to deliver even more precise control over its light output. When reviewing the TV, we were blown away by the display's deep black levels and vibrant colors.

Though the QM8's contrast control still can't match an OLED, it gets remarkably close while offering a brighter image. This makes it an especially good choice for people who like to watch TV during the day since you can pump up the brightness to overcome ambient lighting and sunlight.

However, while the screen's anti-reflective coding works incredibly well in most cases, it uses a filter that can cause a subtle rainbow effect when hit with light from certain angles. (This rainbow streaking is also common on many Samsung QLED TVs and shows up most when overhead lighting is near the screen.) If that's the case for your setup, you might want to consider a different model on our list. And though viewing angles are a bit better than the cheaper QLED TVs we recommend, they're still not as good as what you get with an OLED.

Read our TCL QM8 4K TV review.

Best premium option

Sony's A95L OLED is the ultimate display for big home theater enthusiasts who want a 77-inch TV. Bar none, this is the most impressive TV we've tested, but it's also one of the most expensive.

Like our top pick in this guide, the Samsung S89C, the Sony A95L uses a QD-OLED panel with an infinite contrast ratio and high color volume. But while the S89C tops out at around 1,000 nits of peak brightness, we measured a max of 1,500 nits on the A95L in its "Professional" picture mode, which offers the most accurate default image. That's 500 nits more than Sony's previous model in this series, the A95K, and the brightest measurement we've ever recorded on an OLED TV.

The high brightness works in tandem with the OLED screen's pixel-level contrast to deliver stunning HDR images. Some HDR videos are graded for a peak luminance above 1,000 nits, so the A95L's ability to go over that number allows it to display bright highlights more accurately. This is especially true when watching Dolby Vision material since these videos give the TV specific guidance on how to scale color and contrast to best match the display's capabilities.

Sony's picture processing also helps to give the TV unrivaled image accuracy, and even lower quality sources, like cable and HD streams, upscale nicely. And like all OLED TVs, the picture quality doesn't degrade when you sit to the side of the screen. Given its premium price, it's also no surprise that the A95L has some nice design flourishes, like a backlit remote, an adjustable stand that supports three orientations (high, low, and narrow), and a webcam for video calls and gesture controls.

Gamers get full 120Hz support when paired with a PS5 or Xbox Series X console, but only two of the TV's HDMI ports have the required bandwidth for this feature. There's also no 144Hz mode for PC gaming, which is something that Samsung, TCL, and Hisense offer on many of their top TVs. Still, it's difficult to find much fault with the A95L, given how incredible it looks. Most people are better off saving money with any of our other best 75-inch TV picks, but this is the high-end TV to buy if you don't have any budget restrictions.

Note: The 77-inch A95L is temporarily out of stock at most retailers, but some list a mid-February date for new inventory. If you want a high-end 77-inch OLED alternative, we recommend the LG G3. It can't match the A95L's picture accuracy but has similar brightness capabilities. But keep in mind that the G3 is primarily designed for wall mounting and doesn't include a regular stand.

Best 8K display

If you're going to buy an 8K TV, 75 inches is the smallest size you should consider. This is because the benefits of 8K resolution are only noticeable when you sit close to an extra-large screen. When it comes to 75-inch 8K TVs, the Samsung QN900C is easily one of the best.

The QN900C's 8K display offers four times the total number of pixels that you'd get on a 4K TV. But even more impressive than its resolution is the display's excellent contrast and brightness capabilities. The TV has a Mini LED backlight with fantastic local dimming performance. This results in some of the best black levels we've ever seen outside an OLED TV and one of the brightest panels you can buy. During our evaluation, we measured a peak of about 2,300 nits in Filmmaker Mode, which is the setting that offers the most accurate image out of the box. The QN900C's viewing angles are also much better than a typical QLED TV, so the image doesn't degrade much when you sit off to the side of the screen.

However, as impressive as the QN900C is, we still don't think most people need an 8K TV right now. Even on a large-size screen like this, the perks of 8K are hard to notice unless you sit very close to the display. And virtually everything you'll watch on the TV will just be 4K, HD, or SD sources that get upscaled to 8K since native 8K content is virtually nonexistent.

Don't get us wrong, this is an incredible-looking TV, but its impressive picture quality mostly stems from its use of a Mini LED backlight and quantum dots rather than its resolution. Still, if you're dead set on jumping to 8K, the QN900C is a top choice, and it's one of the best Samsung TVs you can buy.

How we test 75-inch TVs

We picked the best 75-inch TVs through a combination of hands-on reviews and research. We've been covering the home entertainment product industry for over 10 years and used that expertise to inform our testing parameters and requirements.

When reviewing displays, most companies ship us their 65-inch options since that's the industry's flagship standard. However, when evaluating a specific TV model, overall performance typically stays the same across larger sizes from 50 inches and up. For example, a 77-inch Sony A95L OLED and a 65-inch A95L have the same specifications. The only major difference is the panel's size.

However, some QLED TVs with local dimming, like the TCL QM8, have more dimming zones in larger screen sizes compared to smaller ones. This can cause slight differences in contrast performance when comparing a 75-inch model to 65-inch one, but not enough to change our overall takeaway. In rare cases, some TVs do have more dramatic differences in features and design across sizes. Still, we consider those changes when recommending displays and note those instances when applicable.

When we test TVs, we evaluate picture clarity, color quality, contrast performance, peak HDR brightness, gaming features, navigation speed, off-axis viewing, and general value. To measure brightness, we use an X-Rite iDisplay Plus colorimeter in combination with test patterns on the Spears & Munsil UHD HDR Benchmark 4K Blu-ray disc.

Test patterns are great for objective measurements, but watching real-world content is the only way to fully evaluate how a TV looks. We sample plenty of shows and movies to see how a display performs in an average setting. Part of our evaluation involves watching the same assortment of scenes on each TV we review to compare performance. Sequences are chosen to show off HDR highlights, shadow detail, black levels, upscaling, and motion. We also mix up the quality of our material to see how a TV handles 4K, 1080p, and standard definition (SD) programs from Blu-ray discs, streaming services, and cable TV.

75-inch TV FAQs

Is 75 inches a good TV size?

75 inches is an excellent size for anyone who wants an extra-large TV to fill a big space or offer an especially immersive experience in a smaller room. Many of our picks for the best 4K TVs and best OLED TVs are sold in the 75/77-inch screen class, so you have plenty of options.

If you don't have the space for a 75-inch 4K TV but still want lots of display models to choose from, check out our guides to the best 65-inch TVs and the best 55-inch TVs for our top recommendations at those sizes.

How much should you spend on a 75-inch TV?

The best 75-inch TVs can range from around $600 to more than $3,000, depending on the performance class you choose.

Budget-friendly 75-inch QLED TVs, like the Hisense U6K, are often on sale for as low as $650, and if you're willing to sacrifice contrast and color performance, you can find some cheaper 75-inch TVs for as little as $500. Midrange QLED options with higher brightness typically sell for $800 to $1,300, while high-end models cost as much as $2,500.

If you want an OLED TV model, which are made in 77 inches rather than 75, you'll need to pay a bit more. The cheapest 77-inch OLED TVs start at around $1,800, while premium options cost as much as $5,000.

How far should you sit from a 75-inch 4K TV?

A large screen size of 75 inches enables you to sit farther away from your display while still getting an immersive experience. To start seeing the benefits of 4K resolution with an optimal field of view, the recommended distance is about one to 1.5 times the size of your TV.

So, for a 75-inch 4K TV, you should aim to sit between 6.25 and 9.38 feet from your screen.

However, for your eyes to be able to make out the full benefits of a 4K resolution image, you'd need to sit just 4.9 feet away from a 75-inch screen. Of course, most people don't sit that close to their displays, and you can still enjoy a 75-inch 4K TV from a greater distance.

Медиа: image / jpeg

• Elon Musk has had a rough 24 hours.
• The billionaire spent at least $20 million on a failed Wisconsin candidate.
• Tesla reported poor sales numbers, but its stock surged after a report said he may step back from DOGE.

Elon Musk has had a roller coaster of a day.

On Tuesday night, Musk's favored conservative candidate failed to win a Wisconsin Supreme Court election despite the billionaire and his super PAC dropping at least $15.5 million on the race.

On Wednesday morning, Musk received more bad news. Tesla reported first-quarter deliveries were well below analysts' estimates. Shares in Musk's signature company are down roughly 30% this year.

Musk chose this path himself. He has enthusiastically touted the White House DOGE office, even as polling has indicated his popularity has plummeted. In Wisconsin, polling found that Musk was more unpopular among Republicans than President Donald Trump.

But somewhat remarkably, the double whammy of bad news preceded a win for Musk. A report from Politico, citing three unnamed Trump insiders, said the president's inner circle was preparing for Musk to step back from his role at the White House. Tesla's stock bounced back from early losses and ended the day up 5%.

The White House later disputed Politico's report.

"This 'scoop' is garbage," White House Press Secretary Karoline Leavitt said. "Elon Musk and President Trump have both publicly stated that Elon will depart from public service as a special government employee when his incredible work at DOGE is complete."

Democrats hammered Musk throughout the Wisconsin race. He decided to go to the state directly, wearing a Cheesehead hat in Green Bay and mugging for the cameras as he handed out millions in giveaways to supporters. (Musk first said the $1 million checks were for voters but then said they were for select Wisconsinites that his political organization wanted as spokespeople.)

The Tesla CEO also chose to join Trump's administration, juggling the responsibilities of leading his automaker, SpaceX, and xAI. Initially, it was thought that Musk would co-lead Trump's "Department of Government Efficiency" outside the government.

It didn't take long for his proximity to Trump to blow back on his companies, namely Tesla. There have been protests at Tesla dealerships around the globe. Some protesters have resorted to violence, with one accused of firebombing a Tesla dealership.

Wednesday's delivery numbers seemed to confirm fears that Musk's unpopularity is actively harming his flagship company. Tesla reported a 13% decline in deliveries in the first quarter compared with last year.

"The Street and us knew a bad 1Q was coming but this was even worse than expected," the Wedbush analyst Dan Ives, a major Tesla cheerleader, wrote Wednesday morning on X. "The time has come for Musk ... it's a fork in the road moment."

Musk has seen worse

Musk has said that Tesla was on the verge of bankruptcy multiple times, including during the Model 3 ramp-up. He also briefly relinquished his title as the world's richest man early in 2024. Musk then reclaimed the title and saw his wealth skyrocket after the presidential election.

So far, Musk has not shown a desire to change course. He's urged authorities to go after people he's labeled domestic terrorists who are attacking Tesla dealerships. Musk has also continued to speak in grandiose terms about his political positions — not exactly the words of someone about to trim his sails.

Before polls closed in Wisconsin on Tuesday, Musk said on an X Space that the state Supreme Court election was about "the future of the world" and maybe even "Western civilization."

Musk told Fox News that the race was so close that "it may be decided by half a percent or a percent," maybe even a single person.

Judge Brad Schimel, the Musk-endorsed candidate, is on track to lose by 10 percentage points.

Медиа: image / jpeg

• Trump's childhood home in Queens recently sold for a $1.2 million loss.
• The home last sold for $2.1 million in 2017 but has fallen in disrepair.
• The CEO of the auction house that sold it in years past said it was his most-profiled sale.

President Donald Trump is known for the art of the deal. However, his childhood home in Queens sold at a $1.2 million loss last month.

While Trump had nothing to do with the sale of the Jamaica Estates home, where he lived until he was 4 years old, it sold for just $835,000 after selling for $2.1 million in 2017.

New York City records show the 2,500-square-foot home, located 22 miles from Manhattan, was sold to a New York-based LLC named 1388 Group. The home sold in an off-market deal, and the seller "just needed the money," according to the New York Post.

Unlike the previous two sales in 2016 and 2017, this sale went under the radar — those sales were auctions with major national media attention. Misha Haghani, the CEO and founder of Paramount Realty, the auction firm that handled the first two sales, said he'd never seen anything like it.

"I don't think there has ever been an auction on the planet for a property that was more high-profile — I'm pretty sure of that," Haghani told Business Insider.

"He was running to be the 45th president of the United States," he added. "Before that, there were only 44 US presidents. How many of their childhood homes do you think still stood?"

Initially, an in-person auction was planned for the day of the final presidential debate in 2016, but there was so much attention that it had to be postponed.

Haghani believes the commotion surrounding the first sale increased the home's value — he thought it was worth about $950,000 at the time.

Haghani said the seller still received a bid and wanted to accept, so they sold the home for $1.39 million in December 2016.

In January 2017, the house was up for auction again — this time, a sealed bid auction, where hopefuls submit a bid blindly by a certain deadline. The second sale raised the value another 50% as the home sold for $2.14 million.

Haghani said he "was surprised" by the numbers.

However, the more recent sales price wasn't surprising, as the home had recently fallen into disrepair. In October, the real estate website Curbed reported that 20 to 30 feral cats commandeered the now-abandoned property.

Trump's father, a real-estate developer, built the five-bedroom home and the neighborhood itself. According to Realtor.com, the median listing price for a home in the neighborhood today is $1.5 million.

Медиа: image / jpeg

• Val Kilmer's cause of death was pneumonia, according to his daughter.
• Kilmer was diagnosed with throat cancer a decade ago and underwent a tracheotomy.
• The tracheotomy affected his ability to speak. The procedure can also increase the risk of pneumonia.

Val Kilmer died of pneumonia on Tuesday, but his history of throat cancer — an umbrella term for cancers of the throat, voice box, head, and neck — may have been a contributing factor.

Though the "Top Gun" star was diagnosed with the disease a decade ago, he initially kept it a secret. The actor, who was 65 at the time of his death, only began to speak publicly about his condition a few years later, and released a 2021 documentary "Val," in which he opened up about his health struggles, including losing his voice as a result of a tracheotomy. He used a voice box to speak in the film.

Kilmer's daughter, who confirmed his death, didn't clarify whether his pneumonia was related to his cancer. However, undergoing a tracheotomy can increase the risk of pneumonia long-term according to the American Thoracic Society.

Val Kilmer was diagnosed with throat cancer in 2014

The "Batman Forever" star received his diagnosis in 2014, but publicly disclosed it for the first time in a 2017 Reddit Ask Me Anything post. He had previously denied that he had cancer in 2016 after his "The Ghost and the Darkness" costar Michael Douglas revealed his health status during a press event. He later detailed his ongoing health struggle in a 2020 memoir called "I'm Your Huckleberry."

Kilmer confirmed he was cancer-free in a 2021 People magazine cover story promoting his documentary; in the doc, the actor said he'd been cancer-free for about four years.

Val Kilmer wasn't able to speak due to a tracheotomy

Kilmer's vocal cords were damaged after a tracheotomy, and he permanently lost his voice.

During a tracheotomy, also called a tracheostomy, a hole is made in the front of the neck and a tube is inserted into the windpipe. The procedure is performed on people with a problem that prevents air and oxygen from reaching the lungs. This can include throat injury (such as from radiation or trauma), or a physical blockage in the windpipe (such as from cancer).

The tracheotomy tube is secured to the neck with tape, and the patient breathes through it rather than through their nose and mouth.

It's common to have difficulty speaking after a tracheotomy, but not everyone loses the ability to speak permanently. However, the problem can persist in up to 25% of patients who require long-term mechanical ventilation, according to The National Tracheostomy Safety Project.

In a 2020 New York Times profile of Kilmer, the actor said his cancer treatments had included surgery, followed by chemotherapy and radiation. He suggested that damage from the chemo and radiation had resulted in his need for a tracheotomy tube. He also said that when he tried to remove the tube, he'd experience complications like a cough, cold, or fever.

Медиа: image / jpeg

• Trump established the Department of Government Efficiency to cut federal spending and root out waste.
• Under Elon Musk, DOGE has already targeted a number of federal agencies, including USAID and the DoD.
• Here's a list of the government programs and agencies DOGE has gone after so far.

Since returning to the White House, President Donald Trump has wasted little time sending his newly created DOGE office after federal agencies.

On his first day in office, Trump signed an executive order officially creating DOGE. With billionaire SpaceX and Tesla CEO Elon Musk as its de facto leader, the group has taken swift action toward its stated goal of rooting out government fraud, waste, and abuse of taxpayer dollars.

Here's a list of the agencies DOGE has targeted so far and other key initiatives from the new organization.

Health and Human Services

Department of Health and Human Services Secretary Robert F. Kennedy Jr. announced a major restructuring of the agency that will include laying off around 10,000 federal workers, refocusing the mission of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention to preventing epidemics, and consolidating the sprawling department's 28 divisions into 15 divisions.

The expected staffing reductions at the HHS — which oversees 13 federal agencies including the CDC, Food and Drug Administration, National Institutes of Health, and the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services — include 3,500 jobs at the FDA, 2,400 at the CDC, and 1,200 at the NIH.

HHS said the overall restructuring aligns with Trump's Department of Government Efficiency workforce optimization initiative, and that the employee cuts alone will save taxpayers $1.8 billion per year. The cuts come on top of previous staffing reductions and early retirements, which together total 20,000 fewer full-time employees, HHS said.

US Postal Service

Elon Musk has called for the privatization of the US Postal Service, and Trump has said he would consider merging the independent agency with the Commerce Department.

In a letter to Congress on March 13, Postmaster General Louis DeJoy committed to working with DOGE to make the agency more efficient, including cutting 10,000 jobs and eliminating billions of dollars from the budget. And in a March 17 follow-up letter, DeJoy further detailed USPS's plans to work with DOGE, including a review of the agency's real estate portfolio.

Days later, DeJoy announced in a statement that he would stepping down from his role effective immediately.

Postal worker unions — including the National Association of Letter Carriers, the American Postal Workers' Union, and the National Rural Letter Carriers Association — have been holding demonstrations around the country to protest cuts to and a potential dismantling of the USPS.

Social Security Administration

The Trump administration has sent DOGE to find fraud within the Social Security Administration, arguing that the agency sends out payments to dead Americans. A Business Insider analysis of recent SSA audits found that errors like overpaying beneficiaries and paying dead people amount to less than 1% of the SSA's total benefits payouts — far less than Trump and Musk have claimed.

The SSA — which manages Social Security benefits and payouts — has been the target of DOGE's sweeping reduction of the federal workforce, cuts that SSA workers have warned could delay payments to beneficiaries and hinder frontline workers' ability to handle claims and issue Social Security cards.

As part of the Trump administration's efforts to restructure the SSA, the agency banned its workers from reading the news on their work devices. One worker told BI that they sometimes need to access news sites to, for example, confirm deaths through obituaries, and without that ability, recipients' claims could be slowed down.

Under Trump, the SSA has also reduced its phone services to beneficiaries and added a new in-person ID requirement — both of which are expected to make customer service at the agency much worse.

Department of Defense

DOGE is now going after the Department of Defense, the oldest and largest government agency in the US, with a total budget of over $800 billion.

In early February, Trump said that he expected DOGE to "find billions, hundreds of billions of dollars of fraud and abuse" in the Pentagon. That includes what Trump's national security adviser Mike Waltz has called the "absolute mess" of US shipbuilding.

DOGE posted on X on February 14 that it had begun looking into the DoD.

"Great kickoff with @DeptofDefense," the post said. "Looking forward to working together to safely save taxpayer dollars and eliminate waste, fraud and abuse."

Some DoD employees were included in a mass layoff of probationary workers across federal departments. The fired staffers' future remains uncertain as the Trump administration is fighting a federal judge's order to reinstate them.

Secretary of Defense Pete Hegseth announced on March 20 that, following DOGE's identification of what it considered wasteful spending at the department, the DoD would be terminating over $580 million in programs, contracts, and grants. That includes funding for a new human resources program, a grant to decarbonize emissions from Navy ships, and a grant to develop equitable machine learning models, Hegseth said.

Internal Revenue Service

DOGE has set its sights on the IRS.

The task force sought access to the Internal Revenue Service's data system that houses highly sensitive information about every taxpayer, nonprofit, and business in the country, The Washington Post reported on February 16.

The IRS considered granting DOGE broad access to its systems and data, including its Integrated Data Retrieval System, which lets IRS workers view and adjust taxpayer accounts and data, the Post reported.

But The White House later agreed to block DOGE's full access to the IRS's payment systems, instead granting read-only access of taxpayer data that has been anonymized, the Post reported on February 20, citing people familiar with the arrangement.

Before the agreement to make the data anonymous and read-only was reached, officials sounded alarm bells about the kind of access DOGE would have. Even within the IRS, access to this data is strictly monitored, and employees are prohibited form accessing their own files or those of their friends and family, according to the agency's employee handbook.

Democratic Senators Ron Wyden of Oregon, a ranking member of the Committee on Finance, and Elizabeth Warren of Massachusetts, a ranking member of the Committee on Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs, wrote a letter to the IRS on February 17 urging DOGE to disclose the extent of its access to IRS systems.

The senators argued that giving DOGE access to sensitive taxpayer data raises "serious concerns that Elon Musk and his associates are seeking to weaponize government databases containing private bank records and other confidential information to target American citizens and businesses as part of a political agenda."

The IRS was also one of several federal agencies where thousands of probationary employees were fired en masse. The agency's enforcement of tax evasion could be hit especially hard by the cuts.

As a result, Treasury Department and IRS officials told The Washington Post that they're bracing for a sharp drop in revenue — about $500 billion.

The IRS did not immediately respond to a request for comment from Business Insider.

National Institutes of Health

The National Institutes of Health — the federal agency that funds and conducts medical research under the Department of Health and Human Services — announced in a directive on February 7 that it was cutting how much of its funding can be used for administrative overhead.

The NIH said it would be placing a 15% cap on "indirect costs" related to research projects, which includes things like personnel, facility maintenance, and equipment. The NIH said on X that this limit would save the agency $4 billion per year, "effective immediately."

After separate lawsuits from state attorneys general and organizations representing hospitals and research institutions, a federal judge temporarily blocked the funding cuts in February, and in March, extended that pause in a preliminary injunction.

The NIH has also been targeted by Trump and Musks's widespread staffing cuts across the federal workforce, with the agency losing over 1,100 staffers, according to an internal email obtained by Reuters. And NIH officials expect deeper cuts to come.

Federal worker layoffs

As part of Trump and Musk's promise to reduce the federal budget, the Trump administration has laid off thousands of probationary workers — typically, employees who have been in their roles for less than two years — from a wide swath of federal agencies.

That includes workers at the Forest Service, the Office of Personnel Management, Small Business Administration, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, Department of Education, the Federal Aviation Administration, the Food and Drug Administration, the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, the Internal Revenue Service, Veterans Affairs, and the Environmental Protection Agency.

But on March 13, US District Judge William Alsup of California ruled that the Trump administration's mass firing of probationary workers at six federal agencies — the departments of Veterans Affairs, Agriculture, Defense, Energy, Interior, and Treasury — had violated federal law around reductions in force and had not followed required procedures. Alsup ordered the affected employees to be rehired immediately.

Later that day, another federal judge, US District Judge James Bredar of Maryland, issued a similar but even more sweeping order, directing 18 federal agencies to rehire their probationary staffers.

The Department of the Interior has told BI that it is complying with the court's orders as it works through the appeals process. And the Trump administration has already asked the Supreme Court to weigh in.

Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services

The Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, an agency within HHS that provides healthcare to more than 160 million Americans, said in a press release on February 5 that its officials were working with DOGE to find "opportunities for more effective and efficient use of resources in line with meeting the goals of President Trump."

In response to a post containing a Wall Street Journal article about CMS collaborating with DOGE, Musk wrote on X, "Yeah, this is where the big money fraud is happening."

On February 12, a group of 32 Democratic Senators wrote a letter to Trump urging him and Musk to keep their "hands off Medicare or Medicaid."

"DOGE is invading CMS, posing immeasurable risks to Americans' health care," the letter reads. "DOGE representatives, with no training or expertise, could make unilateral, politically motivated decisions to target both beneficiaries and health care providers while blocking access to care and essential payments for services."

National Aeronautics and Space Administration

NASA is also on DOGE's hit list.

While at the Commerce Space Conference in Washington DC on February 12, the space agency's acting administrator said that NASA was expecting a visit from DOGE.

"So we are a federal agency. We are going to have DOGE come. They are going to look — similarly to what they've done at other agencies — at our payments," said Janet Petro, in comments reported by Bloomberg.

On February 14, the space agency confirmed to Flying, an aviation-focused magazine, that DOGE staff were on-site to review its payments.

NASA has done quite a lot of business with Musk's own space company, SpaceX, amounting to around $14.5 billion in contracts between the two. Democratic Representatives have argued in letters to NASA that Musk's involvement is a dangerous conflict of interest.

Nevertheless, NASA has implemented a restructuring plan — including the shuttering of three departments amid a larger reduction-in-force —that it says puts the space agency in compliance with Trump's agenda and DOGE's plans.

Department of Education

Trump has repeatedly said he wants to shut down the Department of Education (ED).

And on March 20, Trump made moves on that plan, signing an executive order directing his new education secretary, Linda McMahon, to begin the process of eliminating the department.

Along with some GOP lawmakers, Trump has said that education should be handled at the state and local level, and that a federal agency isn't necessary. While Trump and McMahon are working to reduce the department's capacity, fully shutting it down requires congressional approval.

Prior to Trump's executive order, DOGE said in February that it had cancelled a number of ED contracts — including a "$4.6M contract to coordinate zoom and in-person meetings," a "$3.0M contract to write a report that showed that prior reports were not utilized by schools," and a "$1.4M contract to physically observe mailing and clerical operations."

The cost-cutting group also said in February that it had terminated 89 contracts at the ED, totaling $881 million.

DEI Initiatives

On his first day in office, Trump signed an executive order terminating federal roles, offices, and programs related to diversity, equity, and inclusion.

And on January 31, just 11 days into its existence, DOGE announced it had terminated 104 government contracts related to DEI programs and initiatives.

DOGE said the cuts — spanning 30 agencies including the Federal Aviation Administration, Department of Veterans Affairs, Office of Personnel Management, Environmental Protection Agency, and many more — created over $1 billion in savings.

Since Trump's anti-DEI directive, agencies across the federal government have been working to eliminate any programs, webpages, or jobs related to DEI. The Department of Defense, for example, has been scrubbing its website of photos, videos, and articles it considers DEI-related, including a page dedicated to Jackie Robinson, who helped break the color barrier in Major League Baseball, and an article about the highest-ranking Black Medal of Honor recipient. Both pages have since been restored to the DOD's website.

US Agency for International Development

One of DOGE'S first major targets was the US Agency for International Development, which funds humanitarian efforts around the world. As the world's largest provider of humanitarian aid, the US channeled nearly $32.5 billion through the agency in 2024, providing aid to countries like Ukraine, Jordan, and Ethiopia.

In a post on X on February 3, Musk accused the agency of being a "criminal organization" and said he "spent the weekend feeding USAID into the wood chipper." Hours later, USAID workers were told to stay home from work, and within days, the agency announced that all direct hire personnel would be placed on leave globally, with a few exceptions.

Following a lawsuit from federal employee labor unions, a federal judge partially blocked Musk and Trump's attempted shutdown of USAID — which legal experts argue is illegal without approval from Congress. The judge's order temporarily blocked the Trump administration from placing USAID workers on leave, first until February 14, and in another extension, until at least February 21.

But by the end of February, USAID workers were told to clear out their desks at the agency's Washington, DC headquarters after the Trump administration said it was ending a majority of the department's contracts.

On March 5, the Supreme Court ruled against the Trump administration's freeze on foreign aid, allowing the release of nearly $2 billion in foreign aid funds.

Secretary of State Marco Rubio finally announced on March 10 that 83% of USAID's programs were being cancelled, and the remainder would be absorbed into the State Department.

Experts have warned shutting down USAID would make China more powerful on the world stage.

Federal worker buyout

As part of Musk and Trump's efforts to trim government spending and reduce the federal workforce, the Trump administration emailed a buyout offer to around 2 million government employees. The deferred resignation, sent by the Office of Personnel Management at the end of January, offered to pay employees their full salary and benefits through September, without the need to work during that time, in exchange for their resignation.

The offer was met with mass confusion, shock, and outrage from federal employees, many of whom questioned whether the government could actually promise to pay them through September with a looming government shutdown in March when current funding runs out.

The offer appeared to come straight out of Musk's playbook, right down to the title of the email sent to federal workers: " Fork in the Road."

After federal labor unions filed a lawsuit arguing that the offer is illegal, a federal judge twice extended the deadline for employees to accept the buyout, but ultimately ruled that it can proceed.

The offer finally closed on February 12, with 75,000 workers accepting the buyout, according to the Office of Personnel Management.

Federal Aviation Administration

Following the deadly American Airlines plane crash in Washington DC in January, Musk announced he would be going after the Federal Aviation Administration.

Days after the crash, Musk wrote on X that the FAA's "primary aircraft safety notification system failed for several hours," adding that, as a result, Trump gave the DOGE team his approval to "make rapid safety upgrades to the air traffic control system."

Transportation Secretary Sean Duffy confirmed Musk's role, saying the DOGE team was "going to plug in to help upgrade our aviation system."

Republican Senator Ted Cruz of Texas — who chairs the committee that oversees the FAA — said he's confident in Musk's ability to upgrade the FAA, adding that the American people should take "real comfort in his ability to navigate complicated technologies."

Not everyone has so much faith in Musk.

Democratic Senator Maria Cantwell of Washington argued in a letter to Duffy that, as the CEO of SpaceX, Musk has a clear conflict of interest that should prohibit his involvement with the FAA.

Last year, the FAA proposed fining SpaceX more than $600,000 for two occasions where the rocket company is said to have violated its launch licenses.

The FAA said in a statement to Business Insider on February 25 that it had begun testing out a SpaceX Starlink internet terminal at its facility in Atlantic City and two terminals at its "non-safety critical sites in Alaska."

On February 19, Duffy said on X he had enlisted SpaceX engineers "to help upgrade our aviation system." A few weeks later, his agency announced it was rolling out a number of upgrades to modernize the air-traffic control system.

Treasury Department

Trump said he granted Musk and his DOGE team access to the Treasury department's digital payments system, which controls trillions of dollars in payments to Americans — everything from Social Security benefits to tax refunds.

The move sparked criticism from Democratic lawmakers and federal workers' unions. The unions sued the Treasury Department, arguing that the agency had illegally granted Musk access to sensitive personal and financial information.

Trump defended Musk's access to the platform, telling reporters it was only so that DOGE could find additional areas to cut government waste.

"Elon can't do and won't do anything without our approval, and we will give him the approval where appropriate," Trump said.

The Treasury Department later agreed to limit DOGE's access to the systems, while still allowing two Musk allies to have read-only access to the data. But in March, a federal judge indefinitely blocked DOGE from accessing personal identifying information at the Treasury Department, as well as at the Education Department and the Office of Personnel Management.

Federal Emergency Management Agency

Trump has threatened to overhaul, or entirely scrap, the Federal Emergency Management Agency, which provides aid to Americans following natural disasters like Hurricane Milton and the LA wildfires.

The president has called the agency, which employs more than 20,000 staff around the US, a "very big disappointment" that is "very bureaucratic," "very slow," and costs "a tremendous amount of money."

On February 10, Musk wrote on X that "FEMA betrayed the American people by diverting funds meant for natural disasters to pay for luxury hotels for illegal migrants."

But New York City officials said that FEMA had correctly allocated the funds, which were never part of a disaster relief grant and were not used on luxury hotels, as Musk had said, The New York Times reported.

Hours after Musk's post, FEMA's acting director, Cameron Hamilton, posted on X that the payments had been suspended and that the responsible personnel will be held accountable.

On February 11, a spokesperson for the Department of Homeland Security announced that four FEMA officials had been fired in connection to the payments, including the agency's Chief Financial Officer, two program analysts, and a grant specialist.

National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration

On February 6, a group of Democratic lawmakers accused "unelected and unvetted associates of Elon Musk and the so-called Department of Government Efficiency" of targeting the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration. The NOAA is in charge of forecasting the weather, analyzing climate data, and tracking extreme weather events.

Senator Chris Van Hollen and Congressman Jamie Raskin, along with other Maryland Democrats, penned a letter alleging that DOGE bureaucrats had been visiting NOAA headquarters, housed within the Department of Commerce, with the intent to break up the agency and merge it with the Department of the Interior.

In their letter, the lawmakers urged the leaders of the US Department of Commerce, Howard Lutnick and Jeremy Pelter, to maintain the independence and integrity of the NOAA, as Lutnick had promised to do in his confirmation hearing.

The lawmakers argue that DOGE is illegally attacking NOAA without congressional approval, in an attempt to dismantle and privatize the agency which they say would rob American farmers, businesses, and citizens of crucial, life-saving services.

The Trump administration has already laid off hundreds of workers at NOAA, which meteorologists say will degrade weather forecasts and public safety.

Consumer Financial Protection Bureau

Musk has repeatedly called for the elimination of the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, which was established in 2011 after the Great Recession to oversee financial products and services offered to Americans. It seeks to protect Americans from financial scams and abusive practices, like excessive overdraft fees.

"CFPB RIP," Musk wrote on X on February 7 next to a tombstone emoji.

Trump's Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent ordered the CFPB to halt most of its work and told the consumer watchdog agency to stop issuing "public communications of any type."

The CFPB has told staffers to "not perform any work tasks" while it shuts down its DC headquarters amid an uncertain future.

The agency followed up by sending termination notices to dozens of employees, some of whom had already accepted the buyout offer, sources familiar with the situation told CNBC.

The agency's first director, Richard Cordray, has warned that shuttering the CFPB would turn the consumer finance world into the "wild, wild west," adding that Musk's attempted shutdown is unethical and, with his plans to offer financial services through X, could be considered a conflict of interest.

Productivity email sent to federal employees

DOGE sent a mass email to federal workers on Saturday, February 22 asking them to provide five bullet points explaining what work tasks they had accomplished in the past week. They were given a Monday night deadline to respond, and if they didn't, Trump threatened that they could be "semi-fired" or "fired." While at first Musk said anyone who didn't respond would be terminated, he later changed course to say workers would be given another chance.

The "What did you do last week?" email, sent by the Office of Personnel Management, followed Trump's instruction to Musk to" get more aggressive" in reducing the size of the federal workforce.

In a post on X on February 24, Musk explained the email as "basically a check to see if the employee had a pulse and was capable of replying to an email."

The email caused mass confusion among federal workers, who received conflicting guidance from their superiors on whether to respond or not.

It's not yet clear how the differing guidance across federal agencies will be resolved, but Musk said on X that the "mess will get sorted out this week."

"Lot of people in for a rude awakening and strong dose of reality," his post continued. "They don't get it yet, but they will."

Have a tip? Contact Grace Eliza Goodwin via email at ggoodwin@businessinsider.com or Signal at gracelizagoodwin.80. Use a personal email address and a nonwork device; here's our guide to sharing information securely.

Медиа: image / jpeg

• Calls have been rising for the US exceptionalism trade to wane.
• However, the US could ultimately outperform other markets if tariffs trigger a global recession.
• "We are maintaining our Stay Home (versus Go Global) bias," Ed Yardeni said.

The world is on edge ahead of President Donald Trump's highly-anticipated reciprocal tariffs, but US investors could benefit from one of the worst-case scenarios.

With Trump set to unveil his tariff plan Wednesday afternoon, growth fears are top of mind for economists and investors. Amid the calls for higher tariff rates and low growth have been predictions for America's long-running dominance of global markets to end.

However, a recession would actually boost the US as a haven for investors, market commentators say.

If a tariff-led recession drags down global economies, the US could regain its reputation as the premier international market. That's according to veteran analyst Ed Yardeni, who noted several reasons US markets would outperform in a broader slowdown.

"We are maintaining our Stay Home (versus Go Global) bias, recommending that managers of global portfolios overweight US stocks," he said.

Trump's so-called "liberation day" has sent recessionary angst soaring as investors brace for a potential trade war to strain economic growth.

Much remains unknown before the 4:00 p.m. ET announcement, but the scope, size, and duration of the new levies could make or break Wall Street sentiment as the second quarter kicks off. Around $33 trillion in global trade is at risk, according to Bloomberg Economics, posing a direct threat to US and foreign GDPs.

Stagflation fears have picked up for the US, and Yardeni sees a 45% chance of such a scenario playing out this year. At the same time, the American economy has positives that other nations don't share — making it a relative outperformer in a cooldown.

"The US is at full employment, is a net energy exporter, and has a dynamic and flexible services-driven economy," he outlined. Meanwhile, US debt dynamics, though a concern, don't compare to China's situation.

A tariff-induced US recession would hammer foreign exporters, some of which are already struggling. That includes Germany and the UK, the latter of which seems to already be dealing with stagflation.

Finally, the Federal Reserve has more room to cut interest rates compared to foreign central banks. Officials do this to spur economic activity.

Yardeni's outlook contradicts what others have been predicting as US stocks lag international peers. So far this year, the idea of US market exceptionalism has waned as investors have questioned S&P 500 valuations and the dominance of US mega-cap tech.

Instead, European and Asian markets have won out. While the S&P 500 has dropped 4.4% year-to-date, the Euro Stoxx 600 index is up over 5%.

Медиа: image / jpeg

• I tried every item on Popeyes' new pickle menu, which launched on April 1.
• The lineup includes a new chicken sandwich, wings, fried pickles, and a pickle-flavored lemonade.
• The limited-time menu should be a permanent addition.

Popeyes' new pickle menu is no April Fool's joke.

Launched on April 1, the menu features pickle-flavored versions of the chain's most beloved items, from a chicken sandwich coated in a pickle glaze to a tart, pickle-flavored lemonade.

The limited-time offer menu is an opportunity for the brand to experiment with trends, and pickles have been on the rise for some time.

"We just think going all in on these flavors and having a lot of fun with it will help us resonate with that younger audience," Popeyes chief marketing officer Bart LaCount told Business Insider in a video interview.

LaCount said if the menu is popular enough, it could become a permanent addition. There's no specific end date for the menu, but it’s typical for limited-time offers to be available for weeks at a time.

"It's something we've seen from a culinary standpoint that's been trending for a bit now," LaCount said of the pickle trend.

I tried the entire pickle menu for myself to see whether it's worth a permanent spot on Popeyes' menu.

I stopped by my local Popeyes in Brooklyn, New York, to try the new menu.

I arrived at the restaurant around noon on the day of the menu's release. There were multiple customers inside, but I didn't hear anyone else ordering any of the pickle items.

The prices for the new menu were surprisingly affordable. Most chains are focusing on value as people tighten their budgets, and Popeyes is no exception, according to LaCount.

"Value is not just about price," he said. "It's about what you get for that price. Having fun offerings like the pickle menu, where a lot of people get to try new foods and experiment, gives you the opportunity to try something new at a relatively cheap price-point."

The menu features a chicken sandwich covered in a pickle-flavored glaze.

It cost $5.49, excluding tax, at the location I visited.

The glaze was like a sweet and spicy rub.

The sandwich was also topped with the chain's signature pickle slices.

The sandwich had a briny, slightly spicy flavor to it.

The dill pickle flavor really popped, and the slightly spicy glaze, which was more of an oil than a sauce, was balanced out by the moist, crispy chicken breast. The bun also toned down the heat, while the thickly cut pickles added even more briny flavor and a nice crunch.

This sandwich improved on both the original and spicy Popeyes chicken sandwich. I'd definitely order it again.

Next I tried the fried pickles, which can be ordered as a side in meal combos.

The fried pickles cost $3.49, excluding tax.

I paired the pickles with the chain's buttermilk ranch dipping sauce.

I'd never had fried pickles at a fast-food chain before, so I was eager to see if I preferred these over other Popeyes sides like the Cajun fries or mac and cheese.

The pickles were tart and evenly fried.

The pickles were crispy but still moist. There was an even layer of breading on the pickle slices, but not so much that it overpowered the tart, briny flavor of the pickles.

The pickles tasted great on their own, but I also liked them paired with the ranch.

My favorite menu item out of the lineup was the pickle-glazed wings.

The pickle-glazed wings can be ordered boneless or bone-in. I tried a six-count of the bone-in wings, which cost $6.99, excluding tax.

The wings were coated in a sticky-sweet sauce that blew me away.

The thick glaze clung to the crispy wings in an even coating. The flavor profile was surprisingly spicy, but not too hot that it was overwhelming. The meat inside was juicy, and I couldn't believe how much flavor was packed into such a small bite.

Out of all the items I tried, this is the one I'll be ordering again.

The pickle glaze also tracks with food trends that are resonating with Gen Z, such as sweet and spicy combinations.

There are two pickle-flavored drinks on the menu.

The chilled pickle lemonade and frozen pickle lemonade both cost $4.49, excluding tax.

I was pleasantly surprised by the pickle lemonade. It rounded out the menu.

It was mostly sweet, with a slight hint of briny, dill flavor thanks to the addition of pickle juice.

It paired well with the other items on the menu, but I could also see myself ordering this on its own or even as a mixer for cocktails.

Overall, I was impressed by the new menu and hope it sticks around.

The pickle items have the potential to reach scores of people who love briny flavor profiles — especially Gen Z, which is a target audience for the pickle menu, according to LaCount.

I was genuinely impressed by the menu. In fact, it's the first Popeyes release that has truly excited me since the viral relaunch of its chicken sandwich in 2019, which sparked the infamous "chicken sandwich wars."

While a "pickle war" may not be on the horizon, I can say I'd be first in line to defend these pickle-glazed wings.

Медиа: image / jpeg

• Doug Emhoff served as the first-ever second gentleman when Kamala Harris became vice president.
• He and Harris met on a blind date. Emhoff says it was "love at first sight."
• Emhoff is a partner at a law firm that pledged $100 million in pro bono work for Trump.

When Kamala Harris became first Black, South Asian, and female vice president in American history, her husband, Doug Emhoff, became the country's first-ever second gentleman.

Emhoff, who was described as the Biden-Harris campaign's "secret weapon" during the 2020 campaign, is an accomplished entertainment lawyer. In a move that defied stereotypical gender norms for political spouses, he left his law practice in order to focus on supporting Harris' political career.

As second gentleman, he championed causes such as combatting antisemitism, promoting gender equality, and touting the accomplishments of the Biden-Harris administration's Build Back Better agenda.

Upon returning to his legal profession as a partner at Willkie Farr & Gallagher after Harris' loss in 2024, the firm reached an agreement with President Donald Trump to provide $100 million in pro bono legal services supporting "conservative ideals," prompting calls from activists for Emhoff to resign.

Here are 10 things to know about Emhoff.

Doug Emhoff was born in Brooklyn, New York, and grew up in New Jersey before moving to California with his family at age 17.

Emhoff lived in Old Bridge and Matawan, New Jersey, from 1969 until 1981. He wrote on X in 2019 that New Jersey "is still very much in my veins."

He's been an entertainment lawyer for over 25 years.

Emhoff was a partner at DLA Piper in Los Angeles specializing in intellectual property and entertainment and media law. He earned his law degree at the University of Southern California.

He's litigated cases related to the intellectual property of the Taco Bell Chihuahua and the viral sensation "Pizza Rat."

A Michigan company named Wrench sued Taco Bell for breach of contract, claiming that Taco Bell had taken the chihuahua character they invented to another ad agency, TBWA, for adaptation into a television series. A federal judge ruled that Taco Bell — not TBWA, thanks to Emhoff — had to pay $42 million, The Seattle Times reported.

He also represented Jukin, a media company that owns the rights to the viral "Pizza Rat" video showing a rat dragging a New York slice down a flight of subway stairs, in copyright infringement lawsuits. As a result, GIFs of Pizza Rat were taken down across the internet, The Washington Post reported.

He met Kamala Harris on a blind date in 2013.

The two were set up on a blind date by Harris' friend Chrisette Hudlin, who met Emhoff through work.

"The morning after our first date, @DouglasEmhoff emailed me a list of his available dates for the next couple of months," Harris wrote on Instagram on Emhoff's birthday in 2020. "He said, 'I want to see if we can make this work.' We've been making it work ever since."

Emhoff has often described meeting Harris as "love at first sight."

The couple wed in a ceremony officiated by Harris' sister Maya in August 2014.

Harris and Emhoff held their wedding at a courthouse in Santa Barbara, California.

The ceremony incorporated elements of each of their heritages — Emhoff wore a flower around his neck according to Indian tradition, and they stepped on a glass in a Jewish wedding ritual.

He has two children, Cole and Ella, from a previous marriage to Kerstin Emhoff.

Doug and Kerstin divorced after 16 years and remain good friends. Kerstin is also friends with Harris — she even volunteered for Harris' campaign.

Cole earned a bachelor's degree in psychology from Colorado College in 2017, and Ella studied apparel and textiles at Parsons School of Design. Harris wrote in Elle magazine that she and Emhoff's children didn't like the term "stepmom," so they began calling her "Momala."

In an interview with The New York Times in 2021, Cole Emhoff described Emhoff and Harris as "almost vomit-inducingly cute and coupley."

He was the first Jewish spouse of a vice president.

Emhoff often spoke about his family and heritage at White House gatherings for Jewish holidays such as the White House Hanukkah party. He and Harris also affixed a mezuzah, a Jewish ritual object, to the doorpost of the vice president's official residence.

During Harris' time as vice president, Emhoff left his law practice and became a law professor at Georgetown.

Emhoff taught a class called "Entertainment Law Disputes."

"I've long wanted to teach and serve the next generation of young lawyers," he said in a statement. "I couldn't be more excited to join the Georgetown community."

He's a sports fan.

Emhoff was a member at Hillcrest Country Club, a historically Jewish country club in Los Angeles that formed when other establishments would not admit Jews, The Washington Post reported. For a time, his Twitter bio included the descriptor "wannabe golfer."

Emhoff was also photographed forming his March Madness bracket aboard Air Force Two in 2021 and has a fantasy football team named Nirvana.

After Harris' loss in the 2024 presidential election, he returned to his law career as a partner at Willkie Farr & Gallagher.

In April, Trump announced that the firm reached an agreement with the White House not to engage in hiring practices related to diversity, equity, and inclusion and to provide $100 million in pro bono work including "conservative ideals."

"Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP proactively reached out to President Trump and his Administration, offering their decisive commitment to ending the Weaponization of the Justice System and the Legal Profession," the White House said in a statement on Truth Social. "The President is delivering on his promises of eradicating Partisan Lawfare in America, and restoring Liberty and Justice FOR ALL."

The news comes amid a number of executive orders targeting the security clearances and government contracts of Big Law firms affiliated with causes and political figures opposed by Trump. Many of the executive orders have been blocked by federal judges.

Legal activists called for Emhoff to resign from the firm. Emhoff and Willkie Farr & Gallagher did not immediately respond to a request for comment.

Медиа: image / jpeg

• Tesla fans and investors reacted to the company's declining sales numbers.
• One prominent Tesla fan, Omar Qazi, initially called the carmaker's first-quarter sales numbers "brutal" before later softening his stance.
• Tesla bull Dan Ives called the report "a disaster on every metric."

It's not just Wall Street analysts and investors who reacted with shock at how bad Tesla's quarterly sales were.

Tesla's online fans processed the sales whiff in real time on social media on Wednesday.

Omar Qazi, better known by his online handle @WholeMarsBlog, is one of Elon Musk's most visible supporters online and frequently interacts with the billionaire on X.

"Brutal," wrote Qazi, who hosts a Tesla-focused podcast called "The Gigacast" with two other Tesla fans.

"I think these are the worst quarterly production & delivery numbers I've ever seen for Tesla," he added.

Qazi said that he "didn't see anyone projecting numbers lower than what we actually saw," and said in a later post that it "looks like Tesla sales may not" return to growth this year like the company projected in January.

Tesla reported delivery numbers of just under 336,700 EVs for the first quarter on Wednesday, coming in well below analysts' expectations of about 390,300 deliveries. The numbers marked a 13% year-over-year decrease in sales and Tesla's worst quarterly deliveries since 2022.

Qazi attributed Tesla's delivery decline to the Model Y production loss — which the company also highlighted in its report — and appeared to disagree that Tesla's numbers had been negatively impacted by brand damage or anti-Musk sentiment.

"Did brand damage cause production to decline by 97,000 units sequentially? Or was that downtime in four factories on their best selling product," Qazi wrote in response to a post from analyst Gene Munster saying brand damage had cost Tesla 80,000 deliveries.

Meanwhile, Tesla bull Dan Ives partly blamed the sales decline on Musk's impact on the brand. Ives wrote in a post on X in addition to refresh issues, Tesla is grappling with a "brand crisis."

"We knew 1Q Tesla deliveries would be soft but these numbers were bad," Ives wrote. "We are not going to look at these numbers with rose colored glasses...they were a disaster on every metric. Refresh issues but brand crisis key. The time has come for Musk...fork in the road moment for Tesla."

Longtime investor Ross Gerber, who recently changed his stance to bearish, said on X that "the brand is broken and may not be fixable," and added in a later post that "Tesla needs a real CEO."

Tesla has been mired in political backlash since Musk took on a role with DOGE. The carmaker has been the target of a boycott and protest movement calling for Tesla owners to sell their vehicles and stock. There have also been widespread vandalism incidents, some going as far as involving arson and gunfire.

While Qazi seemed to disagree that backlash over Musk has damaged Tesla's brand, he echoed the sentiment that the stakes are high for Tesla at the moment — and the company needs to find a way to return to growth in its car business.

"If Tesla can't grow sales in 2025 with their best set of products ever, that is an epic marketing failure," Qazi added in a post on X about Tesla's upcoming robotaxi service launch, which Musk has said to expect in June.

Tesla did not respond to a request for comment.

While Tesla shares dipped about 4% following the results, the stock rebounded over 5% after Politico reported that President Donald Trump has told his inner circle that Musk would be leaving his role in DOGE in the coming weeks. (White House Press Secretary Karoline Leavitt pushed back on the story in a post on X and said that Musk wouldn't be departing until his work is complete.)

"Epic trading for me. love this," Qazi posted alongside a screenshot of Tesla's stock increase.

Qazi, who did not immediately respond to a request for comment, appeared to soften his stance on the sales report in the hours after BI reached out.

"Actually Tesla deliveries don't look that bad when you dig in a little bit," Qazi wrote on X. "Tesla appears to have sold pretty much everything they could make in Q1."

Медиа: image / jpeg

When you buy through our links, Business Insider may earn an affiliate commission. Learn more

Everyone's perfect skincare routine is different. But the one product everyone needs is a good sunscreen. While we might think we only need SPF in the summer, your skin can still be exposed to harmful UV rays all year round. That said, finding an effective facial sunscreen that doesn't clog pores or dry the skin out is easier said than done. Luckily, one of our favorites, the Hero Cosmetics Force Shield Superlight Sunscreen, is just $11 right now on Amazon.

• Follow our WhatsApp channel for more deals and buying guides

If you have acne-prone skin, you know that any product can cause a breakout. Our beauty experts on the Reviews Team know this too, and have reviewed countless skincare brands with this in mind. Hero Cosmetics' focus on creating products that heal existing acne and avoid clogging pores has made it one of our favorite affordable skincare brands.

Read our full Mighty Patch Review to learn more about one of our favorite products from Hero Cosmetics.

The brand's Force Shield Sunscreen is no different. Its non-comedogenic formula provides SPF 30 skin protection without clogging pores or causing breakouts. It's also formulated without harsh silicones or fragrances that could cause irritation, making it a good choice for people with sensitive skin. Unlike other mineral sunscreens, this one doesn't pill or leave an annoying white cast on your skin. In fact, its sheer green tint doubles as a color corrector to minimize redness, making it a great base for makeup or finishing touch on your skincare routine.

With nearly 2,000 five-star ratings, Amazon shoppers also love this sunscreen. "This sunscreen has been incredible! I get protection from the sun, and my oily skin is under control," said one reviewer. "I hadn't been able to find a sunscreen that doesn't make me look like a greaseball a few hours later. With this one, I look matte all day long with a healthy glow. I even get compliments from people thinking I'm wearing foundation!"

Shoppers with sensitive skin also appreciate the gentle formula. "This is easily one of my favorite mineral sunscreens! It applies smoothly without leaving any white cast, which is a huge plus," said another reviewer. "I have extremely sensitive skin, and even during eczema flare-ups, this product didn't irritate me at all. That level of gentleness makes it truly top-notch in my book."

With the current deal on Amazon, you can grab the Force Shield Sunscreen for just $11. Add it to your cart now while the deal lasts.

More trending beauty deals on Amazon

• Seven Minerals Organic Aloe Vera Gel, $24.95 $16.95
• Anne Betty Ionic Hair Dryer with Diffuser, $49.99 $29.99
• Amconsure Nano Ionic Facial Steamer, $39.99 $26.97
• Shark FlexStyle Air Styling and Drying System, $299.99 $239
• CeraVe Anti-Aging Retinol Serum, $24.99 $20.24

Looking for more deals? Browse through more of Amazon's beauty discounts.

Медиа: image / jpeg

When you buy through our links, Business Insider may earn an affiliate commission. Learn more

Paramount Plus is the best streaming service for fans of CBS programs, Showtime series, and franchises like "Mission: Impossible" and " Survivor." It's also one of the most affordable options, with standard ad-supported plans starting at $8 a month.

The service features a growing collection of original series, including several "Star Trek" shows and "Yellowstone" prequels, in addition to Paramount movies fresh off their theatrical runs, such as "Sonic the Hedgehog 3" and "Gladiator II." Popular sports are also available, including NFL games and UEFA Champions League matches. You can even live stream CBS and access Showtime, but only with the ad-free tier.

To help you decide whether a subscription is right for you, we've rounded up everything you need to know about Paramount Plus, including how much it costs, package differences, and available programming. For detailed impressions, check out our Paramount Plus review.

What is Paramount Plus?

Paramount Plus is a subscription streaming service from ViacomCBS. It includes select programs from CBS, BET, Comedy Central, Nickelodeon, MTV, The Smithsonian Channel, and more. You also get 24/7 news programming and next-day access to news programs like "60 Minutes" and "Face the Nation."

New and classic Paramount movies are included as well, and the library features Paramount Plus originals you won't find anywhere else. The premium plan also adds access to everything on the Showtime cable channel and livestreaming support for your local CBS network.

How much is Paramount Plus?

Paramount Plus has two plans: an ad-supported Essential plan for $8 a month ($60 a year) and an ad-free plan with Showtime for $13 a month ($120 a year).

All Paramount Plus memberships give subscribers access to the entire Paramount Plus collection of on-demand programs and select live sports, but the Essential plan is subject to commercial interruptions when streaming on demand.

Meanwhile, the premium plan with Showtime gives you ad-free streaming of on-demand content, live access to your local CBS station, and full streaming access to Showtime's entire library of programs. Since it's live, however, CBS streaming still features regular commercial breaks.

You can sign up for the Paramount Plus with Showtime or Paramount Plus Essential plans through the Paramount Plus website. The premium plan is also available as an add-on channel to Amazon Prime Video and Apple TV, in addition to several live TV streaming services.

Is Paramount Plus included with Walmart+?

Walmart Plus memberships include a Paramount Plus Essential subscription at no extra cost. Walmart Plus is a shopping service designed to compete with Amazon Prime. It costs $13 a month or $98 a year.

In addition to Paramount Plus, Walmart+ offers subscribers other perks, such as free shipping and fuel discounts. Check out our Walmart Plus guide for a full breakdown of the service.

Does Paramount Plus offer a free trial?

Paramount Plus is usually offering a one-week free trial for new members on all plans, whether annual or monthly. You can also get 25% off Paramount Plus if you're a US college or university student. This offer is only available for the monthly ad-supported plan. Students are eligible for the discount for a total of four years and will need to verify their student credentials.

Does Paramount Plus include Showtime?

Paramount Plus merged with Showtime in June 2023, allowing viewers to access content from both properties through one membership and app.

Showtime is now included by default with Paramount Plus' top tier. However, the cheaper Paramount Plus Essential plan does not include Showtime.

This development comes as other digital platforms have carried out similar mergers, with HBO Max and Discovery Plus bringing content together under their rebranded Max streaming service and Disney launching a "one-app experience" that allows Hulu and Disney Plus subscribers to watch content from both services in the Disney Plus app.

Can you watch live sports on Paramount Plus?

Paramount Plus lets you watch live CBS sports. The Essential and Premium plans both include support for streaming local NFL games on CBS, as well as some live soccer content like the UEFA Champions League.

That said, to get access to the platform's entire lineup of live sports — which includes The Masters, NCAA basketball ( key games from the men's March Madness tournament), PGA Tour, SEC football, and MMA — you need the Premium plan.

What devices can I use to watch Paramount Plus?

Paramount Plus is compatible with the following devices:

• iOS
• Android
• Chromecast
• Roku
• Apple TV
• Fire TV
• Portal TV
• Samsung smart TVs
• Vizio TVs
• LG TVs
• PlayStation 4
• Xbox One
• Xbox Series S
• Xbox Series X
• Xfinity Flex
• X1
• Cox Contour Box

Can you stream Paramount Plus in 4K, Dolby Vision, and HDR?

Select Paramount Plus titles can be streamed in 4K with HDR10, HDR10+, and Dolby Vision support. These formats are only available to Premium plan subscribers ($13/month) and are not supported on the cheaper Essential plan ($8/month).

Shows available in these advanced video formats are marked with "badges" on their title pages, while movies that support these formats mention them in their description boxes.

Paramount Plus supports streaming in 4K, Dolby Vision, and HDR10 on the following devices:

• Select Roku models
• Amazon Fire TV (Stick 4K, Cube)
• Select Android TV models
• Apple TV 4K

You can also stream select Paramount Plus titles with Dolby Atmos sound on some devices. Check out our guides to HDR and Dolby Atmos for full details on each format's capabilities.

What movies and shows can I watch on Paramount Plus?

Paramount Plus offers access to classic, new, and original programs from the likes of Nickelodeon, Comedy Central, BET, MTV, Paramount Pictures, and CBS. The Premium plan also adds live access to your local CBS network and on-demand access to Showtime.

Currently airing shows on CBS are available on-demand via Paramount Plus the day after they air on TV, so you can catch up on your favorites, including "Survivor," "SWAT," and "Ghosts," without a cable subscription. The streaming service hosts every episode of " Criminal Minds," including the initial CBS rollout and the current "Evolution" continuation exclusive to Paramount Plus.

Other popular procedural franchises, including "Blue Bloods," "CSI," "FBI," and "NCIS," are also available to stream. The service is an absolute hub for fans of "Star Trek," both the series and the movies. It also hosts most of Robert and Michelle King's award-winning dramas, like "The Good Wife," "The Good Fight," "Evil," and "Elsbeth."

Paramount Plus is also a great place to catch up on old Comedy Central shows. "Broad City," "Key & Peele," and several iconic Comedy Central celebrity roasts are all available on-demand on Paramount Plus. The app is also the next-day streaming home of "The Daily Show." Fans can watch the current 30th season in addition to seasons 28 and 29.

The streaming service is home to brand-new movies, including Paramount theatrical releases after they finish playing on the big screen, including titles like "Smile 2" and " Mission: Impossible — Dead Reckoning." Older films and shows are also available, including Paramount classics like "Top Gun."

Popular Paramount Plus original shows include " Mayor of Kingstown," "Lioness," "Halo," "Frasier," "iCarly," and " RuPaul's Drag Race All Stars." While the streaming service doesn't have "Yellowstone" (you'll have to look to Peacock for that), it carries other Taylor Sheridan series, including the "Yellowstone" spinoffs " 1883" and " 1923."

Check out our full breakdown of Paramount Plus movies and shows for a bigger overview of what this streaming service offers.

Is Paramount Plus available internationally?

Yes, Paramount Plus is available in select countries outside the United States, including the UK, Australia, Canada, Mexico, France, Italy, Chile, and other regions. For a full list of countries where Paramount Plus is available, you can check out the streaming service's global landing page. Below, we've highlighted some of the starting monthly prices in select regions.

Медиа: image / jpeg

Whether you sweat in your sleep, share the bed with a furry friend, or enjoy breakfast-in-bed, our sheets go through a lot. They collect dust, dirt, crumbs, hair, dead skin, and oil. So, it's important to know how to wash your sheets and how often to do so.

We've spent hours washing and drying sheets as part of testing for the best sheets. Many of these sheets have different cleaning requirements. While most bedsheets like cotton can withstand high temperatures, others, like our picks for the best linen sheets and best bamboo sheets have different care instructions. Even if you're sure your sheets are cotton, you'll want to read the care label before washing them. They may have coatings or other properties that don't work well with high heat, bleach, or ironing.

We talked to laundry and cleaning experts to learn more about the best procedures for washing your sheets. Read on for instructions on washing cotton sheets, linen sheets, and bamboo sheets.

How often should you wash your sheets?

All the experts we spoke with said you should wash your sheets once a week for a variety of reasons.

"Even if you are a very clean person and shower every day, after a few days your sheets become soiled with dead skin cells, sweat, body oils, and other gross stuff," said Jessica Samson, cleaning expert with The Maids.

Dust mites, microscopic spider-like pests, live on dead skin cells often found on bedding. "If you are sensitized to dust mites, and you have nasal allergies or asthma or eczema, you do benefit from dust-mite-avoidance measures," said Dr. Maya Jerath, an allergist-immunologist with the Barnes-Jewish West County Hospital. That includes regularly washing sheets, comforters, and stuffed animals and encasing mattresses and pillows in protective covers.

"If someone is sick in bed or prone to accidents (potty training children or pets, for example), you'll want to wash your sheets more frequently, and as soon as possible after any accidents," said Corinna and Theresa Williams, co-founders and co-CEOs of the eco-friendly laundromat Celsious, in an email.

Can you wash your sheets with your clothes?

Wondering if you can wash your sheets in the same load as your clothes or your towels? "Technically, yes," the Williams sisters said. Just be sure that you're not washing your sheets with anything that could snag or catch on the sheets, like bra closures or zippers.

How to wash sheets without bleach

Both Samson and the Williams sisters said there are ways to fully clean sheets without bleach. "First, you want to treat all stains before washing the sheets," said Samson.

She said most cotton sheets don't require special care and can be washed in hot water, but you should still read the labels.

"We're big proponents of not using chlorine bleach," said the Williams sisters. "It's harsh on fabric, which isn't good for longevity and can contribute to yellowing over time." Instead, they recommend an oxygen booster to treat stains and keep whites bright.

Bleach is harsh on sheets. Pretreating stains and using an oxygen booster can help keep them clean and bright. Oxygen boosters usually include sodium percarbonate and should be color-safe.

How to wash sheets in cold water

Washing bed sheets in hot water is important if you have dust-mite sensitivity. Dr. Jerath said to wash sheets once a week in water hotter than 130 degrees Fahrenheit.

"Always use the hottest water that your sheets can handle, and always read the label before cleaning your sheets," said Samson.

However, Corinna and Theresa Williams acknowledge that many people prefer to wash laundry in cold water to save energy. "If you like, add 1/4 cup of white vinegar to the rinse cycle to help flush out odor," they said, and run a warm or hot cycle monthly. Washing clothes at 140 degrees Fahrenheit will help kill viruses and bacteria.

How to dry sheets

To dry sheets, the Williams sisters recommend using the lowest heat setting possible. This will make your sheets last longer.

To avoid wrinkly sheets, be mindful of how you're drying your sheets. Move sheets to the dryer immediately after washing, the Williamses said. "Give them enough space in the dryer (do not fill more than half full), add dryer balls and take them out of the dryer to fold as soon as they are dry."

How to wash cotton sheets

"Your everyday sheets should not have complicated care instructions, and the material should be able to withstand warm or hot washes for hygienic reasons," said the Williams sisters.

They suggest looking at care instructions before buying sheets, then washing them on the warmest setting they can withstand.

The Williamses also recommend drying the best cotton sheets on low heat for longevity. You should also avoid fabric softener, which coats fibers and can affect sheets' absorbency.

How to wash linen sheets

"Linen sheets are prone to shrinking in the wash if you use the hottest setting," said Samson. She and the Williamses said to use lukewarm or cold water.

To keep linen soft, the Williams sisters add a 1/4 cup of white vinegar to the washer's fabric softener compartment and use dryer balls in the dryer. You should also dry linen sheets on low, they said.

If you don't like linen's natural wrinkles, you can use a steamer or warm iron, the Williams sisters said, as long as the label doesn't caution against it.

How to wash bamboo sheets

"Despite a lot of information circulating online about the durability of bamboo sheets, they are quite delicate and their lifespan can be significantly reduced if they are not cared for properly," the Williams sisters said. They recommend washing bamboo sheets on the cold or delicate cycle, and then drying them on a low setting.

Also, you'll want to avoid washing bamboo sheets with other colors. "Bamboo fibers tend to very easily absorb color dyes from other items in your load," the Williamses said, "so we only recommend washing with items the same color."

As is good practice before washing anything, be sure to check the care label before washing your bamboo sheets. Different brands have different care instructions, so always read the care label before washing.

The bottom line

Washing sheets is a balance between making sure they're actually clean and ensuring they last as long as possible. To get your bedsheets really clean, it's best to use hot water, over 130 degrees Fahrenheit to get rid of dust mites, and over 140 degrees to help kill viruses and bacteria.

However, some bedsheets don't withstand high temperatures well. You'll want to read the label for specific care instructions. Using bleach and fabric softener will negatively impact your sheets, as can drying them on high heat.

Медиа: image / jpeg

When you buy through our links, Business Insider may earn an affiliate commission. Learn more

When stepping out for a stroll this spring, you'll quickly learn that a brisk walk of any length is going to put strain on your feet. Fortunately, I've found there are some really well-cushioned sneakers designed to lessen that strain. The best walking shoes for women will feel supportive for your specific foot structure, minimize impact on your joints, and protect your foot tendons from damage.

I spoke to Elizabeth Daughtry, DPM, FACFAS, a podiatrist with Foot & Ankle Specialists of the Mid-Atlantic, who says that women are more prone to developing stress fractures. So by wearing the proper footwear now, you're actually doing preventive healthcare.

I researched and selected 20 walking sneakers and five walking sandals to test for this guide. Then, I walked in each pair for over 50 miles until I settled on a dozen that felt the most comfortable. Each pick I've highlighted proved to be supportive and worth the price. My top choice is the Adidas Ultraboost Light, which you can read about in detail below. For a really plush walking sneaker you can get for under $100, our team recommends the Ryka Devotion X.

Top 3 Walking Shoes:

Best overall: Adidas Ultraboost Light

Of the 20 walking shoes I tested, the Adidas Ultraboost Light were the pair I kept reaching for when headed out the door to run errands time and time again. These shoes weigh just 9.2 ounces and have a soft, textile upper, which Daughtry says is crucial in a great walking shoe as it offers more space and breathability for your foot.

The midsole is well-cushioned, which Daughtry also highlights to help with shock absorption and minimize added stress. After walking all day in these shoes, my feet felt pain-free and well-supported. The BOOST technology in the midsole offers a little bounce with every step. Though they are technically a neutral shoe, my high arches also felt well-supported on long miles, so they seem to be a good fit for all pronation types.

While I enjoyed walking in these shoes the most of everything I tested, it's a bonus that they're good-looking. They're also made from at least 20% recycled materials, sometimes more depending on which color you buy.

I know some people with wide feet who've found the plastic lace closures in this shoe dig into the top of their foot since that upper isn't rigid, but my feet are on the regular-to-wide side of the spectrum and I didn't find any issue with this. Otherwise, the major downside is these shoes are pricey (unless you catch them on sale).

Read more in my full Adidas Ultraboost Light review.

• Join our WhatsApp channel on mobile for more articles like this

Best budget: Ryka Devotion X

These Ryka sneakers are proof that you don't have to spend big to find supportive shoes for your feet. For just $80, the Devotion X have all of Daughtry's must-haves: a roomy knit upper for breathability on long, hot miles; responsive cushioning for shock absorption; an EVA proprietary foam that provides soft cushioning, including built-up cushioning in the midfoot for stability and arch support; and a padded heel. They even boast the Seal of Acceptance by the American Podiatric Medical Association.

These are one of the few shoes on our list designed specifically for walking, which means they don't have a meta-rocker or any unnecessary design features that come with some running shoes. After a 3-mile walk, I found these shoes to be incredibly comfortable. The knit upper is very soft and formed to my foot shape, so these shoes felt like a light hug but not at all tight. They were also extremely breathable and kept my feet from building up heat after multiple miles.

Style editors from our Insider Reviews team are in agreement. "By far my favorite feature of these is the layers of foamy padding on the outsole," writes Samantha Crozier. "It actually feels like walking on pillows — and each step is so bouncy these are downright buoyant."

"My size 8 foot is narrow and I like to lace my sneakers loosely to keep my blood circulating, but they still slip on and stay on without much adjusting," adds Gabrielle Chase.

The design isn't revolutionary so these shoes won't earn you a ton of compliments, but they're not noticeably unattractive.

The main downsides are that if you underpronate (supinate), the stability design for these shoes might throw off your biomechanics. Also, while the construction matches the price point here, these shoes aren't the most durable with minimal reinforcements in the knit upper, so if you wear through your shoes quickly, a budget option might not equal value for you.

Read more in our full Ryka shoes review.

Best arch support: Hoka Gaviota 5

Women with higher arches usually need additional support in their shoes or more stability in the midfoot area to prevent excessive flattening of the foot and arch, Daughtry says. I myself have high arches, and often find that running shoes leave my arches aching after 2 miles of walking. Among the 20 shoes I tested, the Hoka Gaviota 5 were the most supportive.

The Gaviota 5s have a similar amount of cushioning and weight to Hoka's best-selling Bondi shoe, but is infused with additional stability and a slightly higher heel drop to better support high arches. Because of the proprietary stabilizing frame in the shoe, the designers were able to also use a softer foam which I found incredibly plush under-foot.

The Gaviota 5 also has a mesh upper and wider forefoot base and toe box, which kept my feet cool and roomy (in a comfortable way, not a swimming-around-the-shoe kind of way). This shoe also has a plush tongue and collar that feels soft on foot. It boasts the American Podiatric Medical Association (APMA) Seal of Acceptance.

Note that this shoe does have a rocker design, which Daughtry says some people won't find as comfortable in a walking shoe. Also, the wider toe box design may mean this shoe is too wide for those with a narrow foot. Lastly, like most Hokas, the Gaviota 5 are one of the pricier shoes on our list. In my opinion, the design, quality, and craftsmanship makes them worth it if it's in the budget.

You can read about the best Hokas I've tested over the last decade for more of my favorite styles from the brand.

Best waterproof: Hoka Transport GTX

These waterproof sneakers are my choice for a lightweight alternative to rain boots. I wore them on multiple walks and hikes and found them to be very comfortable. The Transport GTX isn't as cushioned as other Hokas —more balanced than plush — but the EVA midsole felt comfortable for 1- to 3-mile walks.

Most of all, the waterproofing is a 10/10: I tromped through a pile of snow on one early spring testing walk and, where my husband's feet were soaked in normal sneakers, mine remained bone dry. That's because the upper is treated with GORE-TEX, which notably does cost you some breathability. But I loved that the upper was mesh for a roomy fit, while also being strategically reinforced to last against the elements.

I really liked the functionality of these shoes. The main laces are a pull-tab design so they're easy to secure or loosen, but unlike a lot of other similar designs, Hoka's quick-toggle lace neatly tucks away so the tail isn't flopping around. I also love that the shoes come with traditional laces, in case you don't like the quick-toggle design.

Note that these shoes have neutral stability, so they may not be supportive enough for people with high arches. And if you like a plush walking shoe, these might be too stiff on you.

Best for travel: Allbirds Superlight Tree Runners

Allbirds' SuperLight collection is one of our favorites we've tested from the brand. A key component of good walking shoes is being lightweight, and these are just about 5 ounces. We were already fans of their original Tree Runners, so this upgraded version makes perfect sense for anyone who likes their travel shoes to leave a light carbon footprint. We especially like wearing these in sweaty summer weather, thanks to their perforated eucalyptus fiber knit upper and airy sugarcane-based foam soles.

Style editor Samantha Crozier tested a pair and was impressed with their barely-there feel. "If you're going on a trip and want to take a pair of sneakers that will barely take up any weight or room in your suitcase, these are it. But even though they weigh almost nothing, they don't feel cheap or like they'll fall apart. Plus, I love the extra bit of padding on the heel right where most sneakers will give you blisters."

Read more in our full Allbirds SuperLight review.

Best cushioned: Puma Magnify Nitro 2

Cushioned walking shoes are great for anyone with special needs in their feet, be it extra high arches, flat feet, overpronation, or achy knees. Puma's Magnify Nitro 2 have the thickest piece of foam among all the shoes in Puma's line-up. Yet they're still very lightweight at just 8.07 ounces overall.

During testing, I found these shoes to be far less stiff and more comfortable across the entire foot on long-distance walks, compared to the high-cushion competitors I tested (like Hoka's Bondi 8).

Instead, the Puma's knit upper is breathable, forms to the foot, and feels very durable, as it's reinforced with its proprietary seamless tape. The molded heel collars were especially comfortable on long, hot walks. In my opinion, Puma has inserted highly-engineered features in all the right places while keeping the shoe streamlined overall to keep that weight down.

It's worth noting these shoes run a full size small, so I wore an 8.5 instead of my regular 7.5. And while I found the toe box to be very comfortable with my standard-to-wide feet, they might feel slightly too snug on wide feet.

Best retro: Under Armour Essential Runner Shoes

I lost count of the number of times friends complimented me on these shoes, only to follow with, "They're Under Armour!?" If you're looking for supportive walking shoes that will look just as good as they feel walking around cities and airports, the Under Armour Essential Runner Shoes are for you.

These retro-inspired walking shoes have a cushioned EVA midsole that feels perfectly supportive. They're not overly cushioned or stabilized as with the running-based shoes on this list, but they're also not stiff or cramped like with fashion sneakers of a similar design. The heel cup is cushy with a foam sockliner for extra comfort. The exterior is designed with a lightweight, breathable nylon upper and suede overlays strategically placed to not restrict the natural shape of your foot.

These shoes come in four colorways (some certainly more attractive than others). At 12 ounces, these sneakers aren't as light as some shoes on our list, but they're definitely not heavy, either. I've walked over two miles in them, and wore them for eight hours straight while traveling. The comfort and design of these shoes earned them top spot as my favorite city sneaker — especially considering they're very affordable.

Best chunky: CAT Intruder

Lug-sole boots, like those from Dr. Marten or Timberland, are ultimately too heavy to be comfortable walking shoes. That's why we suggest CAT Footwear instead.

These hypebeast-worthy sneakers, made by the streetwear arm of Caterpillar Tractor Co., were surprisingly comfortable to walk in for upwards of 45 minutes during testing. I won't pretend like they were nearly as comfortable as most winners on this list — but it's incredibly hard to find a cool-looking sneaker that is supportive and comfortable, so the CAT Intruder is worth putting forth.

These sneakers are made with a soft EVA foam footbed that feels responsive and comfortable underfoot. However, they have beefy lugs to deliver that workwear aesthetic, and because of this, they felt a bit stiff after an hour. However, they are still far more comfortable than most street shoes.

One important fact to highlight is that they're unisex, which means they aren't specifically designed for a woman's foot shape (which is typically narrower, with a higher arch and a mored tapered heel). That said, I think these actually fit women better than they would men. Unisex shoes usually cause female heels to slip out easier, but these shoes have a soft nylon mesh sock lining that's padded at the heel. I loved how much vertical coverage and cushy support these shoes offered, so I never felt any risk of slippage. Still, they aren't super supportive for high arches.

The Intruder Shoe is designed with upper panels of soft nylon that help to shave a little weight off and offer some breathability. Its exterior's suede overlays are pretty pervasive across the shoe's body. This add to their rugged aesthetic, but prevented them from being breathable. I didn't have an issue with my feet overheating during testing, but that may happen at the height of summer.

All in all, if you're looking for max comfort, this shoe isn't it. But if you're looking for a trendy silhouette that'll be far more comfortable to walk in than most other options, the CAT Intruders are certainly worth the mid-price point.

Best lightweight: Merrell Morphlite

I could not be more thrilled with the performance of this dark horse shoe. Merrell has long been a leader in the hiking shoe space, but in 2022, the brand renewed its place in the trail shoe category. The Morphlite is an incredibly lightweight, comfortable shoe that felt so good on long walks, I only wanted to keep wearing them.

These shoes are technically a road-to-trail shoe, which means their centers have shorter lugs for road running, and their perimeters have slightly-deeper lugs (2mm) to grip slippery trails.

While wearing a true trail shoe on concrete can often feel like a cleat, I found the Morphlite to be incredibly balanced and comfortable on both pavement and trails. That's likely due to the proprietary foam midsoles, which had a nice, balanced plushness between lightly foamy and firm.

After an hour of walking in these shoes, I did feel a bit of strain in the back of my arch and front of my heel, so they probably aren't ideal if you have extremely high arches or plantar fasciitis. But for the average foot, they're very comfortable.

The Morphlite's Jacquard recycled knit upper encases the foot for a very close fit. I like that this knit is strategically reinforced for harder trail wear. But if you have a high-volume foot, they might be too snug.

Best sandal: Teva Zymic Hiking Sandal

Whether you're going on "hot girl walks" or looking for a sandal to hike in, the Teva Zymic Hiking Sandal is incredibly comfortable right out of the box, and keeps your feet supported on long miles. It proved to be the best walking sandal of the five I tested.

Crafted with a dual-density foam footbed and a thick, responsive midsole, these walking sandals feel stable and only slightly cushy and bouncy under-foot (as in: definitely not too squishy). I tested them by wearing them for an entire day. Unlike with other walking sandals, my feet didn't feel sore underneath or strained on top. My arches were supported, and even on the first wear in 85 degree weather, I didn't get any hot spots.

These walking sandals use a four-strap system crafted from cushioned webbing, so they feel very soft against your skin and securely hold your foot in place. That way, none of your small tendons are being strained as you step, as with slides or flip-flops. The straps are easy to adjust around your toes and ankles, and very easy to take off, too.

I love that the outsoles have some traction so you can wear them on light hikes or in the water without slipping. Also, nearly all of the material in the shoe is partially or entirely recycled. These sandals come in four colors and, while they're certainly an outdoorsy aesthetic, they give off a cool retro vibe.

Read about how Tevas compare to another popular sport sandal in our full Chacos vs. Tevas review.

Best loafer: Vionic Uptown Loafer

One of our favorite loafers for women is especially ideal if your commute involves a lot of walking. Halfway between a sneaker and a loafer, this shoe is backed by Heeluxe's rigorous assessment that tests for fit, stability, cushioning, and flexibility. It comes in suede or leather in both medium and wide sizes.

"When I first put these on, I was impressed by the sturdiness around my ankles from the deep heel cups. These help weak ankles feel much more supported," says style editor Gabrielle Chase.

"The leather upper was very stiff to start with, but it softened after five or six wears. These are great if you have high arches, because the padding reaches all the way up the inner wall of the shoe," she adds. "

You can wear the Uptown Loafers just as you would walking sneakers — the lightweight, flexible soles can fold in half, and they have enough traction for stepping on uneven or slippery terrain.

The accordion design means I can flex my foot, and the shoe will flex with me. Still, they have enough structure to correct the position of my instep, meaning my arches are less sore at the end of a long day spent on foot."

Best winter boot: Sorel Kinetic Impact Caribou Plus

If you're looking for a walking shoe to keep you warm in a wintry mix, I recommend the Sorel Kinetic Impact Caribou Plus Waterproof Boots. They look and fit like a supportive sneaker, but offer the protection and warmth of a winter boot.

These insulated ankle boots have a waterproof suede upper and a rubber outsole. I walked in snow piles that covered the top forefoot of the shoe, and was surprised to find that absolutely no water seeped inside. They remained dry on the walk afterward, too (although, obviously, with an ankle cut, you can't go too deep in the snow). They're also surprisingly warm — the 100g of insulation is the perfect amount to keep your feet warm while walking (even in the below-freezing temps I experienced). Still, they're not overly warm, so they won't overheat when you go inside.

During testing, I wore these on winter walks long and short, as well as two full-days of airport travel. Not once did my feet feel tired or achy after hours of wear and movement, thanks to the lightweight, molded Livelyfoam midsole and supportive molded EVA footbed. The laces work well to ensure a snug fit to lock your foot in place for long walks, and the microfleece lining inside makes for a cozy wear without any moisture build up. Also, they're pretty lightweight for a winter boot at just 15.5 ounces, which helps minimize exhaustion.

These are good-looking compared to the generally lackluster styles of winter boots. I appreciate the sleek but down-to-earth aesthetic that means they match in a variety of situations when traveling. These walking boots feel built to last, and I also appreciated how easy the waterproof suede is to spot clean.

How we tested the best women's walking shoes

To determine the best walking shoes for women, I tested 20 sneakers and five walking sandals total. I wore each shoe on three or more walks. Some shoes proved to be too stiff, not supportive enough, or otherwise uncomfortable after just a quarter mile and were immediately put in "no" category.

For the sandals and sneakers that made it through the initial assessment, I walked in each pair for at least 2 miles, both outdoors on pavement and indoor on a treadmill or my walking desk, and continued to wear them for an entire day around the house and running errands to determine how breathable, stiff, and cushioned they feel after multiple hours of wear.

That means the final selections have proven that they are comfortable not only for walking multiple miles, but also for wearing for multiple hours if you're, say, walking around a city on vacation.

How to pick the best walking shoes for women

What to avoid

Even though most of us walk in whatever sneakers we already have on hand, there are certain categories of shoes that, according to Daughtry, you shouldn't wear walking more than 10 minutes:

• Fashion sneakers: Most stylish sneakers are designed with a more narrow toe box and low to no cushioning or support for better aesthetics. But the trade-off is zero shock absorption and more strain on your foot when walking.
• Certain running sneakers: Rocker-design running shoes tend to have higher heel drops. This design gives better propulsion and bounce when running but disrupts the natural stride while walking. Daughtry explains that a good walking shoe is less bouncy and gives a more natural cadence to your stride during the gait cycle.
  

What to look for

• Cushioning: This is the most important aspect of a walking shoe, Daughtry says. Sufficient cushioning will absorb the shock from repetitive pounding that our feet undergo with every step. If you know you have tender heels, see our guide to the best shoes for plantar fasciitis.
• Arch support: If you have high arches, you'll want a shoe with extra arch support to maintain ideal biomechanics (and avoid achy arches at the end of the day). Technically, you can add inserts to any shoe, but that can change the way the shoe fits overall, so often it's best to just opt for a shoe with great arch support from the start.
• Shape: Walking shoes should have a wide base, particularly in the toe box, so your toes can spread naturally, and overall distribute your weight evenly to avoid any muscle strains in your foot.
• Your gait: The way your feet strike the ground, or "pronate," influences where you need extra support in a shoe, as the goal is to have even pressure across your foot with each step. See our FAQ section below to learn what your shoes' wear pattern means.
• Support and stability: All shoes should feel supportive, but this is relative to whether you overpronate or remain neutral. If you overpronate, look for a stability shoe versus a neutral shoe.
• Weight: Look for a walking shoe that's between 8 and 12 ounces. Walking shoes usually feel a bit heavier than most trainers because they're well-cushioned, but the heavier the shoe, the more tired your feet will be on long days out walking.
• Traction: Most people are wearing a walking shoe on pavement, so any traction will work. If you're looking for a walking shoe to wear on trails, look for one with more tread.
• Breathability: A mesh upper is great in a walking shoe, as it offers more space and breathability compared to rigid leather.

FAQs

What is supination vs. overpronation?

Pronation is a bio-mechanical term that describes the way your feet roll and distribute impact as you step. There are three ways your foot may strike the ground: overpronation, supination, and neutral. Overpronators step with their heels rolled inward at a severe angle (putting them at a higher risk for twisted joints). Those who supinate, or underpronate, step without any significant inward roll of the heels, putting more pressure on the legs. People with neutral gaits hit the ground at a flat angle and should wear a stabilizing shoe that supports the midsoles.

How do I know if I supinate or overpronate?

Take a look at the soles of your most-worn shoes. Wherever they're the most faded, that's where you want extra cushioning in a walking shoe. If you overpronate, you'll see the tread is mostly rubbed off around the inner heels and edges. If you supinate, they'll be most worn down around the outer heels and perimeter of the soles. Neutral pronation shows the most wear at the ball of the foot and center of the heels.

Are Hokas worth it?

Yes, and our guide to the best Hokas lists the top styles from the last decade that we've found worth the spend. For example, the best Hokas for those who need extra stability are the Gaviota 5s. They're especially comfortable for overpronators with wide feet. Another top recommendation from this guide is the ultra-cushioned Bondi 8s, which we recommend for people who spend most of their day on their feet.

Медиа: image / jpeg

When you buy through our links, Business Insider may earn an affiliate commission. Learn more

The best 65-inch TVs offer a big-screen experience that's ideal for movies, TV shows, and sports. With the March Madness tournament in full swing, it's now the perfect time to snag a new set for viewing parties. However, the right 65-inch TV for your needs will vary depending on your budget and viewing habits.

To help narrow your search, our tech experts conducted extensive hands-on testing to select the best 65-inch TVs you can buy. We've been reviewing TVs for over a decade and have used that experience to inform our selection. The Samsung S90D 4K TV is our top pick overall. Thanks to its OLED panel and quantum dot technology, it delivers stunning contrast and a wide range of vibrant colors. But if that's too pricey, the Hisense U6N is the best 65-inch TV for budget-conscious shoppers. It boasts better picture quality than any other TV we've tested in its price range.

Below are all five of our picks for the best 65-inch TVs. Our carefully vetted recommendations cover every display type and price range, so you're sure to find something here to suit your needs.

Our top picks for the best 65-inch TVs

Best overall: Samsung S90D - See at Amazon

Best on a budget: Hisense U6N - See at Amazon

Best premium display: Sony A95L - See at Amazon

Best midrange model: TCL QM7 - See at Amazon

Best smart TV interface: Roku Pro Series - See at Walmart

Best overall

When factoring in performance and price, the Samsung S90D is the best 65-inch TV — and our pick for the best TV period — that you can buy. It wowed us in all our tests, and it can often be found for around $1,500 to $1,700, which is fantastic for such an impressive display.

Part of what makes the 65-inch S90D so impressive is the display's use of an OLED panel with quantum dots. Similarly priced LG OLED TVs are missing quantum dots, and this feature enables the S90D to produce brighter colors. Coupled with the TV's infinite contrast ratio, the S90D's quantum dot filter leads to gorgeous high-dynamic-range (HDR) images. In our testing, we measured a peak brightness of around 1,240 nits, which is excellent for a midrange OLED and about 200 nits more than Samsung's older S90C TV.

And though it's disappointing that Samsung doesn't support the Dolby Vision format, which can provide a more finely-tuned HDR image, the S90D's HDR10 and HDR10+ capabilities are so strong that we don't think most people will notice a difference. You can learn more about how various HDR formats compare in our HDR TV guide. The S90D also upscales lower-resolution content well, but it can't match the picture processing of high-end Sony displays.

Whether you're watching 4K movies in a dark room or enjoying sports in an average living room during the day, the S90D looks great. It also has wide viewing angles, so you can sit to the side without a loss in image quality. The smart TV interface is solid as well, though its navigation speed isn't as consistent as we'd like. We also ran into some glitches related to notification pop-ups and automatic app start-ups, but these issues should be easy to fix with firmware.

On the plus side, Samsung's OS is one of the few smart TV platforms supporting Xbox Game Pass, which lets members stream high-end games without a console. The TV also supports a high 144Hz refresh rate when paired with a PC, making this an ideal gaming display.

Buyers should note that a 2025 version of this TV, called the S90F, is set for release in the spring. The new model is expected to get even brighter but will cost more when it launches. Given current sale prices, we think the S90D is still an excellent buy and will likely remain the better value of the two for much of the year.

Check out our full guide to the best Samsung TVs.

Best on a budget

Hisense's U6N is our pick for the best 65-inch TV on a budget. Despite some performance tradeoffs, the U6N delivers incredible value at this size, with image quality that's a step above other similarly priced offerings.

Like the brand's older U6K TV, this budget-friendly TV uses a QLED display with local dimming. While there are direct competitors with those features, the U6N is one of the few TVs in this class that also uses Mini LED technology. Mini LEDs enable more precise control of a TV's light output to produce better contrast and less blooming (halos around bright objects). And though the U6K also had Mini LEDs, the U6N uses more dimming zones, which enables even better contrast performance.

But while the U6N's dimming performance is great for its class, black levels aren't quite as precise as they are on more expensive QLED sets. We also noticed some banding (blocky rather than smooth color gradients) when watching certain streaming apps, which is something that pricier sets handle better.

The U6N also has a dimmer image compared to premium QLEDs, so it's not ideal for rooms that let in a lot of light. That said, the TV's brightness is still solid for the money. We measured a peak of around 625 nits, and the TV produces highlights with just enough intensity to demonstrate the perks of high-dynamic-range content. And thanks to its quantum dot filter, the U6N offers a wide range of colors when watching HDR videos. You'll just want to view those videos from a centered view since colors distort if you sit at an angle.

Poor off-axis performance is the norm for budget TVs, but this drawback is important to keep in mind. And like most TVs in this price range, the U6N has a 60Hz screen rather than 120Hz. This means the TV can't support high-frame-rate modes on a PS5 or Xbox Series X/S. But with sale prices as low as $500, there simply isn't another 65-inch TV this cheap that can beat the U6N.

Check out our guides to all the best budget TVs and best TVs under $500.

Best premium display

Sony's A95L OLED is built for home theater enthusiasts. It's expensive, but the display edges out the picture performance of every other 4K TV we've reviewed.

Compared to its already impressive predecessor, the A95K, the A95L offers a big upgrade in one key area: peak brightness. We measured a peak of around 1,500 nits on a 5% test pattern with the TV set in its most accurate picture mode. That's a 50% increase over the previous model and one of the highest brightness levels we've ever seen on an OLED. This lets the TV display specular highlights (like explosions) with more realistic intensity when watching HDR content graded beyond 1,000 nits.

But while the A95L's brightness is impressive, the Samsung S95D, LG G4, and Panasonic Z95 OLEDs can surpass it. However, the A95L still distinguishes itself from competitors thanks to Sony's proprietary picture processing powered by its "Cognitive Processor XR." Though that sounds like marketing jargon, this tech makes a difference when optimizing the TV's images. Its HDR tone mapping is also more accurate than Samsung's. And unlike Samsung it supports Dolby Vision, so you'll get slightly better high-dynamic-range performance when watching Dolby Vision content.

The display complements its high-end picture with a premium design and a unique stand that can be attached in a low- or high-profile configuration. Low allows the TV to sit flush with your entertainment console, while high gives you enough room to put a soundbar in front.

The A95L also boasts reliable Google TV streaming and comes with a webcam that can be used for video calls and gesture controls, which is a cool extra perk. From image quality to design, the A95L fully earns its premium status. We wish it had more HDMI 2.1 ports and a 144Hz mode for PC gaming, but those omissions are minor compared to everything the A95L does right.

Though most people will be satisfied with a less expensive TV, the A95L is ideal for videophiles willing to pay a premium to get the best movie-watching experience. However, shoppers willing to wait should note that Sony is set to release a new version of this TV, called the Bravia 8 II, later this year. The Bravia 8 II promises even better picture performance, but pricing and an exact release date haven't been announced yet.

Best midrange model

TCL's QM7 is one of the best 65-inch TVs on a midrange budget. The display's QLED panel delivers a peak of around 1,700 nits, which makes it one of the brightest displays in its price range. This high brightness gives HDR images sparkling intensity and gives you plenty of headroom to pump up SDR (standard dynamic range) luminance to combat glare. This is especially useful when watching sports in a room with lots of windows.

Like its predecessor, the Q7 QLED, the QM7 has local dimming support. This feature allows the TV to precisely adjust its light output across specific zones. Even better, the QM7 uses Mini LEDs rather than the standard-sized LEDs found on the Q7. As a result, the display can pack in more zones, which leads to better contrast control.

This leads to excellent image performance, and we didn't notice any major blooming around bright objects during our review. That said, black levels aren't perfect, and they don't quite disappear into a dark room the way they would on an OLED model. And though decent, the TV's handling of lower-quality sources isn't as sharp and clean as we've seen on pricier sets from brands like Sony, LG, and Samsung.

Like most QLED TVs, viewing angles are also mediocre, so colors and contrast fade if you sit to the side of the display. On the plus side, the TV is well-equipped for gaming. It's one of the most affordable 144Hz displays on the market, which enables smooth gameplay when paired with a compatible PC.

We were also impressed by the TV's snappy Google TV interface, which offers access to all of the best streaming services. Some glitches did pop up during our testing, but nothing was bothersome enough to impact our overall experience.

Buyers should note that TCL just released a new 2025 version of this TV, called the QM7K, which promises an even brighter picture and improved dimming performance. However, the QM7K costs considerably more. We'll be testing the QM7K soon and will update this guide with more details in the coming weeks.

Read our TCL QM7 4K TV review.

Check out our guide to the best sports TVs.

Best smart TV interface

There are many smart TV interfaces out there, but Roku's OS (operating system) is our favorite for its ease of use. The brand's OS is available on some entry-level TVs from TCL and Hisense, but none of those options perform as well as Roku's own flagship Pro Series TV.

Like the TCL QM7, the Roku Pro Series features a QLED panel with a Mini LED backlight and local dimming. This gives it great control over its light output, with better black level and contrast performance than cheaper QLED TVs, like the Hisense U6N. It can also get much brighter than that model with over 1,000 nits of peak luminance.

That said, the Pro Series can't quite match the brightness or backlight precision of other QLEDs in this class, like the TCL QM7, and it's capped at 120Hz rather than 144Hz. It also suffers from poor viewing angles and reflections in bright rooms, but those are common drawbacks for most QLEDs.

Thankfully, the Roku Pro Series makes up for these cons with quick smart TV navigation and key design perks. The Roku homepage is simple to use and puts all your favorite apps upfront as large tiles that you can organize as you wish. We prefer this over the more content-heavy focus of other platforms, like the Fire TV OS, which can come across as a bit cluttered. Moving through services is speedy and we didn't encounter any major hiccups in our tests.

We also love the TV's compact remote, which charges via USB, so you don't need batteries. It has backlit keys, too, for easy use in a dark room. You can access voice search by speaking a wake word or by pressing a button on the remote. And if you ever lose the remote, it has a built-in speaker that will chime when you press a button on the TV.

This focus on user-friendly conveniences extends to the TV's stand as well. The left and right feet don't require tools to attach and instead use a knob system that you can turn with your hands. The stand can also be positioned in a high or low setting to make room for a soundbar.

There are other QLEDs with better image quality in this price range, but the Roku Pro Series is the best 65-inch TV for buyers who want an upper midrange display that emphasizes general ease of use.

Read our Roku Pro Series 4K TV review.

Check out our guides to all the best smart TVs and best Roku TVs.

How we test 65-inch TVs

To pick the best 65-inch TVs, our experts relied on hands-on testing bolstered by more than a decade's worth of experience reviewing home entertainment products. To test displays, we evaluate them for general picture clarity, contrast performance, HDR peak brightness, color, off-axis viewing, smart TV interface, and value for the money.

Brightness is measured using an X-Rite iDisplay Plus colorimeter. Other objective display capabilities are evaluated using test patterns found on the Spears & Munsil UHD HDR Benchmark 4K Blu-ray disc.

To get a sense of real-world performance, we also watch scenes from movies and TV shows with clips specifically selected to emphasize a display's black levels, highlights, color capabilities, and upscaling. Our demo material includes a mix of 4K, 1080p high-definition (HD), and standard-definition (SD) content from streaming devices, cable TV, and Blu-ray discs. We also watch content in different lighting conditions to evaluate bright-room and dark-room performance.

The best 65-inch TVs will also have excellent smart TV features, so we test overall navigation speed and app stability, voice search, digital assistant integration, and extra perks like game streaming support.

For more info on our review process, visit our page detailing how we test tech products.

65-inch TV FAQs

Is it worth buying a 65-inch TV?

If you have the space for it, we think 65 inches is the ideal size to consider when shopping for a new TV, especially a 4K model. Many brands use 65 inches as their flagship size to showcase their best 4K TVs, and this size is great for delivering big-screen immersion without taking up too much room. If you're looking for a media console or mount to use with a 65-inch TV, check out our guides to the best TV stands and best TV wall mounts for our top picks.

Of course, you can still find excellent TV models in smaller sizes if you need something more compact. Likewise, top displays are available in larger sizes if you want an even more immersive screen.

Check out our other size-specific guides for more display recommendations:

• Best 50-inch TVs
• Best 55-inch TVs
• Best 75-inch TVs
• Best 85-inch TVs
• Best 100-inch TVs

When will 2025 65-inch TV models be released?

Several TV brands announced new 65-inch TVs at CES in January 2025. LG has already launched preorders for its C5 and G5 OLED TVs, and TCL is selling its new QM6K and QM7K QLED TVs. However, pricing and specific release dates are still pending for most 2025 displays. Based on previous launch windows, we expect more new TVs to hit stores in the spring.

That said, 2024 TV models should remain available for the better part of the year and will likely be discounted to much lower prices than their 2025 counterparts. We'll be reviewing new 2025 models as they're released to determine which 65-inch models offer the best value.

For more details on upcoming 65-inch displays, check out our roundup of new TVs announced at CES 2025 and our breakdown of 2025 TV trends.

How much should you spend on a 65-inch TV?

Exactly how much you should spend on a 65-inch TV depends on your viewing needs. The best 65-inch TVs range in price from around $500 to over $3,000. You can also find cheaper entry-level 65-inch TVs for under $400, but we generally recommend paying more for one of our above-mentioned picks.

Buyers shopping for a midrange 65-inch TV should expect to spend $500-$1,000. In this price range, you can find 65-inch QLED TVs that offer advanced picture quality features, like local dimming, and good brightness performance that can reach 600-1,700 nits.

Buyers who want an upper-midrange or high-end 65-inch TV should be looking to spend $1,000-$3,000. You can find advanced 65-inch QLED TVs that deliver up to 3,000 nits of brightness in the $1,000-$2,000 range, while the best OLED TVs with infinite contrast ratios tend to sell for $1,600-$3,000.

The best 65-inch TVs often go on sale throughout the year, but the lowest prices are available during sales events like Prime Day and Black Friday and around major sports championships like the Super Bowl and March Madness.

How far should you sit from a 65-inch 4K TV?

The benefits of a 4K screen become most noticeable when you sit at a distance of around one to 1.5 times the size of your TV. At that distance, you'll be able to see the extra detail that 4K resolution offers compared to a 1080p high-definition screen. The ideal viewing distance for a 65-inch 4K TV should be between 5.4 and 8.1 feet from your TV.

You can sit farther away and still enjoy a 65-inch 4K TV, but that range will yield the best visible detail. Otherwise, you'll want a bigger screen to get the full benefits of 4K.

Should you purchase a 65-inch 8K TV?

Though some brands do sell 65-inch 8K TVs, we don't recommend buying one in this screen size. When viewing it at a reasonable distance, 65 inches just isn't big enough to show off the benefits of an 8K resolution screen.

A 75-inch or larger 8K TV is better suited for highlighting the additional detail you get with 8K resolution, but even then, the benefits are subtle. We recommend saving money and going with a 4K model if you want a 65-inch TV.

Do 65-inch TVs have good sound quality?

Though the best 65-inch TV models have better built-in speaker systems than smaller displays, performance is still limited compared to a separate soundbar or surround sound setup. Speakers integrated into most TVs use small audio drivers that can lead to weak bass and muddy dialogue.

We recommend buying a soundbar to improve audio performance. For the most immersive experience, look for models that support Dolby Atmos, a spatial audio format that can spread sound effects around your room.

Check out our speaker and soundbar guides to see our top recommendations:

• Best soundbars
• Best budget soundbars
• Best Dolby Atmos soundbars
• Best soundbars with subwoofers
• Best Bose soundbars
• Best Sonos soundbars
• Best surround sound systems

Do TVs include free access to local networks?

The best 65-inch TVs all feature integrated digital tuners that allow you to hook up an antenna (sold separately) to receive free over-the-air (OTA) broadcasts. So long as you have good reception in your area, you can watch local channels like ABC, NBC, CBS, and Fox without a cable subscription.

Check out our guide to the best indoor TV antennas to see our top recommendations. And if you're willing to pay for a subscription to access more channels, check out our guide to the best live TV streaming services.

Best overall: Samsung S90C

When it comes to balancing performance and price, Samsung's S90C is the best 65-inch TV — and our pick for the best TV period — that you can buy. For the money, there simply isn't a better display out there.

Unlike OLED TVs from LG, the S90C uses quantum dots to enable brighter colors. Coupled with the TV's infinite contrast ratio, the S90C's quantum dot filter leads to gorgeous high dynamic range ( HDR) images. We measured an impressive peak brightness of around 1,000 nits during our testing. You'd have to pay $700 more to get a 65-inch OLED that delivers better picture performance than this.

And though it's disappointing that Samsung doesn't support Dolby Vision, which can provide a more finely-tuned HDR image, the S90C's HDR10 and HDR10+ capabilities are so strong that we don't think most people will notice a difference. The TV also upscales lower-resolution content well, though it can't quite match the picture processing you'd get on a high-end Sony display.

Whether you're watching 4K movies in a dark room or just flipping through cable channels in a bright living room, the S90C looks fantastic. The smart TV interface is solid as well, though we still prefer other platforms like Roku OS. On the plus side, Samsung's operating system is the only smart TV platform supporting Xbox Game Pass so that you can stream high-end games without a console. The TV can even support a high 144Hz refresh rate when paired with a gaming PC.

Read our Samsung S90C OLED 4K TV review.

Best on a budget: Hisense U6K

Hisense's U6K is proof that you can still snag a great 65-inch TV on a budget. Though there are some performance tradeoffs compared to our more expensive picks, the U6K delivers incredible value at this size.

This budget-friendly TV uses a QLED display with local dimming and quantum dots. And while you might find some similarly priced options from competitors with those features, the U6K is the only TV in its price range that also uses Mini LED technology. Mini LEDs can enable more precise control of a TV's dimming zones to produce better contrast and less blooming.

The U6K's dimming performance is great for its class, but its black levels aren't as deep as you'd see on more expensive sets. The U6K also has limited brightness compared to high-end QLEDs, so it's not as good for rooms that let in a lot of light.

But at a peak of around 600 nits, we found that the TV can still deliver highlights with just enough pop to show off the benefits of high dynamic range content. And thanks to its quantum dot filter, it delivers an expanded range of colors when watching HDR programs. You'll just want to be watching those programs from a centered view since colors and contrast faded when we sat off to the side in our testing. However, this level of off-axis performance is the norm for TVs in this price range.

For a common sale price of around $500-$550, there simply isn't another 65-inch TV that balances price and performance quite like the U6K.

Read our Hisense U6K 4K TV review.

Best midrange model: Hisense U7K

You can find plenty of 65-inch TVs in the $800 price range, but few deliver all the picture quality perks that you get with Hisense's U7K. Like the U6K, the U7K uses quantum dots for wide color support and a Mini LED backlight, but this model steps things up with more dimming zones and a brighter picture.

With a peak brightness of around 1,000 nits, the U7K gets plenty bright and delivers great HDR performance. It supports all major formats, including HDR10+ and Dolby Vision. Contrast is also great for a QLED thanks to the TV's Mini LEDs and local dimming, which enables it to adjust brightness across precise zones.

Black levels are also excellent for a TV of this type, but while reviewing the set, we found local dimming fluctuations to be a bit more noticeable than on pricier QLEDs. The U7K's Google TV interface can lag a little, too, and the display has mediocre viewing angles, so this isn't the best 65-inch TV for viewers who plan to sit off-center from their display. We recommend going with an OLED TV or one of Samsung's high-end QLEDs, like the QN90C, to get better off-axis quality.

But considering its low price, it's hard to find much fault with the U7K's picture performance. It even manages to pack in a 120Hz panel that can go up to 144Hz with a PC for high-frame-rate gaming. If you just want a great all-around 65-inch QLED for under $1,000, the U7K should be at the top of your list.

Read our Hisense U7K 4K TV review.

Best for home theaters: Sony A95L

Sony's A95L OLED is built for home theater enthusiasts. It's expensive, but the TV beats the Samsung S90C's picture performance in every way. In fact, it edges out the picture performance of every other 4K TV on the market.

Compared to its already impressive predecessor, the A95K, the A95L offers a big upgrade in one key area: peak brightness. We measured a peak of around 1,500 nits with the TV set in its most accurate picture mode. That's a 50% increase over the previous model and the highest brightness performance we've ever seen on an OLED. This lets the TV display specular highlights with more realistic intensity when watching HDR content that's graded beyond 1,000 nits.

The A95L also sets itself apart from competitors thanks to Sony's proprietary picture processing powered by the company's "Cognitive Processor XR." Though that sounds like marketing jargon, this tech does actually make a difference when it comes to optimizing the TV's images. Its HDR tone mapping is also more accurate than Samsung's, and it supports Dolby Vision, so you'll get superior high dynamic range performance.

The display complements its high-end picture with a premium design with a unique stand that can be attached in a low- or high-profile configuration. Low allows the TV to sit flush with your entertainment console, while high gives you enough room to put a soundbar in front.

The A95L also boasts reliable Google TV streaming and comes with a webcam that can be used for video calls and gesture controls, which is a cool extra perk. From image quality to design, the A95L fully earns its premium status. We do wish it had more HDMI 2.1 ports and a 144Hz mode for PC gaming, but those omissions are minor compared to everything the A95L does right. Though most people will be satisfied with a less expensive TV, the A95L is ideal for shoppers willing to pay a premium to get the best movie-watching experience.

Best for high brightness: TCL QM8

If you want a bright display, the TCL QM8 is easily one of the best 65-inch TVs you can buy. The QM8's QLED panel can deliver a peak of around 2,000 nits, which makes it among the brightest TVs on the market. This impressive brightness makes HDR images pop while enabling better SDR performance in rooms that let in a lot of ambient light.

Of course, it's not enough for a TV to just get really bright. A display must also have excellent control over its light output to maintain great image quality. And thankfully, the QM8 does just that. With its Mini LED backlight and local dimming capabilities, the TV is able to precisely adjust its contrast to produce deep black levels and vibrant specular highlights, and we didn't encounter any notable blooming around bright objects during our review. You also get extensive gaming features, with 144Hz support when paired with a PC.

On the downside, like most QLED TVs, the QM8's viewing angles are mediocre, which causes colors to fade and contrast to distort if you sit to the side of the display. And though the TV looks fantastic in bright rooms thanks to its high light output, we noticed that its anti-reflective coating can cause a rainbow-streak effect when it reflects certain overhead lights. If you want a similarly bright 65-inch QLED without these issues, we recommend the Samsung QN90C, but you'll have to pay at least $500 more.

The QM8 uses the Google TV operating system with access to popular streaming apps, and it includes a Google Assistant voice remote. Navigation is snappy, and performance is a bit smoother than what we encountered on the Hisense U8K, which is the QM8's direct competitor. However, we did run into an odd WiFi issue with our internet setup that caused false "WiFi Not Connected" messages to pop up. This appears to be an isolated problem, though, and not one that other customers have experienced.

Despite minor quirks, the TCL QM8 is a true standout for the money, with a bright QLED panel that offers high-end image quality for a midrange price.

Read our TCL QM8 4K TV review.

Best designer display: Samsung Frame TV

The Samsung Frame TV is perfect for buyers who want a 65-inch display that can blend seamlessly into their living room decor. Built with an emphasis on design, the TV features interchangeable bezels and a matte screen that can make it look like a piece of art hanging on your wall.

The bezels come in different styles that magnetically attach to the display. The Frame also comes with a Slim-Fit Wall Mount that lets you hang it flush against your wall. And unlike most TVs, the Frame uses a separate One Connect Box to house all of its ports, so you just need one cable running from the display. If you need to connect a cable receiver, streaming device, or gaming console, you simply hook those up to the TV's external box, which gets rid of all those unsightly wires on your wall.

The screen features a matte finish rather than the glossy look of most modern TVs. This helps reduce reflections and gives the Frame a canvas-like appearance. The Frame also has an "Art Mode," which lets it display paintings, photos, or other images when not in use as a TV. Built-in motion sensors can be activated so the Art Mode turns on when the TV senses someone in the room. You can use your own images or have the Frame cycle through art from Samsung's Art Store (subscription required).

But while the Frame's design is high-end, its picture quality is a mixed bag. The QLED panel offers wide color support, but brightness is limited compared to Samsung's top QLEDs. It also lacks local dimming, which results in the worst contrast and black-level performance of any 65-inch TV in this guide.

The Frame isn't geared toward wowing you with high dynamic range imagery. Instead, it's meant to appeal to buyers who want a 65-inch display that can serve as both a design piece for their living room and a capable smart TV for casual viewing. And in that sense, it excels.

Best OLED for wall mounting: LG G3

Those who want a design-focused 65-inch TV that also manages to deliver top-notch home theater performance should check out the LG G3.

Like the Samsung Frame, it has a thin profile and a flush wall mount so that you can hang it on your wall with virtually no gap. But unlike the Frame, the G3 uses an OLED panel for superior picture quality with much better contrast, black levels, and viewing angles. You do miss out on the Frame's matte screen, separate connection box, and interchangeable bezels, but the jump in image performance is substantial.

And despite not using quantum dots like high-end OLEDs from Sony and Samsung, the G3 is one of the brightest OLEDs on the market, coming second only to Sony's more expensive A95L. This high brightness is also what sets it apart from its fantastic predecessor, the G2 OLED TV. During our tests, we measured a peak of around 1,470 nits on the G3, while the G2 topped out at around 1,000.

But while the G3 looks gorgeous on a wall, it's not a top pick if you plan to put it on an entertainment console. It doesn't even come with a stand, so you'd have to buy one separately, which adds to the cost, and we don't like how the panel tilts back slightly when it's attached to its stand. The G3 is still a great value for its performance, but you're better off sacrificing brightness and going with the less expensive S90C if you want a 65-inch OLED that comes with a stand.

How we test 65-inch TVs

To pick the best 65-inch TVs for our guide, we used a combination of hands-on testing and research bolstered by more than a decade's worth of expertise covering the home entertainment product industry. When we test displays, we evaluate them for general picture clarity, contrast performance, HDR peak brightness, color, off-axis viewing, smart TV interface, and value for the money.

Brightness is measured using an X-Rite iDisplay Plus colorimeter. Other objective display capabilities are evaluated using test patterns found on the Spears & UHD HDR Benchmark 4K Blu-ray disc.

To get a sense of real-world performance, we also watch scenes from movies and TV shows with clips specifically selected to emphasize a display's black levels, highlights, color capabilities, and upscaling. Our demo material includes a mix of 4K, 1080p high definition (HD), and standard definition (SD) content from streaming devices, cable TV, and Blu-ray discs.

The best 65-inch TVs will also have excellent smart TV features, so we test overall navigation speed and app stability, as well as voice search, digital assistant integration, and extra perks like game streaming support.

65-inch TV FAQs

Is it worth buying a 65-inch TV?

If you have the space for it, we think 65 inches is the ideal size to consider when shopping for a new TV, especially a 4K model. Many brands use 65 inches as their flagship size to show off their best 4K TVs, and this size is great for delivering big-screen immersion without taking up too much room.

However, you can still find excellent TV models in smaller sizes if you need something more compact. Check out our guide to the best 55-inch TVs for our top picks at that size.

How much should you spend on a 65-inch TV?

Exactly how much you should spend on a 65-inch TV depends on your viewing needs. The best 65-inch TVs range in price from around $500 to more than $3,000. You can also find cheaper entry-level 65-inch TVs for under $400, but we generally recommend paying a bit more to get one of the options we highlight above.

Buyers shopping for a midrange 65-inch TV should expect to spend $500-$1,000. You can find 65-inch QLED TVs in this price range that offer advanced picture quality features, like local dimming, and good brightness performance that can reach 600-1,000 nits.

Buyers who want an upper-midrange or high-end 65-inch TV should be looking to spend $1,000-$3,000. You can find advanced 65-inch QLED TVs that deliver up to 2,000 nits of brightness in the $1,000-$2,000 range, while the best OLED TVs with infinite contrast ratios tend to sell for $1,600-$3,000.

How far should you sit from a 65-inch 4K TV?

The benefits of a 4K screen become most noticeable when you sit at a distance of around one to 1.5 times the size of your TV. At that distance, you'll be able to see the extra detail that 4K resolution offers compared to a 1080p high-definition screen. The ideal viewing distance for a 65-inch 4K TV should be between 5.4 and 8.1 feet from your TV.

You can sit further away and still enjoy a 65-inch 4K TV, but that range will yield the best level of visible detail. Otherwise, you'll want a bigger screen to get the full benefits of 4K.

Should you purchase a 65-inch 8K TV?

Though some brands do sell 65-inch 8K TVs, we don't recommend buying one in this screen size. 65 inches just isn't big enough to really show off the benefits of an 8K resolution screen when viewing it at a reasonable distance.

A 75-inch or larger 8K TV is much better suited for highlighting the additional detail you get with 8K resolution, but even then, the benefits are subtle. We recommend saving money and going with a 4K model if you want a 65-inch TV.

Медиа: image / jpeg

When you buy through our links, Business Insider may earn an affiliate commission. Learn more

When it comes to finding the best work bags for women, the stakes are high. These bags need to seamlessly blend style with function, offering ample space for your laptop and essentials, all while keeping everything organized. Beyond that, they should be sleek and easy to carry while being chic enough to elevate your professional look. The perfect work bag is not just an accessory—it's a tool that helps you navigate your day with confidence and ease.

After testing dozens of the best totes, the best backpacks, and the best convertible backpack totes over the years, we've handpicked the top of the top. Each bag on our list is one we trust and wear ourselves, ensuring that it checks all the boxes for durability, functionality, and, of course, style.

Among our favorites are Dagne Dover, known for their masterful interior organization, and KAAI, which brings you high-end totes that exude premium quality. Whether you're looking for a sleek and sophisticated option or a versatile, multitasking bag, this guide to the best work bags for women has something to suit every professional's needs.

A quick look at five of the best work bags for women we tested:

Best overall: Dagne Dover Allyn Leather Tote

The Allyn Leather Tote gets our best overall award because it looks like a slim, unobtrusive tote but it can fit absolutely everything and more.

This work bag has the best internal organization features of any tote we've tested. It has a neoprene laptop sleeve, a snap-in water bottle insert, a key leash, and tons of smaller zippered and unzippered pockets. There's also a place for bulky chargers and two slim pen pockets that I put lipstick in.

My favorite compartment is the phone-sized slip pocket on the outside, which I use all the time. It's the perfect pocket for easily accessing your phone on a crowded subway.

Another one of the best parts about this bag is how wide it opens, so you won't have to go blindly digging for anything. But despite how much it holds, the bag has a manageable silhouette that isn't bulky at all, even on my five-foot-two frame.

Read our full Dagne Dover Allyn Leather Tote review to find out why this bag continues to earn the coveted top spot.

Best luxury: Kaai Pyramid Bag

The stylish Pyramid Bag is one of the more expensive picks on this list. But the quality of the materials and the craftsmanship mean that you get what you're paying for.

It's made from scratch-proof leather that won't discolor or wilt in the rain. This is a higher grade of leather and far more durable than other kinds of materials like pebbled leather, vegan leather, or genuine leather. So, even if this pick is more expensive, it is likely to last a lot longer than other choices.

The blue suede inner is the most high-quality lining of all the bags on this list. When I first tested this bag, I nearly gasped when I first felt it. The buttery soft lining makes this bag really stand out as a luxury pick.

There are subway-friendly details like little metal feet on the bottom that keep your bag from touching the floor and two phone-sized slip pockets on the outside.

Plus, it comes in two other sizes — the Midi Pyramid (which can fit up to a 13.5-inch laptop) and the Mini Pyramid (more of a handbag size).

Best budget: Quince Italian Leather Triple Compartment Tote

The Italian Leather Tote from Quince is a great, simple tote that will check all your boxes if you're looking for a basic work bag on a budget.

It's a fantastic deal at under $150 for Italian leather. Similar bags cost twice as much. Plus, this one also comes with bells and whistles like a dust bag that is usually only included in more expensive purchases

The bag even has little metal feet, which I love as a feature but many work bags lack.

If there's one criticism I have of this bag, it's the lack of pockets with zippers. The only zippered compartment is the center pocket that's meant for a laptop. Other than that, there are three open pockets in the interior that are big enough for a cell phone.

The tote is also not lined, which doesn't make too much of a difference when you're using it, but the interior is not as luxurious as most of the bags on this list. However, it does mean that the interior is wipe-clean, which is blessedly low maintenance.

See our full review of Quince to check out our team's favorite pieces we've tested.

Most stylish: Parisa Wang Gabrielle 35

When I first saw this bag, I immediately wanted to use it as a purse. The fact that the Gabrielle 35 fits a 13-inch laptop, comes with a shoulder strap, and has tons of pockets are all practical bonuses that felt too good to be true.

The suede exterior and gold hardware details are beautiful and well-crafted. The full-grain goatskin suede is luxurious and soft to the touch. And the hardware is so shiny and lustrous that it makes complete sense that it is plated with real gold. As evidenced by the quality of the materials, the brand is super choosy about who their manufacturing partners are.

Parisa Wang brand partners with artisans who typically work with top luxury brands like The Row and Prada, and you can absolutely feel the quality. In fact, the Gabrielle 35 looks and feels like the ultra-coveted suede Margaux bag from The Row (which will run you $5K or more). But dare I say that the Gabrielle is cuter?

The bag also has pockets galore. Inside, you can find one slip pocket and one zippered pocket. And on the outside, there are two huge exterior pockets with magnetic closures. When I used the bag as a carry-on, I found these pockets to be incredibly helpful for storing quick-access items like a boarding pass and passport.

It also makes a great canvas for bag charms, which are the accessory of the moment right now. I got the beautiful oyster charm pictured above from Lovard.

Roomiest: Coach Brooklyn 39

Though Coach's Brooklyn 28 is the internet's favorite midsize everyday bag, the scaled-up Brooklyn 39 is the tote's high-achieving older sister.

It's large enough to fit a 15-inch laptop, which is big for a bag that looks more purse than practical. But looks can be deceiving, and this bag can hold more than almost any other tote on this list.

The Brooklyn 39 is so roomy that I call it my Mary Poppins bag. For people who like to take an extra pair of shoes to work, this will absolutely hold your heels while you commute in sneakers. I once packed a whole outfit change, shoes included, and could still fit my laptop and everything else I needed for work.

It doesn't have an internal organization system, but it makes up for that by being miraculously light. Some of our favorite totes have bells and whistles, like built-in laptop sleeves, but the interior of this tote is just unlined leather. Because of this, it is incredibly light for its size. This also makes the tote super versatile since you're not restricted by pockets you may not always need.

Best laptop compartment: Bandolier Tote Bag

The Bandolier tote is made of pebbled leather and has a built-in compartment for the most essential item in your work bag: your laptop.

The padded sleeve fits laptops up to 15 inches and has a snap closure. This is a little less secure than a zippered compartment but also allows you to use it for books or folders if you don't carry a laptop.

The straps have reinforcement where the bag rests on your shoulder so they won't cut into you if you carry something heavy. This is my favorite detail about this bag — and one that makes a big difference when you're seriously schlepping.

It comes with a cute coin purse that you can hang on the outside.

The organizational features are simple but functional. Inside; you'll find a zippered pocket, a few open compartments, and a special sunglass-storing space. There's nothing overly inventive, but this also means that you won't have tons of extra pockets for things to get lost in.

Best open-top: Polene

In the past couple of years, Polene has risen from a French indie brand to an it-girl mainstay. With the rise of quiet luxury, this well-crafted, logo-free luxury label is more desirable than ever. In my opinion, the piece de resistance of the brand's handbag line is this sculptural yet organic-looking tote, the Cyme.

You can wear the bag two ways — with the folds open or closed. Open, the bag has an artful, bucket-like shape and bowed bottom. When you tuck the folds in, the Cyme looks like a tulip.

Aesthetically, the Cyme is beautiful and inspired; who knew that there could be a creative new take on the shape of a tote? And there's a version for every style, from one with a fuzzy Alpaca exterior to casual canvas to most neutral leather colors.

Plus, it absolutely fits everything I need, including a 14-inch MacBook and a sweater. These are surprisingly easy to tote, especially since the bag has a set of smaller handles that make it natural to maneuver. If you drive to work each day, this might be the perfect fashionable work bag for you.

However, if you commute on public transportation like the subway, the Cyme introduces some security concerns. The funnel-like shape means that the opening is very wide. And there's no zipper, which means there's no way to secure your belongings. The leather ties also often come undone.

The bag does come with a zippered pouch that you can fasten to the interior, though. So when I take it on the subway, I keep my phone, keys, and wallet in the pouch and leave non-valuables like a sweater, a book, and a water bottle on the outside.

Best vegan: Freja Paloma

I got Freja's Paloma Tote in Latte after seeing the vegan leather brand all over Instagram. I absolutely love both gold hardware and work bags with a simple but unique style, so I'm partial to the aesthetics of this stunning bag.

This bag can hold a ton due to its roomy shape. I've put a 16-inch laptop, a book, a water bottle, a jacket, a charger, and all my small essentials in it with absolutely no issues. Honestly, it could probably also fit lunch, a makeup bag, and a whole 'nother laptop if necessary. The straps are also thick enough that they won't dig painfully into your shoulders if you're seriously schlepping.

The inside is just as pretty as the outside, with shiny hardware and a gold-brown lining that feels like vegan suede. Plus, the Paloma Tote also has lots of inner compartments— zippered and unzippered — for essentials.

One thing that might be a concern is that the middle zippered compartment doesn't fully close. The bag is designed so that there are gaps at either end, which gives it that pretty silhouette. But this isn't a great choice to double as a carry-on since putting it under the seat may lead to items slipping out. However, the brand does pitch this as a chic water bottle slot, so it might be a pro for you.

Read our full Freja review to see our other favorite picks from the brand.

Best structured: Dagne Dover Signature Tote

Available in two sizes, Dagne Dover's Signature Tote is the best work bag for women who want structured elegance. The saffiano-style vegan leather looks just like real leather, and it's just as durable, too.

It has almost all of the same organizational bells and whistles as our best overall pick. "Some of Dagne Dover's most popular features incorporated into the bags — like the water bottle holder, padded laptop compartment, and key leash that makes your keys easier to find — are also some of my favorites," says Sally Kaplan, executive editor, Insider Reviews.

The structured silhouette makes this a slightly more formal option. If your office attire consists of blazers and skirts, this bag will go perfectly.

The shape and size of the handle make it easy to carry over the shoulder even when you're wearing a bulky coat.

After testing the larger version of this bag, our recommendation is to stick to the medium size unless you need to carry a large backpack or need to haul around a lot of stuff.

See our full review of the Dagne Dover Signature Tote here.

Best backpack: Apex Troubadour 3.0

This highly functional commuter bag topped our list of the best work backpacks for good reason.

Firstly, it's constructed with lightweight, waterproof fabric spun from recycled plastic bottles — and even the zippers are waterproof, meaning I never have to worry about my gear getting wet on a rainy commute.

Not only that, but everything is designed with easy access in mind: for example, the shoulder strap pocket allows me to quickly grab my phone or keys, and the dual elasticated 1-litre bottle holders make it simple to hydrate in a cinch.

Most importantly, though, what I appreciate about the Apex 3.0 is that I have peace of mind my devices and other valuables are protected. The tech section is engineered with protective cushioning to safeguard my laptop from damage, and the lockable main compartment (where I stash my wallet) even features an AirTag pocket just in case I misplace my bag.

The reason the Apex 3.0 tops this list, though, is because, in addition to functionality, it also delivers on comfort — which is crucial when I'm toting it to and from the office every single day. The ergonomic design includes sculpted and padded shoulder straps and a breathable back panel. Did I mention that it looks sleek as heck, and maintains its shape no matter how little or how much I'm storing inside it?

By the way — Troubadour is so confident in the quality of this backpack that they offer a five-year guarantee, meaning they'll repair anything that goes wrong within that time frame. — Rebecca Strong, freelance writer, Insider Reviews.

Best tote: Cuyana Easy Tote

Cuyana's Classic Easy Tote is our top pick for the best tote bag because it's chic, durable, flexible but not floppy, and can fit a huge amount of stuff. And though it looks like a basic tote at first glance, there are actually a ton of thoughtful details that have gone into the design of the bag.

Two sets of straps mean you can carry the tote like a handbag, or you can use the longer set of straps to throw it over your shoulder. Internally, there is a small pocket for things you need to grab frequently, and there's a tie you can use to close the bag up a little more if you want.

Cuyana also makes several accessories, like the Classic Tote Insert, for organizing the interior of your bag. These are great if you like a bit more structure or interior protection since the soft Italian leather is unlined inside.

I've had my bag for about 4 years now and I've taken it on every vacation, flight, weekend trip, and long car ride in that time. It fits an unbelievable amount of stuff, but it also doesn't look floppy or silly if I just put a few things in it.

On a usual vacation, this bag will hold two pairs of shoes, my giant Dyson blow dryer, a hair brush, my toiletry and makeup bags, a scarf or sweater, and a couple snacks. I use the interior tie to keep it closed when I have to shove it under my seat on a plane, but they also make a zippered version of the Easy Tote if you prefer the added security. Just note that you may not be able to shove quite as much stuff in it if you wanted to zip it closed. —Sally Kaplan, executive editor, Insider Reviews.

Reddit favorite: Strathberry Tote

The Strathberry Tote isn't designed as a work tote, so you won't find features like a padded laptop compartment. But it's still big enough to fit everything you need. And if you don't carry a laptop to work, you can also get it in Midi and Nano sizes.

Strathberry is Reddit's favorite brand. I first learned about Strathberry while browsing the r/handbags Reddit forum, which is filled with exacting handbag enthusiasts who are quick to criticize quality. The subreddit has a huge contingent of users who are passionate about holy grail, mid-tier luxury picks that are made with the same quality and craftsmanship standards as brands like Gucci and Hermes. And the brand they always rave about is Strathberry.

Each Strathberry piece takes an artisan a minimum of twenty hours to complete. This is absolutely apparent when you look at the stitching and feel the leather. The suede lining is also beautiful to touch and the hardware is shiny and expensive-looking.

This is a work bag literally worthy of royalty since Strathberry is a favorite of royals like Meghan Markle and Kate Middleton. The only drawback is that it's one of the more expensive picks on this list, but it's also one of the picks with the highest level of craftsmanship.

Strathberry also made our list of the best purse brands you may not have heard of.

Best splurge: Senreve Maestra Bag

Brace yourself to be approached by inquiring minds wanting to know where your bag is from. The Maestra is a convertible tote that began trending as one of the best work bags for women on the basis of just how adaptable its structure is.

You can easily change between a shoulder bag, a top handle bag, and a backpack. "As someone who commutes on a subway where I constantly have to take my backpack off to make room for people, it's a daily relief to be able to just pull the strap up and turn the backpack into an over-the-shoulder strap. That way I don't have to set it down on the floor of the train, potentially risking exposure to NYC's Most Disgusting Surface and all the sticky things with which it's covered." says Sally Kaplan, executive editor, Insider Reviews.

The bag is just downright beautiful. This stunning leather piece is available in a variety of colors and finishes.

At its current price, the Maestra is definitely up there. Though should you be looking to invest in a daily-use work bag, its timeless silhouette has the stamina to last through years of trend cycles.

Check out our full review on Senreve's Maestra Bag here.

Best tote for work travel: Monos Metro Tote

Monos has long been one of our go-to travel brands. We recently reviewed Monos' carry-on luggage and loved some of the same things that we love about this tote.

This tote is a lot roomier than you'd expect it to be. You can fit way more than just a laptop and some essentials, which is why it takes the award for the best travel tote.

Plus, it has the travel bells and whistles you'd expect: a luggage sleeve, a zipper that goes across the entire main compartment so that you can tuck it under your seat without worrying about items slipping out, and a zippered front pocket for quick accessto a phone or passport.

If you're always traveling for work, this is absolutely the tote for you. But if you want something light and slim for everyday use, then this isn't the right pick.

For more of our favorite totes, see our article on the best travel totes.

Best with anti-theft features: Arden Cove Victoria Tote

I'm a long time fan of Arden Cove's anti-theft crossbody bag, which has lots of added security features without sacrificing any style points. The brand has an equally well-designed tote bag, the Victoria Tote, which has ample anti-theft protection but still manages to look chic. For those concerned about security, this is the best work bag for you.

The bag is crafted from a slash-proof nylon fabric that's also waterproof. The zippers are waterproof as well, so this bag can withstand quite a bit of liquid without getting its contents wet. There's a convenient front compartment with RFID-blocking technology where I keep my credit cards, phone, and any other go-to essentials within reach. The zipper has a locking feature to protect against theft.

Inside are more convenient features, including a 13-inch laptop compartment, two open pockets, and a zippered pocket. My favorite interior feature is an elastic water bottle loop that keeps my water bottle upright and secured to one side of the bag.

But the straps are a little too narrow. If I'm carrying a lot of weight (such as a laptop and a full water bottle), I find that the thin, vegan leather straps dig into my shoulders a bit. In those cases, I recommend purchasing two jacquard straps to convert it into a backpack. — Talia Ergas, freelance style writer.

Best for formal offices: Cuyana Double Loop Satchel

Equal parts stylish and functional, Cuyana's Double Loop Satchel is a splurge, but I believe it's worth every penny.

It has an elegant, unique silhouette that resembles an oversized shoulder bag more so than a traditional tote bag. If you're going right from work to happy hour, this is a perfect way to look professional but not stuffy.

The interior and exterior pockets are relatively minimalist. There are two exterior magnetic pockets on either side that are perfect for stashing small go-tos like a packet of tissues or my iPhone. The inside of the bag is pretty simple in design: there's an open laptop pocket that can hold a computer up to 14 inches (a 16-inch laptop can fit in the main compartment) plus one zippered pocket.

You can add more compartments. If you prefer some more organizational features (like I do), you can snap on a System Flap Bag (sold separately) to add another magnetic interior pocket. Though it's an extra cost, I feel it's worth it since the System Flap Bag can be detached and used as a clutch — or you can purchase a strap for it to turn it into a small crossbody tote. — Talia Ergas, freelance style writer.

Best convertible: Caraa Studio Tote

Another clear winner for one of the best work bags for women is Caraa's dual-purpose Studio Tote.

This is a perfect pick for city commuters. "Convertible bags are lifesavers for anyone who commutes on a subway, and this tote from Caraa is the best we've tested," says Sally Kaplan, Executive Editor Reviews.

It has a hidden shoe compartment. "If you plan to swap your heels for sneakers at any part of the day, the Studio Tote is smartly designed with a hidden compartment you can access from the side. It's totally separate from the rest of the interior so you don't have to worry about dirty soles touching the rest of your stuff." — Ashley Phillips, former style editor, Insider Reviews.

Check out our full review for the nylon Studio Tote here. Plus, check out our article on the best convertible tote backpacks for more convertible options.

Most versatile: Oleada Wavia Bag

This bag is stunning in person. In fact, the top handle combined with the gold hardware and the stylish, structured shape mean that it has the same vibe as the ultra-coveted Hermes Birkin. But the best part of this bag is how versatile it is.

You can use it as a crossbody, a shoulder bag, a top handle purse, or a backpack. It's rare to find a bag as chic and fashionable as this one that's also so functional.

The frequent traveler will also be happy to know that it even has a luggage pass though. Personally, I'm super excited to use this as a carry-on, simply because I've never had a carry-on this sophisticated and modern before.

But the bag does have flaws — chief among them being the fact that a 13-inch MacBook does not fit in the padded sleeve. The description promises that this bag fits up to a 13-inch laptop, and that's true. But I mistakenly assumed that MacBooks were actually 13-inches. As it turns out, my 2020 model MacBook Pro is 13.3 inches, the same size as the current MacBook Air. So there's no current or recent MacBook that would be able to fit in the special sleeve.

My laptop can still fit in the widest part of the bag, but this does cause some organizational issues. To avoid this issue altogether, opt for the plus-size version.

Медиа: image / jpeg

• 19 states, including Texas, New York, California, and Florida, have confirmed measles cases.
• There are 70% more cases in 2025 so far than in all of 2024.
• The majority of measles cases are in unvaccinated children. Texas has the most cases, at 422.

Measles cases in the US are growing exponentially. There are already 70% more confirmed cases in 2025 than in all of 2024.

Measles was declared eliminated in the US in 2000 due to high measles, mumps, and rubella (MMR) vaccination rates. In 2019, the US nearly lost its measles elimination status when outbreaks caused over 1,200 measles cases.

While the US still technically maintains its elimination status, measles cases continue to rise worldwide as childhood vaccination rates drop and more unvaccinated people travel to the US and elsewhere.

2025 has seen 483 confirmed measles cases so far across 19 states.

Texas has the biggest outbreaks

87% of all US measles cases are in Texas, which has had outbreaks in multiple counties.

Measles cases have also been confirmed in Alaska, California, Florida, Georgia, Kansas, Kentucky, Maryland, Michigan, Minnesota, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, Ohio, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Tennessee, Texas, Vermont, and Washington.

Most cases are in unvaccinated children

The majority of cases are in children under 19, and almost all of them are unvaccinated or have an unknown vaccination status. Only 3% of cases have occurred in people with one or two doses of the MMR vaccine.

So far, there's been one confirmed death caused by measles and one case under investigation because the person tested positive for measles after death. 70 people have been hospitalized.

You can protect yourself by getting a booster

Doctors recommend getting an MMR booster if you were vaccinated before 1968 since earlier versions of the vaccine weren't as effective. You can get a booster if you don't know your medical history, and children under 1 can also get early doses of the vaccine.

Measles is highly contagious and can live in the air for two hours. If you're traveling, the CDC recommends being fully vaccinated two weeks beforehand, and monitoring for symptoms for three weeks after you return.

Медиа: image / jpeg

• I've been to 26 countries but none has impressed me as much as Croatia.
• The local hospitality and cuisine was unmatched — I had incredible meals in Croatia.
• Plitvice National Park is beautiful and the gorgeous beaches weren't very crowded during my visit.

At 30, I quit my job and took a year off to travel the world. In the span of 365 days, I visited 26 countries.

I went to popular spots like Florence, London, and Santorini, but my favorite destination was a place I'd almost missed: Croatia.

I decided to visit the European country on a whim after seeing posts about it on Instagram and having it recommended to me by a few friends.

I knew it was a filming location for "Game of Thrones," but other than that, I had no idea what to expect when I arrived in Croatia.

I found myself delighted by the local cuisine and Croatian hospitality

One of my friends recommended I stay on Hvar, an island on the Adriatic Sea that she described as a "more relaxed version of the Greek Islands."

I was worried the island life would feel too slow and not as enjoyable as a solo traveler. However, I soon ate my words and one of the best meals of my life.

During my first night in Hvar, I ate handmade spaghettini at a small restaurant on the water. As I was living in Italy at the time, I wasn't expecting to find the best pasta I ever had in Croatia — but here I was.

I devoured every bite of the delicious pasta, which was served with fresh mussels and seafood from the water before me. The waiters laughed at how much I enjoyed my food and even gave me a free limoncello to celebrate my meal.

Although Hvar is small, it felt filled with life. After two days of exploring its wine bars and local bakeries and swimming in the Adriatic Sea, I headed to the mainland.

When I arrived in Split, one of Croatia's largest cities, I was pleasantly surprised that it didn't feel crowded or swamped with visitors. After exploring tourist-infested place after place, it felt like a breath of fresh air.

I found so much to enjoy in the city, which is surrounded by blue waters and filled with historic architecture. Again, I found more delicious food.

I spent my first night in Split alone at a restaurant eating squid-ink gnocchi and olive-oil bread. As a Greek native, I have high standards when it comes to olive oil — and the bread I had was incredible.

My server was so kind and friendly that I forgot I was even dining alone. He gave me 10% off my bill as a welcome to Split.

Again, I found myself touched by the local Croatian hospitality.

The nature and beaches felt otherworldly, too

As I continued to explore Croatia, I felt overwhelmed in the best way possible.

I went on a day trip to the gorgeous Plitvice National Park with a group of strangers who ended up becoming friends. I was in awe as we hiked through the otherworldly park, filled with lush greenery and waterfalls galore.

The next day, I explored the hills of Park Suma Marjan and relaxed on local beaches.

In popular places like the Greek Islands, beautiful beaches like the ones I visited this would be crowded with tourists and drinks would cost 20 euros a pop. Here, I didn't fight anyone for a lounging spot and I paid no more than 8 euros for a cocktail.

I felt relaxed and I felt even more gratitude for Croatia.

I'm so glad I visited Croatia

Everything about this country surprised me in the best way possible.

The food was a gorgeous hybrid of Italian and Eastern European cuisines. The lush greenery and natural beauty I'd seen couldn't compare to anything else I'd seen on my travels.

Plitvice National Park felt wonderfully otherworldly, and so did the hospitality that I received from locals throughout my trip.

After just a few days, Croatia had completely won me over — and I can't believe I almost didn't visit it.

Медиа: image / jpeg

People love eggs. They're a grocery staple. But in the first few months of 2025, the average price of eggs in the United States reached $6 per dozen, double what they cost at the same point last year. The main reason behind the increase is the spread of the avian flu, which has led to the killing of about 170 million birds in the United States. Fewer hens mean fewer eggs on the market, driving prices up. And now there's a new fear: For the first time ever, bird flu's been found in cows.

Медиа: image / jpeg

When you buy through our links, Business Insider may earn an affiliate commission. Learn more

The best cell phone plans primarily include enough data for your needs. Additionally, a plan can offer relevant perks and features, including bundled discounts on streaming services, multi-line discounts, inexpensive plans for connected devices, or international features. However, the ideal plan is useless if the carrier backing it doesn't adequately cover the areas you frequent.

After extensively testing options from major carriers and budget-friendly providers, we've selected Verizon's Unlimited Plus plan as the best cell phone plan for most people from a major carrier. It offers the most data with the widest-reaching coverage at an unmatched value, especially with more lines on a plan. Our top budget recommendation among major carriers is T-Mobile's Essentials plans, which include a generous amount of premium data for a lower monthly bill that nets significant long-term savings.

Our top picks for the best cell phone plans

Best overall: Verizon Unlimited Plus Plan - See at Verizon

Best budget: T-Mobile Essentials Plans - See at T-Mobile

Best true budget: Mint Mobile Introductory 3-Month Plans - See at Mint Mobile

Best international: Verizon Unlimited Ultimate Plan - See at Verizon

Best overall

In our testing and extensive experience, Verizon's Unlimited Plus plan offers the best balance of data and coverage for the vast majority of people. Though a single line costs $70/month (with auto-pay and paper-free billing enabled), the monthly cost per line is less with every additional line, up to five lines.

With Verizon's Unlimited Plus plan, you get unlimited high-end prioritized data, so your data speeds won't slow down after you've used a certain amount of monthly data when the network is congested. It also includes Verizon's 5G Ultra Wideband network, which runs on the super fast mmWave and C-band spectrums. Verizon also offers a 50% discount for a single connected device plan, whether for a connected smartwatch or tablet.

In addition to the carrier's core wireless services, Verizon's Unlimited Plus plan includes discounts on various other services. Among the deals, you can save $7/month on a Disney Plus, Hulu, and ESPN Plus bundle or a Netflix and Max bundle. Check out Verizon's website for the other available perks.

As for international use, the Unlimited Plus plan gets you unlimited talk and text and 2GB of daily high-speed data (before it's slowed to 3G speeds) in Mexico and Canada. It also allows unlimited talk and text from the US to Mexico and Canada and unlimited texting to over 200 countries.

Verizon says video streaming quality on the Unlimited Ultimate plan is limited to 720p, but their fine print says 4K quality is available in 5G Ultra Wideband areas when you activate the 4K streaming option through the My Verizon app or with Verizon's customer service. It also says 1080p resolution can be activated in standard 5G and 4G areas.

Verizon Fios internet users who also use Verizon Wireless will also get a discount on their internet service, so it's an especially good choice for Verizon Fios customers.

No other carrier offers as much for the price, and importantly, Verizon generally has the best-mixed coverage between rural and urban areas.

Best budget plan

When it comes to more affordable plans, you start to forfeit unlimited premium data, as your data speeds can be affected after reaching a certain limit or when network congestion leads to deprioritization.

Among the three major carriers, T-Mobile's Essentials plans easily offer the best value in the "budget" (or relatively lower priced and lower data usage) category thanks to its generous 50GB of premium prioritized data. That means data won't become deprioritized until you've used 50GB of data, even when the network is relatively busy. (However, during particularly intense congestion, Essentials customers may experience slower speeds than those on T-Mobile's high-end plans.) Meanwhile, AT&T and Verizon don't offer any premium data in their equivalent plans of the same price range.

T-Mobile's Essentials offerings start at $50/month for a single line through the Essentials Saver plan. This plan is identical to the standard Essentials plan with more favorable pricing ($10 less per line) for single- or dual-line accounts. The Essentials offerings support up to six lines, with reduced pricing for additional lines; it's a steal if you can manage four or more lines. Those who only need up to three lines should opt for the Essentials Saver plan.

(Older adults can find further savings through T-Mobile's Essentials Choice 55 plan. As our top pick among the best cell phone plans for seniors, the Choice 55 option brings the same standard Essentials plan to $45/month for a single line or $60/month for two lines for those ages 55 and over.)

T-Mobile's Essentials plan provides access to the carrier's full and extensive 5G network, including its Ultra Capacity 5G network (mmWave and C-band) and its Extended Range 5G (Sub-6). Despite the comprehensive network coverage, it's worth noting that data speeds for Essentials customers may be slower overall than those of other customers on more expensive plans, even when using premium prioritized data. Still, data speeds should be fast enough for pretty much anything you do on your phone.

T-Mobile offers unlimited mobile hot spot functionality on its Essentials plan, but only at 3G speeds. It limits you to basic tasks, like emailing, but 3G speeds might be dubiously slow scrolling down photo and video-heavy social media apps or video streaming. If you're looking for at least some flexibility to use your phone as a mobile hot spot, AT&T's Unlimited Starter plan will be the better option. It has 5GB of mobile hot spot data at faster speeds, which can better serve you for light use or in an emergency.

Finally, T-Mobile offers some international perks with its Essentials plan. You get unlimited texting, $0.25/minute calls in 215+ countries, and unlimited international texting from home. In Canada and Mexico, Essentials offers unlimited talk and text but up to 128Kbps data speeds, which is so slow you may even struggle with an email. T-Mobile Travel is also included.

Best true budget plan

A so-called "true budget" cell phone plan typically comes from mobile virtual network operators (MVNOs), which deliver data and connectivity to your phone by piggybacking on a major carrier's network. Worthwhile plans from these providers offer data at notably lower monthly prices than the least expensive flagship plan from a major carrier, the $50/month T-Mobile Essentials Saver plan.

Mint Mobile's introductory three-month plans are the best "true budget" option for new customers and our top pick among the best cheap cell phone plans. The promotion offers three-month prepaid plans with 5GB, 15GB, 20GB, or unlimited monthly data for discounted rates, starting at just $15/month. However, each plan's data is subject to deprioritization behind T-Mobile customers during network congestion.

Those who have already tried and valued Mint Mobile should opt for the carrier's 12-month plans, which offer the best value at the same rates as the introductory three-month promotion. (For a limited time, Mint Mobile's 12-month unlimited plan is discounted further to $25/month from $30/month, enhancing its position among the best unlimited data plans for a budget value.)

As we note in our Mint Mobile review, the service stands out from the competition in the MVNO market for its long-term value and straightforward app, customer service, and plan management. Mint Mobile is also considerably more affordable than the least expensive plans from its parent company, T-Mobile. See our guide to Mint Mobile vs. T-Mobile for further comparison.

For even cheaper access to T-Mobile's network, you might consider Tello Mobile, which offers customizable plans for limited data and minutes for as low as $5/month. Read our Tello Mobile review and Mint Mobile vs. Tello guide to help decide between the two MVNOs.

However, if you know that T-Mobile's coverage may not sufficiently cover your area, or if you're looking for high-speed data not subject to deprioritization, you may be better served by Verizon's network, as we detail in our guide to Mint Mobile vs. Verizon. Relative to Mint Mobile and Tello, slightly more expensive MVNO options run on Verizon's network with allotted prioritized data.

These Verizon-backed options include the Visible Plus unlimited plan from Visible Wireless, which newly includes unlimited prioritized data for $35/month. There's also the Unlimited Starter plan from US Mobile at $25/month, which gives you 70GB of prioritized data on Verizon's network and offers the unique ability to switch from Verizon to T-Mobile's or AT&T's networks within the same low-cost service. See our Visible Wireless review or US Mobile review for more information.

Best international plan

Without adding a separate international add-on plan, Verizon's Unlimited Ultimate plan offers the most connectivity overall for those who often travel abroad, make international calls from the US, or both. It slightly outperforms T-Mobile's Go5G Next and Plus plans. AT&T plans don't include international features and require additional $10/day plans for some of the same international features included in Verizon's and T-Mobile's plans.

Most major carriers (except AT&T) support unlimited talk, text, and a set amount of data while traveling in more than 210 countries in their plans. Verizon's Unlimited Ultimate plan offers more monthly data (10GB) than T-Mobile (5GB). AT&T only offers access in 20 Latin American countries if you don't add a supplemental international plan.

Verizon's Unlimited Ultimate plans also include 300 minutes/month of calling time from the US to a country of choice from 140 countries. Verizon charges a country-specific rate for all other countries. AT&T and T-Mobile charge a country-specific rate when calling any country from the US and don't have the free 300-minute calling option on Verizon's plan.

All three major carriers support unlimited calling and texting to Mexico and Canada from the US. If you're in Mexico or Canada, AT&T's plans actually offer the most with unlimited talk, text, and the same amount of data as your domestic US plan. Verizon and T-Mobile also offer unlimited talk and text in Mexico and Canada. However, Verizon has a 2GB/day data limit, and T-Mobile has a 15GB/month data limit.

If you rarely or just occasionally travel or communicate internationally and don't need pricey plans that include international features, you could simply add an international add-on plan to a more affordable plan. These usually range from $5 to $10 per day, which seems pricey in the short term, but they're likely cheaper in the long run, at least for those who don't need international features as often.

How we test cell phone plans

Our testing procedure for cell phone plans involves day-to-day personal use, like making calls, sending messages, and using data-light and data-heavy apps, from browsing the web to streaming videos and scrolling through content-rich social media apps. We test data speeds on various networks in different locations, including areas projected for LTE, basic 5G, and high-band 5G speeds. We also conduct our tests in varying signal strengths for data speed testing.

We have extensive experience with every major carrier in personal use and testing scenarios for assessing data speeds and coverage, and we compare our results to the carrier's claims. Coverage and data speeds differ significantly in different locations, so we can't accurately claim that one network is better for specific areas we haven't tested. However, we are confident in making general assessments based on our years of experience with the major carriers in rural, suburban, and urban areas, which have consistently supported reputational trends for coverage in those respective areas.

After assessing a carrier's overall quality based on coverage and data speeds, we look at a plan's offerings and monthly price. These criteria include data amount, whether premium-prioritized data is used or subject to deprioritization, what happens after reaching a data limit, mobile hot spot features, whether a plan includes fast high-band 5G connectivity, multi-line discounts, international features, and extra benefits or perks.

We've also tested various MVNO and budget-friendly carriers but haven't tested them all. Having tested all major carriers in the US, we generally know how MVNOs and budget-friendly carriers perform in terms of coverage and data speeds as they operate on the networks of said major carriers. See our best cheap cell phone plans guide for other top options from our testing in the MVNO landscape.

What to look for in a cell phone plan

The perfect cell phone plan doesn't make sense if a carrier has inadequate network coverage in your area. First and foremost, you should narrow your options by determining which carrier has the best coverage in whichever locations you frequent. One way to do so is by asking neighbors and locals in person or through online forums like Nextdoor, Reddit, or Facebook.

After you've figured out which carriers have the network coverage you need, the core plan feature to look for is sufficient data for your needs, allowing a worry-free experience when using your phone without WiFi, especially when scrolling through data-heavy social media apps, streaming video, or video calling.

We prefer plans that offer you the most "premium data'' with no data limits before a carrier slows down your speeds. We also like plans where your data isn't affected when a carrier's network is congested. That way, you can do whatever you want on your phone without thinking about the time of day, like rush hours.

After that, it's a question of your monthly budget. Pricier plans offer unlimited premium data, but you may have to settle for a plan with limited premium data if your budget doesn't allow it. One way to reduce your monthly bill is to join a plan with friends and family, as the monthly cost per line gets lower as more people are on a plan. See our guide to the best family cell phone plans for the top options from our testing.

The following plan features are more subjective.

If you often work on your laptop away from a familiar or secure WiFi connection and use your phone as a mobile hot spot, you'll want a plan that offers as much mobile hot spot data as you need. If this feature is incredibly important to you, it could dictate which plan you get.

If you often travel or communicate with friends and family abroad, you'll want to consider a plan's international features. Alternatively, carriers offer international add-on plans at an extra cost on top of your usual monthly bill. You can apply these as needed.

Perks are nice add-ons that could tip you toward a specific carrier as long as that carrier has good coverage in your area. Things like discounts on streaming service bundles, your home internet service, or discounts on separate plans for data-connected smartwatches or tablets could make the difference.

Best overall

Verizon's Unlimited Plus plan offers the best balance of data and coverage for the vast majority of people. It costs $80/month for a single line, but the monthly cost per line is less with every additional line, up to five lines.

With the Unlimited Plus plan from Verizon, you get unlimited premium data, so your data speeds won't slow down after you've used a certain amount of data or when the network is congested. It also includes Verizon's 5G Ultra Wideband network, which runs on the super fast mmWave and C-band spectrums. Verizon also offers a 50% discount for a single connected device plan, whether a connected smartwatch or tablet.

On top of core wireless services, Verizon's Unlimited Plus plan includes discounts on various other services. Among them, you can save $9/month on the Disney streaming bundle, which includes Disney Plus, Hulu, and ESPN Plus, or save $7/month on Netflix and Max. Check out Verizon's website for other perks to pick from.

As for international use, the Unlimited Plus plan gets you unlimited talk and text and 2GB of daily high-speed data (before it's slowed to 3G speeds) in Mexico and Canada. It also allows unlimited talk and text from the US to Mexico and Canada and unlimited text to over 200 countries.

Verizon says video streaming quality on the Unlimited Ultimate plan is limited to 720p, but their fine print says 4K quality is available in 5G Ultra Wideband areas when you activate the 4K streaming option through the My Verizon app or with Verizon's customer service. It also says 1080p resolution can be activated in standard 5G and 4G areas.

No other carrier offers as much for the price, and importantly, Verizon generally has the best-mixed coverage between rural and urban areas.

Verizon Fios internet users who also use Verizon Wireless will also get a discount on their internet service, so it's an especially good choice for Verizon Fios customers.

Best budget plan

When it comes to more affordable plans, you forfeit unlimited premium data, and your data speeds will be substantially affected after reaching a certain limit. We hesitate to use the word "budget" here, as this plan could also apply to people who simply don't use their phones away from a WiFi connection very often and don't need to spend much on a plan that offers more data.

Among the three major carriers, T-Mobile's Essentials plan easily offers the best deal in the more affordable category thanks to its generous 50GB of premium data. That means T-Mobile won't slow down your data speeds until you've used 50GB of data, even when the network is busy. Meanwhile, AT&T and Verizon don't offer any premium data in their equivalent plans that are less expensive.

T-Mobile's Essentials plan starts at $60/month for a single line, with the price per line reducing with every line, up to four lines. If you can manage four or five lines in a plan, $25/month for T-Mobile's Essentials plan is an absolute steal.

T-Mobile's Essentials plan includes access to the carrier's full and extensive 5G network, including its Ultra Capacity 5G network (mmWave and C-band) and its Extended Range 5G (Sub-6). Despite the inclusion, it's worth noting that data speeds for Essentials customers may be slower overall than other customers on more premium plans, even before the 50GB data limit. Still, data speeds should be fast enough for pretty much anything you do on your phone, including video streaming and calling.

T-Mobile offers unlimited mobile hotspot functionality on its Essentials plan, but only at 3G speeds. It limits you to basic tasks, like emailing, that don't involve video streaming or even loading photos. If you're looking for at least some flexibility to use your phone as a mobile hotspot, AT&T's Unlimited Starter plan will be the better option with 3GB of mobile hotspot at faster speeds, which can better serve you for light use or in an emergency.

Finally, T-Mobile offers some international perks with its Essentials plan. You get unlimited texting, $0.25/minute calls in 215+ countries, and unlimited international texting from home. In Canada and Mexico, Essentials offers unlimited talk and text but up to 128Kbps data speeds, which is so slow you may even struggle with an email. T-Mobile Travel is also included.

Best true budget plan

A "true budget" cell phone plan typically comes from a mobile virtual network operator (MVNO), which delivers data and connectivity to your phone by piggybacking off a major carrier's network. Plans from these providers offer data at significantly lower monthly costs than major carrier offerings.

Overall, Mint Mobile has the best "true budget" options, with prepaid plans starting at $15/month for a range of monthly data, from 5GB to "unlimited" data (40GB). Mint Mobile's plans offer incredible value, especially if you know how much data you typically use monthly and can pick a plan with limited data. We recommend starting with Mint Mobile's new customer promotion, which gives you a discounted rate of $15/month for any of its three-month prepaid plans.

As we detail in our Mint Mobile review, one of the best things about Mint is its user-friendly app and web-based platform, where you can manage your plan and check how much data you've used for a given month. The overall experience is simpler than major carriers, as it's not as congested with extensive fine print, conditions, features, or perks that you may not want.

Mint is an MVNO that runs off of T-Mobile's network. As such, Mint has the same coverage as T-Mobile, which is excellent in cities, many suburbs, and along many highways but can become limited the further away from populated areas you go. Check Mint Mobile's coverage map to ensure Mint Mobile covers your area.

It's also worth noting that Mint Mobile doesn't include premium data on any of its plans, which means data speeds can be reduced when T-Mobile's network is congested.

For other alternatives that offer excellent value relative to the big three major carriers, check out our guide to the best cheap cell phone plans.

Best international plan

Without adding a separate international add-on plan, Verizon's Unlimited Ultimate plan offers the most overall for those who often travel abroad, make calls abroad from the US, or both. It just edges above T-Mobile's Go5G Next and Plus plans. Most AT&T plans don't include international features and require additional $10/day plans for some of the same international features included in Verizon's and T-Mobile's plans.

Most major carriers, except AT&T, support unlimited talk, text, and a set amount of data while traveling in 210-plus countries in their plans. Verizon's Unlimited Ultimate plan offers more monthly data (10GB) than T-Mobile (5GB). AT&T only supports 20 Latin American countries if you don't add a supplemental international plan.

Verizon's Unlimited Ultimate plans also include 300 minutes/month of calling time from the US to a country of choice from a list of 140 countries. Verizon charges a country-specific rate for all other countries. AT&T and T-Mobile charge a country-specific rate when calling any country from the US and don't have the free 300-minute calling option on Verizon's plan.

All major carriers support unlimited calling and texting to Mexico and Canada from the US. If you're in Mexico or Canada, AT&T's plans actually offer the most with unlimited talk, text, and the same amount of data as your domestic US plan. Verizon and T-Mobile also offer unlimited talk and text in Mexico and Canada, but Verizon has a 2GB/day data limit, and T-Mobile has a 15GB/month data limit.

If you rarely or just occasionally travel or communicate internationally and don't need pricey plans that include international features, you could simply add an international add-on plan to a more affordable plan. These usually range from $5 to $10 per day, which seems pricey in the short term, but they're likely cheaper in the long run, at least for those who don't need international features as often.

What to look for in a cell phone plan

The perfect plan doesn't make sense if the carrier has poor network coverage in your area. First, you might narrow down your options by figuring out which carrier has good coverage wherever you frequent and use your phone the most. One way to do so is by asking neighbors and locals in person or on social media like Nextdoor.

After you've figured out which carriers have the network coverage you need, the core plan features to look for is sufficient data for a worry-free experience when doing anything on your phone that uses data, especially when it comes to scrolling through data-heavy social media apps, video streaming, or video calling.

We like plans that offer you the most "premium data'' with no data limits before a carrier slows down your speeds. We also like plans where your data isn't affected when a carrier's network is congested. That way, you can do whatever you want on your phone without thinking about the time of day, like rush hours.

After that, it's a question of your monthly budget. Pricier plans offer unlimited premium data, but you may have to settle for a plan with limited premium data if your budget doesn't allow it. One way to reduce your monthly bill is to join a plan with friends and family, as the monthly cost per line gets lower as more people are on a plan.

The following plan features are more subjective.

If you're often working on your laptop away from a familiar or secure WiFi connection and use your phone as a mobile hotspot, you'll want a plan that offers as much mobile hotspot data as you need. If it's an incredibly important feature for you, it could dictate which plan you get.

If you're often traveling or communicating with friends and family abroad, you'll want to consider a plan's international features. Alternatively, carriers offer international add-on plans at an extra cost on top of your usual monthly bill. You can apply these as you need.

Perks are nice add-ons that could tip you toward a specific carrier as long as that carrier has good coverage in your area. Things like discounts on streaming service bundles, your home internet service, or discounts on separate plans for data-connected smartwatches or tablets could make the difference.

Медиа: image / jpeg

When you buy through our links, Business Insider may earn an affiliate commission. Learn more

The NFL season may have wrapped up in February, but the UFL season is only getting started. Below, you can find everything you need to know about how to watch the UFL.

First established in 2024, the United Football League is an American minor league football league created by merging the XFL and USFL. The league is made up of eight teams: the Arlington Renegades, Birmingham Stallions, DC Defenders, Houston Roughnecks, Memphis Showboats, Michigan Panthers, San Antonio Brahmas, and St. Louis Battlehawks. The Stallions won the inaugural championship game in a 25-0 blowout against the Brahmas in 2024.

Whether you were a superfan last season or you're new to the league, we'll show you how to tune in. The first game kicked off on March 28, and the regular season runs until June 1, 2025.

• See also: Where to watch the Miami Open | How to watch NBA games | Where to watch Formula 1

*Fox and ABC are only available on Sling TV in select regions.

How to watch the UFL in the US

All 40 UFL games this season will be nationally broadcast. Throughout the 2025 season, the games will air on ABC, ESPN, ESPN2, Fox, and Fox Sports 1 (FS1). For those without cable, there are a few easy ways to live stream the games.

Sling TV is the cheapest way to live stream every UFL game this season. You'll need to opt for the Sling Orange + Blue combo plan, which costs $61/month, to access ESPN, ESPN2, ABC, Fox, FS1, and 40+ other live channels. However, local channels (like Fox and ABC) are only available in select regions, so you should check to see what's available in your area before subscribing. New users can get 50% off their first month of service.

If Sling doesn't have ABC or Fox in your area, a surefire way to live stream all channels carrying UFL games is through DirecTV Stream or Fubo. DirecTV Stream's Entertainment plan costs $87/month and carries 90+ live channels. If you're looking for something a bit cheaper, you can give DirecTV Stream's MySports pack a try. This option offers 25+ live sports channels for $70/month (although you should check ABC availability since it varies by region). All DirecTV Stream plans come with a five-day free trial.

Fubo carries 150+ live channels in its Pro plan, including broad ABC, ESPN, ESPN2, Fox, and FS1 coverage. Subscriptions start at $85/month, but you can get $30 off your first month of service in addition to a seven-day free trial.

ESPN Plus is the cheapest of the bunch. However, it will only show the UFL games that are broadcast on ABC, ESPN, and ESPN2, so you'll need to look elsewhere for Fox and FS1 events. ESPN Plus subscriptions cost $12/month and carry a variety of events, including UFC and several major college sports.

How to watch the UFL from anywhere

Gone are the days of having to miss out on a game just because you're traveling away from home. You can keep up with your usual streaming options with the help of a VPN like ExpressVPN. VPNs, or virtual private networks, are easy ways to change your device's virtual location, enabling you to access your usual websites and apps from anywhere.

This option will work best for Americans who are simply abroad at the moment since the services we've highlighted require US payment methods. You can read more about ExpressVPN in our review, but key highlights include the wealth of available servers, cybersecurity perks, and 30-day money-back guarantee.

How to watch the UFL with a VPN

• Sign up for a VPN if you don't have one.
• Install it on the device you're planning to watch on.
• Turn it on and set it to the location of your streaming service.
• Sign up for one of the above streaming services.
• Enjoy the games.

UFL April 2025 schedule

All start times are listed in Eastern Standard Time (EST).

Note: The use of VPNs is illegal in certain countries and using VPNs to access region-locked streaming content might constitute a breach of the terms of use for certain services. Business Insider does not endorse or condone the illegal use of VPNs.

Медиа: image / jpeg

When you buy through our links, Business Insider may earn an affiliate commission. Learn more

The charm of loafers is that they feel dapper no matter how you style them. You might like classic black penny loafers with bright white calf socks, or velvet slip-ons that look like they belong in a cigar lounge — either way, you're dressed to impress.

The best loafers for women we've tested borrow a little from every style category. Whether preppy or practical, these all proved comfortable to walk in. Our favorites pairs put the finishing touch on any workwear outfit, or add a distinguished flair to some jeans.

First, we recommend Everlane's Modern Loafer because the leather was easy to break in, even after miles on a concrete sidewalk. If you want something with the comfort of a sneaker, Vionic's Uptown Loafer has a flexible footbed and deep heel cups for better stability.

Our top picks of the best loafers for women

Best overall: Everlane The Modern Loafer - See at Everlane
Everlane's classic loafer offers a simple and chic shape with flexible leather that has never given us blisters.

Best for walking: Vionic Uptown Loafer - See at Vionic
The arch support and super flexible soles on these collapsible loafers were the most comfortable walking shoes on our list.

Best lug sole: Madewell Bradley Lugsole Loafer - See at Madewell
Get the lift of a platform and the comfort of a cloud thanks to the cushy insoles of these lugsole loafers from Madewell.

Best classic penny: G.H. Bass Whitney Weejuns - See at G.H. Bass
A classic penny loafer will always be in style. G.H. Bass makes some of the highest quality leather loafers for women we've tested.

Best for wide feet: Vivaia Samantha Walker Loafer - See at Vivaia
This pair has a stretchy, roomy square toe box that tapers off for a comfortable fit from forefoot to heel.

Best packable: Rothy's The Lounge Loafer - See at Rothy's
We like to switch into these after wearing heels because the soft, breathable mesh molds to your feet and folds neatly into a tote bag.

Best platform: Camper Milah - See at Camper
Lift your look with these leather high-platform loafers, which have cushioned Ortholite insoles and come in various fashion-forward colors.

Best for avoiding blisters: Sam Edelman Loraine Bit Loafers - See at Amazon
This pliable pair takes no time to break in, and the leather conforms to your foot the more you wear them.

Best suede: Quince Italian Suede Penny Loafer - See at Quince
Quince's accessibly-priced loafers were a surprise hit for us. The supple sheep suede and lightly cushioned footbeds made them easy to break in.

Best mid-range luxury: Nomasei Nono Loafers - See at Nomasei
The centerpiece of this Parisian-inspired pair is a shiny hand medallion atop their boxy leather upper.

Best luxury: Gucci Brixton Horsebit Convertible Loafers - See at Nordstrom
Our favorite Gucci loafers are made with supple Italian leather and have fold-down heels so they can double as mules.

Best driving loafer: M.Gemi The Felize - See at M.Gemi
M.Gemi's Felize loafer is the perfect travel shoe because of its typical driving rubber sole, which offers extra cushion and support with each step.

Best heeled: Frye Jean Loafers - See at Neiman Marcus
These block-heeled loafers are easy to walk in and offer a distinct vintage look when you pair them with high-waisted flared trousers.

Best budget: Naturalizer Cabaret Loafers - See at Amazon
If you're looking for loafers under $100, the Naturalizer Cabaret Loafers are an elegant and comfortable choice.

Best velvet: Birdies The Starling Flat - See at Birdies
These cushioned velvet loafers are designed to look like classic smoking slippers and have newly resculpted, more elongated look.

Best overall: Everlane The Modern Loafer

If you're as big a fan of an Everlane as we are, you might remember its original loafer, which was one of the styles that first put the brand on the map. Years later, they reintroduced our top pick for the best loafers for women with an updated look and fit, and the new version is definitely even better than the old.

The toe is slightly more rounded so your toes have more room to wiggle, and the leather is a bit more flexible. They've never given me a blister, which is more than I can say for the old pair. A stacked wood heel gives them a casual vibe, and the rubberized sole prevents slipping and sliding on slick floors.

The new loafers are supple, round-toed, and flexible, but not so bendy that they feel like flats or smoking slippers. They have good arch support, and the rubber soles have way more traction than the old version of the shoe.

For sizing, these come in whole and half sizes and they fit true-to-size. I wouldn't recommend them if you have particularly wide feet, but if you're usually in between sizes, go a half size up for the best fit.

Read our full Everlane Modern Loafer review.

Best for walking: Vionic Uptown Loafer

Halfway between a sneaker and a loafer, the Vionic Uptown Loafer is an important style to know about if you're prioritizing comfort. Their performance is backed by Heeluxe's rigorous assessment that tests for fit, stability, cushioning, and flexibility.

When I first put these on, I was impressed by the sturdiness around my ankles from the deep heel cups. The leather was very stiff to begin with, but it started to soften after about five or six wears. These are also great if you have high arches like mine, because the padding reaches all the way up the inner wall of the shoe.

You can wear the Uptown Loafers just as you would walking sneakers — the lightweight, flexible soles can fold in half, and they have enough traction for stepping on uneven or slippery terrain. They're also perfect for travel, since they collapse into a slim profile.

Best lug sole: Madewell Bradley Lugsole Loafer

Lug sole loafers are a great way to add some height without uncomfortable heels. This pair has an almost 2-inch platform, which makes it a great choice for wearing with pants that are just a little too long. They're also is padded with Madewell's signature CloudLift padding, which provides a cushioned insole so you can't walk in them.

Best classic penny: G.H. Bass Whitney Weejuns

There are several versions of G.H. Bass' Whitney Weejuns (a super chunky lug-sole pair, a '90s-inspired platform pair, a croc-effect pair, the list goes on), but nothing can beat the classic version of these best loafers for women. Though they take a bit of time to break in, especially at the heel, you'll be pleasantly surprised at how comfy and supportive the insole is. Plus, the traditional penny loafer look will never go out of style.

In terms of sizing, these come in whole and half sizes, and I recommend going true to your usual size. If you're in between, you'll want to size up, especially if you plan on wearing them with socks.

Best for wide feet: Vivaia Samantha Walker Loafer

Vivaia's Samantha Walker loafers have an extra roomy toe box to fit wide feet. They then taper off in the heel so your feet won't slip out while you walk. The flexible knit upper is soft, stretchy, and even water-repellent (I tested this by running them under the sink, and the beads of water brushed right off). They also have more squishy cushioning for light arch support and a slightly thicker padded heel, so you can walk on concrete for miles (as I did) without getting tired feet.

Read more in our full Vivaia shoes review.

Best packable: Rothy's The Lounge Loafer

If you know you have a strict limit of time you can stand in heels, it's good to have a backup pair loafers that can fit right in your work bag. Rothy's flexible knit material is made from recycled water bottles, and their loafers retain their shape even after being folded in half.

The Lounge Loafers are similar to the original Rothy's Loafers, which I've worn for years, but I like the Lounge Loafers better because they have a comfier insole with more padding. Their outside is pretty similar, except the vamp is now a bit shorter.

These are too thin to wear in cold weather, but the mesh is nice and breathable, so they're ideal if your feet sweat a lot. I got mine in a beige colorway that matches practically everything in my wardrobe. They have a slender silhouette that's similar to Friulian slippers, and despite having a narrow toe box that may not suit wider feet, they still stretch comfortably. I recommend sizing up if you're between sizes.

Read more in our full Rothy's flats review.

Best platform: Camper Milah Loafer

These super shiny leather loafers have a 2-inch platform heel and lightweight EVA soles — less clunky, more chunky. I won't lie, breaking these in gave me some blisters around my heels (something to be expected with new leather). To amend this, I wear mine with no-show socks.

The Milah loafers are becoming more flexible around the vamp with each wear. And despite their height, I don't feel like I'm on stilts in these — I feel grounded walking in them thanks to the Ortholite insoles. These give them some light cushioning in the heel and arch areas.

As for their design, they're a slightly more rugged version of a classic penny loafer. The platform gives me just enough lift that I can wear them with extra long flared pants for a retro-inspired look.

Best for avoiding blisters: Sam Edelman Loraine Bit Loafers

The Sam Edelman Loraine Bit Loafers come in more than 20 colors, from classic neutrals to bold choices like bright lemony yellow, jade green, or pink croc-effect. Each season, you'll find new colors and textures introduced.

The leather loafers for women are just structured enough to hold their shape, but not so stiff that they'll blister you out of the box. I was able to wear mine for the first time for a whole day (including commuting from the suburbs to Manhattan and back) with no discomfort. They have a small amount of cushioning — like enough that I would definitely bring these on a walking-heavy vacation.

As for sizing, they come in whole and half sizes with a few colors offering a wide width. I am often in between a 7.5 and 8, and I opted for the 8 this time, but I easily could have fit in the 7.5. The leather will stretch and conform to your feet as you wear them, so I'd recommend going a half size down if you are already in between sizes. Otherwise, I'd opt for your usual size.

Best suede: Quince Italian Suede Penny Loafer

Quince undercuts many brands featured in this guide. This pair has many of the same features as the Quince's Glove Flats, like a genuine Italian leather upper and Ortholite insoles.

I tested these against Margaux's Andie leather loafers ($345), and the Quince loafers proved to a better bang for your buck. The main drawback is that the black suede around the toes got a little faded the more I wore them, so I recommend choosing the Almond colorway to keep them looking newer for longer.

That being said, I'm still impressed at how much they look and perform like Margaux loafers. The stacked leather heel is actually sturdy, and inside the leather is soft and molded to my feet. I don't suggest these for wide feet or sensitive high arches, but they fit me (size US 8) comfortably and true to size.

Read more in our full Quince review.

Best mid-range luxury: Nomasei Nono Loafer

"A great pair of loafers should be just like a perfect pair of denim: deliciously comfortable, wearable with just about anything, and a dependable staple for year-round wear. Founded by a duo who met while working at Chloe in Paris, Nomasei's luxe Parisian-inspired Nono loafers fit the bill precisely, albeit for a pretty penny at just under $500. But even after comparing these to my platform pair from Gucci, I'd opt for this style almost every time (and the Gucci pair cost twice as much).

The leather feels sturdy and thick yet buttery and luxurious, and while they do fit a little stiff at first, they break in nicely with a few wears. The arch support is also substantial, making them comfy to walk in (at least once the leather on the back of the heel softens up a bit). I got the all-black pair, though the brand is known for its bold bicolor and tricolor designs. I think the black will keep these feeling timeless despite the very trendy gold hand medallions, but if I had an unlimited budget, I'd be nabbing them in every color combo possible. I would follow the brand's advice of going a half size down — I personally went true-to-size with my initial order, and they were too big, so I had to return them and reorder." — Sally Kaplan, executive editor

Best luxury: Gucci Brixton Horsebit Convertible Loafer

If you've thought long and hard, and you know that designer loafers for women are what your heart desires, get the Gucci Brixton Horsebit Convertible Loafers. They're pricey, sure, but these fantastic women's loafers will last you a lifetime. Our former senior style and beauty editor, Maria Del Russo, has had her pair of Brixtons for five years and says they're the most versatile shoe she owns. She credits this to the fold-down heel that lets you wear them like mules, so you're essentially getting two shoes in one. The workmanship is apparent the longer you wear them, too. Maria has gotten these loafers re-soled twice, but the leather and hardware have both stood the test of time.

The one drawback to the Brixtons is that after many years, the fold-down heels have turned a slightly more faded shade of black than the rest of the heel. You can take them to a cobbler or use a leather conditioner to fix that, though.

As for sizing, these come in whole and half sizes, but be careful to check the sizing chart since they're usually listed in Italian sizing, which is different from European sizing. We recommend going up if you're in between sizes.

Best driving loafer: M.Gemi The Felize

The M.Gemi Felize loafers are some of the most versatile and well-made shoes former Insider Reviews senior reporter, Mara Leighton, owns. After a year of testing them multiple times per week for our M.Gemi review, she says they've held up well (no wrinkles along the top, minimal wear along the underside of the toes and heel). However, she notes that sizing isn't perfect.

"I ordered my true size, and they've grown looser and more custom-fit as moccasins do over time. But, even so, the top is still snug; I couldn't layer anything thicker than a light sock with my pair." She says that if you're in between sizes, or you've ever had to size up in shoes, you should go up at least a half size in these.

Check out our full M.Gemi Felize Loafer review.

Best heeled: Frye Jean Loafers

The leather on Frye's heeled loafers have a distressed effect that give you an expertly-styled vintage inspired look when paired with high-waisted flared pants. These have some height to them, but the wide base of their 2.6-inch wedge heels makes them easy to walk in. The Jean loafers are crafted with genuine calfskin leather and have detailed stitching on the toe, saddle, and rear. Several reviewers claimed they ran large, and because leather does stretch with more wear, we recommend you size down for this style.

Best budget: Naturalizer Cabaret Loafers

For a dressy shoe option on a budget, Naturalizer's Cabaret style is a great deal among the best loafers for women. The leather is flexible and not too stiff, so they're comfy for long days. Plus, you can almost always find this pair on sale in various colors (but beware that sizes sell out quickly every time they get marked down).

After testing the classic black leather version of a similar pair, we found the size chart to be a little off — this loafer is available in half sizes with narrow, medium, and wide widths, but we recommend to go down a half size, as they tend to run a bit large. Overall, though, Naturalizer creates comfortable loafers with good traction that you'll get a lot of mileage from.

Best velvet: Birdies The Starling

Birdies makes loafer-flats that are as comfy as a pair of velvet smoking slippers. Executive editor Sally Kaplan compared two versions of its best-selling Starling flats in order to detect any key differences.

"I tested both the Starling classic loafers and the newly resculpted version that just launched from Birdies. They're basically the same shoe, but with some elegant design upgrades to the newer version. The resculpted pair has a slightly more elongated toe, a more premium velvet material (though the difference is negligible to me, both look great!), and a bit more traction on the bottom. The shoes look almost identical on foot and in terms of comfort, there's very little difference, but I do happen to prefer the more elongated look of the new version (pictured in the Brandy Velvet color at the top of this guide). I think it comes down to aesthetic preference for most people.

As for comfort and fit, these are unbelievably plush and cozy for a pair of loafers! They have a good amount of arch support without being stiff at all, and they're easy to wear with or without socks. All of its styles come in both regular and wide sizes, and though the site says they run true to size, I find them to run a bit large. I went down a half size in both pairs I tested, and I'd recommend you do the same. Birdies makes their signature Starling loafers in a ton of colors, and they're always launching new seasonal styles. In the fall and winter you'll see a lot of embellished velvet designs, and in the warmer months you'll find woven leather and fun textures like raffia."

How we tested women's loafers

Over the years, our team has collectively tested approximately two dozen pairs from brands best known for their women's workwear, as well as those that specialize in walking shoes, to find styles of loafers that meet somewhere in the middle.

Any shoes that felt noticeably unsupportive after less than a mile of walking were ousted. The pairs that proved most comfortable had some sort of arch support in their insoles, and had enough flexibility in the vamp that we could wear them for an entire day without getting sore in our insteps.

Many of our favorite loafers are crafted from calfskin leather, which can be unforgiving on the heel area no matter how well-made they are. The leather loafers we tested that made the cut took less than five or six wears to break in.

We've mostly worn ours around New York City, where the terrain is concrete and can be uneven or wet. For this environment, we like pairs like the Camper Milahs or Vionic Uptowns, with traction on their soles and platforms that puts at least a half inch between us and the ground.

The slimmer styles, like the Vivaia Samantha Walkers or Rothy's Lounge Loafers, proved better for light travel days when the weather is mild, but still calls for a close-toed shoe.

The best socks to wear with loafers

You don't need to wear socks with all loafers — in fact, slipper-like pairs such as Birdie's Starling loafers are best worn barefoot. But if you're prone to sweaty feet or want an extra layer to wear in cold weather, investing in the right socks to wear with your loafers can make a world of difference.

If you want to add padding to protect from blisters but you don't necessarily want the contrast of a sock, we suggest some seamless no-show socks. Another popular trend with loafers is pairing them with socks that are an accessory unto themselves. Sheer socks — like these cute socks with hearts on them or ruffle socks from Bombas — are great for adding a feminine flair to your shoes.

Медиа: image / jpeg

• Juneau, Alaska, has implemented cruise ship and passenger caps to curb its cruise boom.
• Three local businesses told BI they support these limits despite relying on cruisers for revenue.
• The influx of Alaskan cruises has increasingly strained Juneau's residents and infrastructure.

To visitors scurrying around Juneau, Alaska, Caribou Crossings may look like any other seasonal tourist town gift shop.

To its owner, Laura McDonnell, the 28-year-old storefront means so much more.

McDonnell has worked at Caribou Crossings for 25 years, starting when she was 16. She said she "grew up in that little store," staying through high school and college before eventually purchasing the business in January 2020.

She remembers holding one of her current employees as a baby. When she went into labor, her obstetric nurse had been a previous employee, working at the gift shop to put herself through nursing school.

It's a self-described "typical Alaskan tourism love story" — and it's all thanks to Juneau's booming cruise industry, whose passengers account for 98% of the store's revenue, according to McDonnell.

Like many local businesses, cruisers are vital to Caribou Crossings' health. Yet, its owner supports the city's recent limitations on the vacation-at-sea industry — and she's not alone.

"Southeast Alaska is a challenging place to live, and those of us live here because it's beautiful and because of the lifestyle that it offers," Alexandra Pierce, Juneau's visitor industry director, told Business Insider. "People in the visitor industry, myself included, are locals first, and protecting that balance in our communities is really important to us."

Juneau is the state's busiest cruise hub. Alaska State Sen. Jesse Kiehl told BI that the city only saw 170,000 non-cruise visitors in 2024. It's a drop in the bucket — or snowflake on Denali — compared to the record 1.73 million by-ship tourists who visited last year — a 33% spike from 2019 before the COVID-19 pandemic, according to a study commissioned by the city.

If the growth continues at this rate, it could be a windfall for local businesses like Caribou Crossings.

According to Juneau's study, the cruise industry fed $375 million into the city's economy in 2023. Most of this came from direct passenger spending, as Serene Hutchinson, the general manager of tour operator Juneau Tours, can attest.

"These cruise lines coming to Juneau may be big corporations, but they're benefiting us local companies," she told BI, noting that 95% of her company's customers are cruise passengers.

Yet, like McDonnell, Hutchinson supports Juneau's implementation of a five-ship per-day cap in 2024 and a 16,000 cruise passenger per-day restraint (12,000 on Saturdays) in 2026. The limitations, negotiated with the cruise industry, are projected to maintain the volume of cruise visitors for this and next year.

For McDonnell, it's a worthy trade-off. "We need to manage the tourists we've got before we talk about growth," she said.

The self-imposed restrictions may seem counterintuitive to outsiders: These floating resorts and their passengers are consequential to the livelihood of Alaska's capital city. It's spurred a locally-operated visitor industry boom, a shortlist of which includes gift shops, helicopter tours, whale-watching boats, and excursions to the nearby Mendenhall Glacier.

"Without this economic bright spot, the region would be a different, more struggling place," Pierce said.

However, for residents like Holly Johnson — the 52-year-old chief marketing officer of tour operator Wings Airways and the Taku Glacier Lodge — these caps are a "sweet spot."

About 85% of her company's clients are cruise passengers. Yet, she too supports the restrictions, calling them a "really good sense of what Juneau needs and what is happening in the industry, growth-wise."

Without them, the vacation-at-sea boom could have become increasingly overwhelming for the city — fettered not by demand (which feels seemingly endless) but by the local infrastructure.

Like other cruise-plagued towns, as cruises have boomed, so has local discontent.

In the survey of 501 Juneau residents in late 2024, 20% of respondents said further limiting cruise volume should be the city's most important priority — up 5% from 2023.

On days when the 31,555-person city is slammed with upward of 17,000 cruisers, residents have complained about traffic, noise, excessive wakes from whale-watching tour boats, dropped cell reception, slower WiFi, and even bears searching for garbage visitors leave behind.

"We have to drive through these streets every day, too," Caribou Crossings' owner said. "We know what it's like to live here with cruise ship passengers."

Медиа: image / jpeg

When you buy through our links, Business Insider may earn an affiliate commission. Learn more

Although our cats might not know what a love language is, they sure appreciate being fed tasty food. The best wet cat food comes in a variety of flavors and textures to please every cat. Ultimately, the healthiest wet food for your cat is nutritionally complete and balanced for their life stage and any specific health issues they may have.

We consulted veterinarians for their guidance on how to choose nutritious wet food for kittens, adult cats, and seniors. Based on their advice, we narrowed down recommendations for formulas from top brands. One of the best overall wet cat foods is Wellness Gravies Salmon Entree for adult cats, which provides a healthy balance of protein from salmon, turkey, and egg whites.

Our recommendations adhere to the standards set by the Association of American Feed Control Officials (AAFCO) and the Global Nutrition Guidelines from the World Small Animal Veterinary Association (WSAVA). For more tips on choosing high-quality wet cat food, be sure to read our tips in the "what to look for" section at the end of this article.

Read more about how Insider Reviews tests and researches pet products.

Highlights for the best wet cat food

Best overall: Wellness Gravies Salmon - See at Chewy

Best budget: Natural Balance Chicken and Liver - See at Chewy

Best for indoor cats: Purina One Indoor + Hairball Ocean Whitefish and Rice - See at Chewy

Best for older cats: Hill's Science Diet Adult 7+ Savory Chicken - See at Chewy

Best for sensitive stomachs: Royal Canin Digestive Care Thin Slices in Gravy - See at Chewy

Best for kittens: Iams Perfect Portions Healthy Kitten Chicken - See at Chewy

Best for hairball control: Purina Pro Plan Hairball Salmon - See at Chewy

Best fresh: Just Food for Cats Fish and Chicken - See at Chewy

Best overall

Both wet and dry food are quality options for feeding your cat, says Dr. Bruce Kornreich, a board-certified veterinary cardiologist and director of the Cornell Feline Health Center at the Cornell University College of Veterinary Medicine. However, your vet may sometimes recommend feeding wet food in addition to, or in place of, dry food. Kornreich says wet food benefits cats who need more water, particularly older cats with kidney disease. It packs 75% to 78% moisture, whereas dry foods contain 10% to 12%, according to the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA).

When shopping for wet food, make sure meat is the first ingredient. Cats need to eat animal proteins to satisfy their essential amino acid requirements and help maintain normal body functions. There should also be an AAFCO nutritional adequacy statement on the food label. This indicates that the food meets the AAFCO's recommended balance of fats and proteins, essential vitamins, and minerals for a cat's life stage.

Additionally, the AFCO standards say that foods for adult cats contain a minimum of 9% fat and 26% protein. You can compare the nutrient profiles of wet food to these standards, but first, you'll need to convert wet food percentages of fat and protein to a "dry matter basis." To do this, you can follow the directions from the Tufts University Cummings Veterinary Medical Center, contact the food manufacturer, or ask your veterinarian for help.

While some of our wet food picks for the best cat foods are pricier than other options, they are rich in animal proteins like deboned chicken, salmon, and turkey — ingredients that cats love and need.

Best budget

Cost is a significant factor when choosing what to feed your cat. Fortunately, our picks for the best budget-friendly cat foods are nutritionally complete and balanced to meet your cat's needs.

Budget-friendly cat foods often contain byproducts, which are a concentrated source of protein that is biologically appropriate for felines. Byproducts are repurposed ingredients that keep the cost of cat food down, says Dr. Korinn Saker, a board-certified veterinarian and associate professor of clinical nutrition at the North Carolina State University College of Veterinary Medicine. These byproducts include parts of the animal other than skeletal meat, such as organs, that are still nutritious for cats. While many cat foods are touted as free of grains, byproducts, or artificial preservatives, there is no proven benefit to these diets compared to other foods that meet the AAFCO standards.

Our affordable picks for the best wet cat food contain significantly more protein than the 26% minimum recommended by the AAFCO and include selections with and without byproducts.

Best for indoor cats

While indoor cats may be safe from outdoor dangers like predators and food shortages, they are facing a growing epidemic: feline obesity.

Pet caregivers play a crucial role in managing a cat's access to food and ensuring it's appropriate for their needs, says Dr. Debra Zoran, a board-certified small animal internist, nutritionist, and professor at Texas A&M University. Since indoor cats can't hunt for their own food and generally don't get as much exercise as outdoor cats, their diet should be adjusted accordingly. That diet shouldn't replace environmental enrichment or daily play, but offering food designed for their unique needs is a step in the right direction.

Our top picks for the best indoor cat foods are lower in calories and fat to help maintain a healthy weight and physique. Added insoluble fibers like powdered cellulose and probiotics such as beet pulp support digestion, while omega fatty acids derived from fish oil keep fur soft and shiny and help reduce shedding and hairballs.

Best for older cats

As your cat begins to show age-related changes as early as 7 years old and reaches their senior years around 12 years old, simple adjustments can improve their quality of life. They will likely have two wellness checkups a year instead of one, providing an ideal opportunity to talk with your vet about their changing activity level and caloric needs.

Most senior cats can eat dry food, says Dr. Jennifer Larsen, a board-certified veterinary nutritionist and professor of clinical nutrition at the UC Davis School of Veterinary Medicine. However, even the best and healthiest dry cat food options are typically three to four times more calorie-dense than canned foods. Wet food also contains more moisture, which helps support kidney function and can help manage symptoms of chronic kidney disease. You can learn about even more about differences the differences between canned food and kibble in our explainer on wet vs. dry cat food.

The AAFCO does not set specific standards for senior cat food. Instead, foods labeled for seniors are formulated to meet the AAFCO nutritional recommendations for adults and may vary in calories, fiber, and protein. To be sure a food is suitable for your cat, review its nutritional and calorie content and run it by your veterinarian. Look for ingredients like glucosamine and fish oil, which are included in our picks and may help reduce pain, inflammation, and stiffness from age-related conditions such as arthritis. Our recommendations for the best senior cat food also have fewer calories than our adult food picks.

Best for sensitive stomachs

The best wet cat food for sensitive stomachs can reduce the risk of digestive issues like diarrhea, vomiting, or gas. These foods typically contain more easily digestible animal proteins, such as meat byproducts and meat meals, omega-fatty acids from fish oil to reduce inflammation, and fiber to prevent constipation.

Limited ingredient diets can also benefit cats with food intolerances and sensitive stomachs. They contain fewer ingredients, which helps reduce the risk of digestive upset. However, before transitioning your cat to a limited ingredient diet for digestive issues, it's important to talk to your veterinarian to rule out other underlying problems. Saker says food intolerances can mimic some food allergy symptoms of food allergies, but unlike allergies, they usually affect only the gastrointestinal tract rather than triggering a full-body immune response.

Our picks for the best sensitive stomach cat food include dietary fiber from ingredients like pumpkin and cellulose, which can help regulate your cat's digestion.

Best for kittens

Selecting the right food for your kitten can be tricky. First, you'll need to look for foods that meet a growing kitten's nutritional needs. These formulas meet the AAFCO standards for growth or all life stages. They will contain at least 30% protein and 9% fat to support a kitten's rapid growth and high-energy requirements,

Additionally, food formulated for growth contain essential nutrients like calcium to support strong bones and teeth and the omega-3 fatty acid docosahexaenoic acid (DHA) for brain and mental development.

Our selections for the best kitten foods have all the key nutritional qualities to promote growth. They also include healthy ingredients like antioxidants and prebiotics, which help support a kitten's developing immune and digestive systems.

Best for hairball control

Although hairballs are common, it's important to tell your veterinarian if your cat gets them frequently. Hairballs can become a medical issue, balling up in the digestive tract and causing an obstruction. Sometimes your vet may recommend one of the best hairball remedies for cats or a special diet.

A high-fiber diet can help your cat safely pass hairballs, Larsen says. While the AAFCO doesn't recommend a specific level of dietary fiber for cats, most complete and balanced cat foods include fiber sources in the form of digestible (starches), fermentable (oats), and insoluble (cellulose) fibers. Most hairball control diets also contain insoluble fiber sources like rice hulls, pea fiber, and cellulose. While all types of fiber are beneficial for digestion, insoluble fiber adds bulk to stool, which helps to pull fur through the digestive tract.

Dry cat foods are typically higher in fiber, but the best hairball control cat food recipes are formulated with extra insoluble fiber. They also include omega fatty acids to improve skin health and reduce shedding.

Best fresh

Some cats want a bite of every meal we cook, but not all of us have the time or resources to cook our pets fresh meals consisting of whole meats and vegetables. Fresh cat food provides a solution with nutritionally complete and balanced meals made with high-quality human-grade ingredients. Some fresh foods are offered through subscriptions, while others are available for single purchases.

Just Cats is the best fresh cat food we've tested. It's made in one of nine privately owned kitchens across the US, where it's prepared in collaboration with veterinary nutritionists. They don't share processing plants or packaging lines with other companies. Kornreich says this means greater quality control over the ingredients and the prepared food.

What to look for in wet cat food

When choosing among the best wet cat food recipes for your kitten, adult, or senior cat, you'll want to consider the following criteria.

AAFCO nutritional adequacy statement: A cat food with an AAFCO statement on the label is nutritionally complete for a cat's life stage. The AAFCO is a nonprofit organization that sets the standard nutritional requirements for pet food and animal feed. Foods labeled with an AAFCO statement for growth or all life stages are guaranteed to be complete and balanced for kittens. Foods with an AAFCO statement for maintenance or all life stages are guaranteed to be complete and balanced for adult cats.

Guaranteed analysis and nutrient profiles: The guaranteed analysis lists the percentages of protein, fat, and other key nutrients. For kittens, a minimum of 9% fat and 30% protein is recommended, while adult cats should have a minimum of 9% fat and 26% protein. Additionally, cat foods should contain other essential nutrients, including amino acids like taurine, fatty acids, minerals, and vitamins.

To compare the nutrients in wet food to those in dry food, convert the percentages of fat, protein, and fiber in wet food to a "dry matter basis." To find the dry matter basis, you can use these directions from the Tufts University Cummings Veterinary Medical Center, call the food manufacturer, or ask your veterinarian for help.

Key ingredients: Ingredients on a pet food label are listed in order of weight. Animal protein is essential for cats to maintain normal body functions because it contains essential amino acids. As a result, cats are obligate carnivores, and animal-based protein should be the first ingredient in cat food.

Expert formulations: Choose brands with a dedicated nutrition expert on staff, which aligns with the WSAVA guidelines and advice from our sources. Even better are brands that actively conduct research on small animal nutrition or collaborate with universities and colleges.

Manufacturing standards: When deciding on a cat food brand, it's important to consider the quality control measures and facilities used in production. Brands that own their manufacturing plants have greater control over the ingredients in their recipes and, therefore, the food your cat consumes. Transparency is also key — brands should be clear about how they implement quality control measures. Simply saying that they conduct quality control may not be sufficient. Pet food companies should provide this information on their website or be willing to provide it upon request.

Calorie content: Calorie content in cat food is provided in kilocalories (kcal). The number of calories a cat needs depends on factors like their age and activity level.

According to the Merck Veterinary Manual, kittens should be fed multiple meals daily and allowed to eat as much as they want, as they need more energy to support their rapid growth. When you kitten reaches 9 to 12 months of age, consult your veterinarian to determine their ideal body condition, weight, and caloric requirements.

The WSAVA provides a reference chart to estimate the number of calories an adult cat should consume based on their weight, but these are general guidelines. The ideal amount of food for your cat depends on their weight, energy level, breed, and overall health. Your veterinarian can help you determine your cat's daily caloric needs.

How we selected the best wet cat food

We consulted three veterinary nutritionists and one board-certified veterinary cardiologist to land on our recommendations for the best and healthiest wet cat food.

Dr. Bruce Kornreich is a board-certified veterinary cardiologist and director of the Cornell Feline Health Center at the Cornell University College of Veterinary Medicine. While Cornell University faculty cannot disparage or recommend specific brands, Kornreich helped us understand when wet cat food might be appropriate to serve in addition to, or in place of, dry food. He also guided our understanding of what makes a high-quality wet food and what to avoid.

Dr. Deb Zoran is a board-certified small animal internist, nutritionist, and professor at Texas A&M University. Zoran shared insights on cat nutrition and quality food.

Dr. Jennifer Larsen is a board-certified veterinary nutritionist and professor of clinical nutrition at the UC Davis School of Veterinary Medicine. Larsen spoke with us about senior cat nutrition and the role of high-fiber diets in feline nutrition and well-being.

Dr. Korinn Saker is a board-certified veterinary nutritionist and a professor of clinical nutrition at the North Carolina State University College of Veterinary Medicine. We spoke with Saker about the metabolic needs of indoor cats and feline food intolerance and sensitivities.

We also consulted guidelines and recommendations from other organizations, including the AAFCO and the WSAVA Global Nutrition Guidelines.

Wet cat food FAQs

What is the healthiest wet food for a cat?

Because cats are obligate carnivores, the best and healthiest wet cat foods include an animal-based protein as the first ingredient. A nutritionally complete and balanced food also features an AAFCO nutritional adequacy statement on its label. However, there isn't a perfect formula appropriate for every cat or kitten. Your veterinarian can recommend a food tailored to your pet's specific nutritional and caloric requirements based on their age, body condition, and overall health.

What wet food is best for indoor cats?

Obesity is common among indoor cats, especially middle-aged and neutered male cats. Regular exercise, play, enrichment, and low-calorie indoor cat food can help your cat maintain its ideal weight. Omega fatty acids are also included in some indoor cat formulas to promote healthy skin, which could mean less shedding and fewer hairballs. Larsen says indoor cats prone to frequent hairballs may benefit from a diet high in insoluble fiber. Most hairball control diets contain insoluble fiber sources like rice hulls, pea fiber, and cellulose.

Is it OK to give cats wet food every day?

Wet food with an AAFCO statement of nutritional adequacy is OK to feed your cat every day. However, to prevent food inflexibility, Zoran recommends rotating textures, proteins, and brands starting from a young age. Check out our guide on the best automatic cat feeders if you'd like to feed your cat at specific times.

Do vets recommend wet food for cats?

Both canned and dry food choices can meet the nutritional needs of cats and kittens, as long as they're labeled with the AAFCO statement for your cat's specific life stage. The most appropriate food for your cat depends on their overall health, your budget, and your cat's preferences. Kornreich says veterinarians may recommend a wet diet for older cats with kidney disease or those prone to dehydration. If you're unsure how much your cat should eat or if they have special nutritional needs, talk to your veterinarian.

Best overall

Wet food and the best dry cat foods are both quality options for your cat, says Dr. Bruce Kornreich, a board-certified veterinary cardiologist and director of the Cornell Feline Health Center at the Cornell University College of Veterinary Medicine. But there may be cases where wet food is recommended in addition to, or in place of, dry food. Kornreich says wet food benefits cats who need more water, particularly older cats with kidney disease. It packs 75% to 78% moisture, whereas dry foods contain 10% to 12%, according to the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA).

Cats must eat animal proteins to satisfy their essential amino acid requirements, which help maintain normal body functions, so meat should be the first ingredient in cat food. You'll also want to see an AAFCO nutritional adequacy statement on the food label. This indicates that the food meets the AAFCO's recommended balance of fats and proteins, essential vitamins, and minerals for a cat's life stage.

Adult cat foods should have a minimum of 9% fat and 26% protein. To compare nutrient profiles of wet food to the AAFCO standards, you'll need to convert wet food percentages of fat and protein to a "dry matter basis." You can do this by following the directions from the Tufts University Cummings Veterinary Medical Center, calling the food manufacturer, or asking your veterinarian for help.

Although some of our picks for the best wet cat foods are pricier than other options, they're packed with animal proteins such as deboned chicken, salmon, and turkey that cats love and require.

Best budget

Cost is a significant factor when choosing among the best cat foods. Luckily, plenty of budget-friendly options meet a cat's nutritional requirements.

Budget-friendly cat foods often contain byproducts, a concentrated source of protein that's biologically appropriate for felines. Byproducts are repurposed ingredients that keep the cost of cat food down, says Dr. Korinn Saker, a board-certified veterinarian and associate professor of clinical nutrition at the North Carolina State University College of Veterinary Medicine. They include parts of the animal other than skeletal meat that are still nutritious for cats, such as organs. While many cat foods are touted as free of grains, byproducts, or artificial preservatives, these diets have no proven benefit compared to other cat foods that meet AAFCO standards.

The budget foods we recommend are significantly higher in protein than the 26% AAFCO minimum recommendation and include selections with and without byproducts.

Best for indoor cats

Indoor cats might not face outdoor life's dangers, like predators and food scarcity. But they do face a growing epidemic: feline obesity.

Pet caregivers play an invaluable role in regulating a cat's access to food and ensuring their food is appropriate for their needs, says Dr. Deb Zoran, a board-certified small animal internist, nutritionist, and professor at Texas A&M University. Indoor cats can't catch their own food and typically don't exercise as much as an outdoor cat would. An indoor cat diet shouldn't replace environmental enrichment and daily play, but incorporating food made for their unique needs is a step in the right direction.

Our recommendations for the best cat food for indoor cats are lower in calories and fat, which helps them maintain a healthy weight and physique. Added insoluble fibers like powdered cellulose and probiotics like beet pulp support digestion, and omega fatty acids derived from fish oil keep fur soft and shiny while reducing shedding and hairballs.

Best for older cats

As your cat begins to show age-related changes as early as 7 years old and reaches their senior years around 12 years old, simple changes can improve their quality of life. They'll likely have two wellness visits yearly rather than one, which is an ideal time to discuss your cat's changing activity level and caloric needs.

Most senior cats can eat kibble, says Dr. Jennifer Larsen, a board-certified veterinarian and professor of clinical nutrition at the UC Davis School of Veterinary Medicine. However, dry foods tend to be three to four times more calorie-dense when compared to canned foods. Wet food is also higher in moisture, which helps support kidney function and can help manage symptoms of chronic kidney disease.

The AAFCO doesn't provide standards for senior cat food. Instead, the food is formulated to meet the AAFCO nutritional recommendations for adults and may vary in calories, fiber, and protein. To be sure a food is appropriate for your cat, review its nutrition and calorie content, then consult your veterinarian. Look for ingredients like glucosamine and fish oil, which are included in our picks and can help reduce pain, inflammation, and stiffness associated with age-related conditions such as arthritis. Additionally, our recommendations for the best senior cat foods contain fewer calories than our adult food selections.

Best for sensitive stomachs

Limited ingredient diets can help cats with food intolerances and sensitive stomachs. They contain fewer ingredients, reducing the risk of digestive upset like diarrhea, vomiting, or gas. They are also typically made with whole food ingredients that are easier to digest than other options.

However, limited ingredient diets aren't always necessary unless your cat has food sensitivities. According to Saker, food intolerances can mimic some of the symptoms of food allergies, but food intolerances are typically limited to the gastrointestinal tract rather than a full-body immune response. Before transitioning your cat to a limited ingredient diet for digestive issues, talk to your veterinarian to rule out other underlying problems.

Our picks for the best cat food for a sensitive stomach include sources of dietary fiber, like pumpkin and cellulose, which can help regulate your cat's digestion.

Best for kittens

Choosing the right food for your kitten can be challenging. The first step is to look for food appropriate for a growing kitten's nutritional needs. It should be formulated according to the AAFCO standards for growth or all life stages to support a kitten's rapid growth and high-energy needs. This ensures your carnivorous kitten gets at least 30% protein and 9% fat from their food.

Plus, food formulated for growth includes key nutrients like calcium to support bones and teeth and the omega-3 fatty acid docosahexaenoic acid (DHA) for brain growth and mental development. Our picks for the best kitten foods have all the essential nutritional qualities for growth. They also include healthy ingredients like antioxidants and prebiotics, which help support a kitten's developing immune and digestive system.

Best for hairball control

Although hairballs are common, if you find your cat gets them frequently, it's important to tell your veterinarian. Hairballs can become a medical issue, balling up in the digestive tract and causing an obstruction.

A high-fiber diet can help your cat safely pass hairballs, says Larsen. While the AAFCO doesn't recommend a specific level of dietary fiber for cats, most complete and balanced cat foods include fiber sources in the form of digestible (starches), fermentable (oats), and insoluble (cellulose) fibers. Most hairball control diets also include insoluble fiber sources like rice hulls, pea fiber, and cellulose. While all types of fiber are beneficial for digestion, insoluble fiber adds bulk to stool, which helps to pull fur through the digestive tract.

Dry cat foods are typically higher in fiber, but our picks for the best cat food for hairballs are formulated with extra insoluble fiber. They also include omega fatty acids to improve skin health and reduce shedding.

What to look for in wet cat food

When shopping for the best wet cat foods for your kitten, adult, or senior cat, you'll want to consider the following criteria:

AAFCO nutritional adequacy statement: A cat food with an AAFCO statement on the label is nutritionally complete for a cat's life stage. The AAFCO is a nonprofit organization that defines the standard nutritional requirements for pet food and animal feed. Food with an AAFCO statement for growth or all life stages is guaranteed to be complete and balanced for kittens. Food with an AAFCO statement for maintenance or all life stages is guaranteed to be complete and balanced for adult cats.

Guaranteed analysis and nutrient profiles: The guaranteed analysis consists of the percentages of protein, fat, and other important nutrients. For kittens, a minimum of 9% fat and 30% protein is recommended, while adult cats should have a minimum of 9% fat and 26% protein. Cat foods should also contain other essential nutrients, including amino acids like taurine, fatty acids, minerals, and vitamins.

To compare the nutrients in wet food to those in dry food, convert the percentages of fat, protein, and fiber in wet food to a "dry matter basis." To find the dry matter basis, you can use these directions from the Tufts University Cummings Veterinary Medical Center, call the food manufacturer, or ask your veterinarian for help.

Key ingredients: The ingredients on a pet food label appear in order of weight. Animal protein is essential for cats to maintain normal body functions because it contains essential amino acids. As a result, cats are obligate carnivores. Therefore, animal-based protein should be the first ingredient in cat food.

Expert formulations: Look for brands with a dedicated nutrition expert on staff, which aligns with the World Small Animal Veterinary Association (WSAVA) guidelines and our experts' guidance. Even better are brands that are active in research on small animal nutrition or those that collaborate with universities and colleges.

Manufacturing standards: When choosing a brand of cat food, it's important to consider the quality control measures and facilities used. Brands that own their manufacturing plants have greater control over the ingredients in their recipes and, therefore, the food your cat consumes. It's also important that a brand is transparent about how they implement quality control measures. Merely stating that they conduct quality control may not be sufficient. Pet food companies should make this information available on their website or be willing to provide it upon request.

Calorie content: Cat food lists calorie content in kilocalories (kcal). The number of calories a cat needs varies based on age and activity level.

According to the Merck Veterinary Manual, kittens should be given multiple meals daily and allowed to eat as much as they want since they require more energy to support their rapid growth. As your kitten approaches 9 to 12 months of age, consult your veterinarian to determine their ideal body condition, weight, and caloric requirements.

The WSAVA offers a reference chart to estimate the number of calories an adult cat should eat based on their weight, but these are just general guidelines. The appropriate amount of food for your cat depends on their weight, energy level, breed, and overall health. Talk with your veterinarian to determine how many calories your cat should consume daily.

How we selected the best wet cat foods

To land on our recommendations for the best wet cat foods, we consulted three veterinary nutritionists and one board-certified veterinary cardiologist.

Dr. Bruce Kornreich is a board-certified veterinary cardiologist and director of the Cornell Feline Health Center at the Cornell University College of Veterinary Medicine. While Cornell University faculty cannot disparage or recommend specific brands, Kornreich helped us understand when wet cat food might be appropriate to serve in addition to, or in place of, dry food. He also guided our understanding of what makes a high-quality wet food and what to avoid.

Dr. Deb Zoran is a board-certified small animal internist, nutritionist, and professor at Texas A&M University. Zoran shared insights on cat nutrition and quality food.

Dr. Jennifer Larsen is a veterinarian, distinguished member of the American College of Veterinary Nutrition, and professor of clinical nutrition at the UC Davis School of Veterinary Medicine. Larsen spoke with us about senior cat nutrition and the role of high-fiber diets in feline nutrition and well-being.

Dr. Korinn Saker is a veterinarian, distinguished member of the American College of Veterinary Nutrition, and a professor of clinical nutrition at the North Carolina State University College of Veterinary Medicine. We spoke with Saker about the metabolic needs of indoor cats, in addition to feline food intolerance and sensitivities.

We also consulted guidelines and recommendations from other organizations, including the AAFCO and the WSAVA Global Nutrition Guidelines.

Wet cat food FAQs

What is the healthiest wet food for a cat?

Because cats are obligate carnivores, the healthiest wet food for a cat includes animal-based protein as the first ingredient. Complete and balanced food also has an AAFCO nutritional adequacy statement on its label. However, there isn't a perfect wet food choice that fits every cat or kitten. Instead, ask your veterinarian for food recommendations tailored to your pet. They may be able to suggest some options that meet your cat's specific nutritional and caloric needs based on their age, body condition, and overall health.

What wet food is best for indoor cats?

Obesity is common among indoor cats, especially middle-aged and neutered male cats. Your cat's ideal weight can be maintained through regular exercise, play, and enrichment, as well as low-calorie indoor cat food. Omega fatty acids are also included in some indoor cat formulas to promote healthy skin, which could mean less shedding and fewer hairballs. Indoor cats prone to frequent hairballs may benefit from a diet high in insoluble fiber, says Larsen. Most hairball control diets contain insoluble fiber sources like rice hulls, pea fiber, and cellulose.

Is it OK to give cats wet food every day?

Wet food with an AAFCO statement of nutritional adequacy is OK to feed your cat every day. However, to prevent food inflexibility, Zoran recommends rotating textures, proteins, and brands starting from a young age. Check out our guide on the best automatic cat feeders if you are interested in feeding your cat at specific times.

Do vets recommend wet food for cats?

Both canned and dry food choices can meet the nutritional needs of cats and kittens, as long as they're labeled with the AAFCO statement for your cat's specific life stage. The most appropriate food for your cat depends on their overall health, your budget, and your cat's preferences. According to Kornreich, veterinarians may recommend a wet food diet for older cats with kidney disease or cats prone to dehydration. If you're unsure how much your cat should eat or if they have special nutritional needs, talk to your veterinarian.

Медиа: image / jpeg

When you buy through our links, Business Insider may earn an affiliate commission. Learn more

Top Chef is back for a 22nd season, and this time, the series is heading up north. We've compiled everything you need to know about where to watch Top Chef, including live and on-demand streaming options.

Top Chef Season 22 takes the team to Canada for a poutine-filled venture (if Bravo's sneak peek is any indication). The new season picks up less than a year after the show's landmark 21st season, which saw a substantial shake-up with the departure of host Padma Lakshmi. Kristen Kish took over hosting duties and will return for another year alongside longtime judges Gail Simmons and Tom Colicchio.

This year's competition brings together 15 promising chefs from a variety of backgrounds to compete for what NBC Universal has identified as the "largest prize package in 'Top Chef' history," including an impressive grand prize of $250,000, plus a $125,000 flight credit from Delta, a feature in Food & Wine magazine, and much more. Their creations will be judged by Kish, Simmons, and Colicchio, as well as a selection of guest judges. This season's rotating guests include Michael Cera, Punkie Johnson, Sarah Levy, Amy Schnieder, and David Zilber.

Keep reading to learn how to watch the new season of Top Chef. We've outlined global streaming options for Bravo fans around the world, so you don't have to worry about missing out on one second of the show.

• See also: Where to watch 9-1-1 | Save over 70% on Disney Plus and Hulu deal | How to watch Survivor Season 48

Where to watch Top Chef in the US

Top Chef is broadcast on Bravo in the US. New Season 22 episodes air on Thursdays at 9 p.m. ET. For cord-cutters, the cheapest way to stream the series is through Peacock, which gets new episodes the day after they air on Fridays. Peacock also has an impressive back-catalog of past seasons of Top Chef, including all episodes from Seasons 8-21. Subscriptions start at just $8/month for the Premium ad-supported tier, but you can upgrade to Premium Plus ad-free for $14/month.

If you're hoping to watch new episodes live without cable, it's time to give a live TV streaming package a try. Two of our favorite month-to-month options are DirecTV Stream and Sling. In fact, DirecTV Stream just launched a new genre pack, making it the cheapest way to live stream Bravo in the US. The plan, known as DirecTV Stream MyEntertainment, costs $35/month. It carries 40+ live channels, including Bravo, FX, CNN, Lifetime, and E! Subscriptions also include access to the ad-supported Disney Plus and Hulu bundle at no extra cost. All DirecTV Stream plans have a five-day free trial.

Sling TV is another top-rated live TV streaming service. Sling's Blue plan, which costs $46/month, carries Bravo, Lifetime, E!, and around 40 other live channels. Local channels like ABC, NBC, and FOX are also available in select regions. While there's no free trial, new users can get 50% off their first month of service, making it just $23 today.

Where to watch Top Chef in the UK and other countries

International Bravo fans don't have to worry about missing out on any of the action. Hayu, a reality-focused streaming service, gets new episodes after they air in the US, so viewers across much of Europe, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand can get in on the action. The Hayu website has a full breakdown of regional availability and subscription prices. Users can sign up for monthly plans or save some money with a six or 12-month rolling contract.

How to watch Top Chef from anywhere

If you're traveling in a region where you can't access your usual streaming method, you can still do so with the help of a VPN. Short for virtual private networks, VPNs are handy cybersecurity tools that allow you to alter your device's virtual location. This way, you can access your go-to websites and apps from anywhere. The services we've recommended require country-specific payment methods, so this will work best for those who are just abroad right now.

If you don't already have a VPN subscription, ExpressVPN is our top recommendation. It's a user-friendly option (even for beginners) with a hassle-free 30-day money-back guarantee. You can read more about it in our ExpressVPN review.

How to watch Top Chef with a VPN

• Sign up for a VPN if you don't already have one.
• Install it on the device you're planning to watch Top Chef on.
• Turn it on and set it to the location of your streaming service.
• Sign up for one of the streaming services mentioned above.
• Navigate to Bravo or Top Chef and enjoy the new episode.

What time is Top Chef on Peacock?

New episodes of Top Chef and other Bravo programming typically land on Peacock the morning after they air on TV, usually starting at around 6 a.m. ET. We noticed that the Season 21 premiere was notably late to the streamer, only getting uploaded at around 1 p.m. ET the next day in 2024, but the rest of the season arrived as usual.

How long are Top Chef episodes?

Season 22 of Top Chef will feature supersized episodes, according to NBC Universal. Episodes will air from 9 p.m. to 10:15 p.m. ET.

How many episodes in Top Chef Season 22?

Although Bravo hasn't confirmed a specific number of episodes for Season 22, the past 10 seasons of Top Chef have lasted for 14-16 episodes each. This means that Season 22 will most likely conclude sometime in June.

Top Chef spinoffs

If you can't get enough of Top Chef, you're in luck. A wealth of spinoffs have been released over the past several years to varying degrees of success. Most of the spinoffs can be found on Peacock, so if you've already subscribed to watch Top Chef in the US, you don't need to worry about signing up for another streaming service.

Top Chef: Last Chance Kitchen and Top Chef: The Dish with Kish are currently releasing new episodes. You can also find old episodes from Top Chef Masters, Top Chef Jr., Top Chef: Duels, Top Chef: Amateurs, Top Chef: Just Desserts, Life After Top Chef, Top Chef: Family Style, and Top Chef: All Stars Dinner available to stream on Peacock.

Note: The use of VPNs is illegal in certain countries, and using VPNs to access region-locked streaming content might constitute a breach of the terms of use for certain services. Business Insider does not endorse or condone the illegal use of VPNs.

Медиа: image / jpeg

When you buy through our links, Business Insider may earn an affiliate commission. Learn more

One of the most cliche-but-true bits of fashion advice is this: have at least one good pair of flats. Heels are fun and all, but there's no getting past the need for flats when your typical day involves a lot of walking. They're a must when putting together comfortable workwear outfit, and despite being "flat," are often secretly embedded with supportive features that make traveling by foot a little easier.

Our style editors tested flats by walking in each pair on concrete for least a couple weeks at a time in order to gauge their comfort. We also took them with us in our carry-ons and work totes to see how well they fare as travel shoes. Below are the cutest of the bunch that took zero break-in time and supported us from work, brunch, and everywhere in between.

The top 3 most comfortable flats we've tested:

Best overall: Everlane Day Glove

Everlane's leather Day Glove flat is an almost (but not quite) ballet slipper guaranteed to go with just about all your clothing, and it's a staple of nearly every style writer and editor on our team. We wrote up a full review after test-driving these flats, and they remain an all-time favorite. "Everlane's Day Glove flats are much more comfortable than any other flats I've tried," writes former deputy editor Malarie Gokey, "They actually fit my foot and move with me — not against me."

The leather molds to the foot, so not only will the flats last, they'll get more comfortable over time. The shoes also feature pull tabs, ventilation holes, and comfy insoles to eliminate some of the most common comfort-related issues flats pose. The Day Glove flats come in nine colors, including classics like black and white as well as some seasonal shades.

They cost $138, and while not inexpensive, it's a steal for shoes that will last you for as long as these do. Several of us have been wearing the same pair for years, with plenty of life in them left. — Sally Kaplan, excecutive editor, Insider Reviews

Read more in our full Everlane Day Glove review.

Best stretch: Rothy's The Point II

Rothy's flats are the choice for many modern working women because they take zero break-in time, have a sleek, mesh look, plus moisture-wicking breathability. One of our favorite versions, The Point II, has an upgraded "In Love Insole" with more cushioning around the toes and heels.

You'll feel the difference immediately after slipping your feet in; the flats are very light and flexible, with a bit of give, and there aren't any uncomfortable seams or edges. Rothy's also has them in a pointed-toe Mary Jane version, complete with the retrofitted In Love padding. If you have wide feet, though, we suggest going for a square-toe style because Rothy's toe boxes run narrow.

Rothy's was born out of the desire to repurpose wasteful, single-use plastics into something beautiful and practical. All of its knit shoes are made from 100% post-consumer plastic water bottles, which are hot washed, sterilized, then fused into a fiber that is knit into yarn.

The insoles contain recycled foam, while the rubber soles are carbon-free. The adhesives used are non-toxic and vegan. Even the packaging is made from post-consumer recycled materials and is biodegradable.

The lofty challenge of reducing your impact on the planet feels more manageable when you start with the things you use in your everyday life. Thanks to Rothy's, the endeavor won't compromise style or comfort.

Keeping them in top shape is as easy as throwing them in the washing machine. After wearing them often (and you will because of their versatility), you might wonder if they'll actually hold up. But we've been wearing and washing our pairs for more than a year and they look and feel as good as they did on day one. — Connie Chen, former reporter

To see more of our style editors' impressions, check out our full Rothy's flats review.

Best travel-friendly: Allbirds Tree Breezer

Allbirds is probably better known for its Silicon Valley uniform-mandated sneakers like the Wool Runners and Tree Runners. But when you don't want to wear sneakers but still need the same comfort and support, you're better off with its flats, the Tree Breezer.

These are the flats you'll want to pack in your suitcase because a) they're very light and you can fold them up to maximize packing space, and b) you can walk around in them all day long.

Quell any fears you have of hobbling through a walking tour or calling it an early night because your feet have become one giant blister. The Breezers have bouncy outsoles made from sugarcane and soft, odor-minimizing Merino wool-lined insoles. The knit collar wraps onto your foot securely, and the rest of the shoe's knit body is breathable and feels silky smooth against your skin. Plus, they're machine-washable, so they're easy to take care of even if you get them all grubby on your trip.

Since the style is more sleek and formal than Allbirds' other shoes, they won't look out of place in a dressier environment. Instead of packing multiple pairs of shoes, you can just bring your all-in-one Tree Breezer flats. If you don't have a chance to try them first before you board your flight, don't worry — most of the Insider Reviews team didn't need to break them in. — Connie Chen, former reporter

Read more in our full Allbirds Tree Breezer review and our comparison between Allbirds vs Rothy's flats.

Best budget: Quince Italian Leather Glove Flat

Everlane's Day Glove Flats may currently hold the top spot, but the Quince Italian Leather Glove Ballet Flats have proven to be an uncanny substitute (I've now been asked thrice whether these are from Everlane.)

Along with several other dupes we've tried in our Quince review, the Day Glove-lookalikes sold out almost as soon as they became available. Upon first inspection, they are practically indistinguishable from the real thing. They even have the same pull-tabs and perforations around the inner arches to help ventilate the shoe — which is good, because the leather can and will make your feet sweat. The leather has only some give, so if you have extra wide feet, I'd skip these. It's also worth noting that Quince doesn't offer them in narrow or half sizes, but Everlane does. I wear a size 8 and these have a nearly true-to-size fit that lean a tad small. The top seam felt a bit tight at first, but it quickly softened.

I found Quince's Glove flats to likewise have zero break-in time — as soon as I slipped them on, they felt like wearing soft leather slippers. I like how much traction their rubber soles have compared to other flats I've tried, and their Ortholite insoles cradle my high arches.

The material is 100% Italian cow Nappa leather and made in Shenzhen, China, while Everlane claims their Day Glove is made in Santa Maria a Monte, Italy. The key distinction Quince makes on their site is that their version is less than half the price of Everlane's, so if you're looking for an affordable alternative to a cult favorite, this is the right pair. I'll be curious to see if they hold up for as long as two years, as the Day Gloves did for Sally. — Gabrielle Chase, style editor

Best for wide feet: Margaux Demi

Ballet flats look deceptively simple. You know if you're reading this guide that it's hard to get the fit just right — some pairs gape, while others rely on uncomfortable heel elastics to stay on your foot.

You won't encounter this problem with Margaux. It makes flats in a large range of sizes (from 3 through 14), including half sizes. Instead of suggesting you size up or down for wide and narrow feet, the company ensures fit precision by offering each size in Narrow, Medium, and Wide widths. There's also a made-to-order option for a truly custom fit.

The Demi Flat from Margaux is a simple and elegant ballet flat. Senior editor Sally Kaplan, who has tried both Medium and Wide pairs of the flat, realized, "With all the walking I do, my feet end up swelling a bit, and the wide pair is more comfortable for long days out."

They feature plush foam padding to give your foot some support, as well as a small heel so you're not walking completely flat on the ground. The bow at the top of the shoe is adjustable in case you want to give your foot even more breathing room.

You can get the flats in two luxuriously soft and flexible materials, Italian suede or Italian Napa leather, which each come in a small selection of colors that show off the materials beautifully.

Though they're more expensive than average at $245 a pair, the way we see it, it's better to own one pair of really well-made flats than five pairs of fun ones that fall apart quickly. — Connie Chen, former reporter

Read our full Margaux Demi Flat review to hear more specifics about why we love them.

Best arch support: Naturalizer Carla Flat

One of the most common orthopedic conditions is sore arches. The Carla flat remedies those pains with ample arch support, yet still maintains a sleek silhouette. Naturalizer belongs to the same brand family as Dr. Scholl's and boasts some of the most comfortable heels we've tested. Its Carla flat, part of the brand's " 27 Edit," is meant to be as comfortable as grandma's orthos without the chunky rubber sole.

This flat contours the foot with a U-shaped topline, square toe, and subtle half-inch padded heel. Inside, they're cushioned beneath the arches and heel cups. Even though the leather gave me heel blisters at first, I found them easy to step into and pull on with their rear tabs. Eventually the leather softens, and they start to wear more like slippers. Naturalizer offers this flat in hard-to-find sizes and wide fits for a custom-made feel. — Gabrielle Chase, style editor

Best ballet flat: Everlane Day Ballet Flat

Our team has a running collection of Everlane reviews of everything from their bathing suits to totes. We're especially impressed by these ballet flats, crafted from super-soft Italian leather with pull-tabs on the heels and two holes on the side for ventilation. They've also got a bit of a heel, a functional rubber outsole, a functional tie bow, and a cushioned insole that makes them comparable to another of our favorite flats, the Day Glove.

"There's a tiny bit of padding in the shoe that makes them feel more like a loafer than a flat. I may even like these more than the original!" — Sally Kaplan, executive editor

Read more in our full Everlane Day Ballet Flat review.

Best luxury: Mansur Gavriel Dream Ballerina

There's something to be said for splurging on a really gorgeous pair of designer heels that you only wear on special occasions, but honestly, I've always felt that it makes more sense to spend that money on a practical pair you'll get more wear out of. A beautiful ballet flat that'll never go out of style is exactly the kind of shoe that deserves the designer treatment.

We think Mansur Gavriel's Dream Ballerinas are the absolute best designer flats out there. The $395 price tag isn't so unreasonable when compared to flats from brands like Chanel ($750+) or Louboutin ($500+), and the comfort rivals that of Everlane's Day flat, our best-overall pick on this list.

The lambskin leather is buttery soft and the insoles provide enough cushion that the flats wear almost like a loafer. The bow on the shoe is actually functional, so you can use it to tighten or loosen the opening. The bottom of the shoe has just enough traction that I feel comfortable on slippery tile surfaces, which can't be said for other slick-bottomed designer pairs I've ultimately passed over. Ultimately, these flats have it all. And even after having tested every other pair of flats on this list, I can confidently say these are worth the cost.

As far as sizing goes, I am usually somewhere in between a 7.5 and 8, and I ordered a size 38 (the European equivalent of an 8). Mansur Gavriel's site says to order a full size up from your usual size, but in my experience, it's better to opt for either your true size or one half size up if you sometimes find your true size to be tight in other brands. — Sally Kaplan, executive editor

Best Mary Jane: Vivaia Square-Toe Margot Mary Jane

Mary Janes have seen a sharp uptick in the wake of the coquette trend, but this sophisticated version has a square toe that adds more dimension to the classic silhouette. The Margot Mary Janes are extremely comfortable. I took these on a long walk over concrete and sustained zero blisters while breaking them in.

I also compared Rothy's original Mary Janes to Vivaia's, and while both brands claim to take a sustainable approach to women's footwear, I preferred Vivaia's attention to detail in their design. Plus, they're less expensive. They run slightly wide, but because their strap is adjustable, it won't pose any issue to people with narrow feet like mine.

I learned the hard way that this pair isn't ideal for wearing in heavy rain, but the breathable material is thankfully machine washable. The flexible upper is made from upcycled water bottles, and they're easy to fold up and pack in a tote bag. — Gabrielle Chase, style editor

Read more in our full Vivaia shoes review.

Best slingback: Frankie4 Luna

The ultimate testament to these Frankie4 slingbacks comes from a harrowing tale of me spotting the bus about to leave the station and high-tailing it while wearing them (I made it just in time!). My first reaction was to marvel at how soft the foam lining on their interior feels, but the fact that I can sprint in these is high praise for the podiatrists who helped design them.

This pair comes with gel forefoot cushions you can insert if you're prone to metatarsal pain. Their low flatform heel and slingback gives them a bit more structure than a typical flat, but they're worth mentioning in this guide because they're so easy to slide in and wear for hours, as any pair of good flats should be. — Gabrielle Chase, style editor

Best for flat feet: Ally Forever Flat

For those with low or non-existent arches, flat shoes are usually out of the question. This pair I've been testing out from Ally has just enough heel lift to add some dimension, and inside they have a thick (but non-intrusive) layer of cushioning in the midfoot section. So while the silhouette is that of a classic pointed-toe flat, the structure is more of an orthopedic dress shoe.

The insole also has padding under the metatarsal area, which is where I first start to feel pain when I walk in flat shoes for too long. My only wish for the Forever Flat is that the heel collars had pads, since the suede gave me blisters when I first wore them. I also think they're considerably expensive, although clearly well-made, so they're worth it if you plan to wear them often.

I can confidently recommend these for people of just about any shoe size, since they come in sizes 4-12 in four widths. I usually wear a size US 8 with a narrow or regular width, and Ally's Fit Finder Quiz suggested I order a 38.5 B. The brown suede pair that arrived fit me true to size, and soon I'll be testing out Ally's loafers to see how they compare. — Gabrielle Chase, style editor

How we tested the best flats

As style editors, we're subject to a constant rotation of new shoes each season, which we test by breaking them in for at least two weeks at a time. This means walking on concrete, up and down busy subway staircases, and through a range of weather conditions between mild and rainy. We've gone through several boxes of Band-Aids in the process, but it means we can recommend the best flats for women who prioritize comfort. The pairs that we consider easy to break in took at most five wears to soften around the heels and vamp.

We narrow down our test subjects by sourcing from brands that take design notes from medical professionals. Instead of a trend-focused selection process, we pay attention to what shoes podiatrists recommend, including brands like Naturalizer and Frankie4. Others we've tested and loved have proven themselves to be durable and timeless for years, therefore increasing their value as an investment-worthy pair of shoes.

What to look for when choosing the best flats

Measure for your true size. Flats are an intimate category of footwear, since they're typically worn without socks. Take your best fitting shoes and check out where they're made. This will inform your knowledge of how different countries size up or down in comparison and help you find the closest match.

Assess your shape. Whatever your silhouette, the shape of the flats you wear can make or break the fit, even if the length is correct. Notice the curve of your toes and try to find flats that won't squish them or leave gaps. Some toes are squared off, some rounded, others come to a point at the second toe. Your best chance at the right fit will depend on how your flats resemble your shape.

Know where to wear. If you're shopping for a one-night-only kind of flat versus an everyday pair, or if you're in a climate that relies on temperature-controlled materials, consider how your new flats will hold up. Your mode of transport when commuting to your destination also plays a part. Walking on asphalt to the office will have a different lasting effect on a pair of flats than stepping out of a limo once you've reached the function.